Orthodontics PDF

ORTHODONTICS
The widest range of orthodontic products

and the lowest prices in Europe
Dontic.com | Dontic.co.uk | Dontic.de | Dontic.fr | Dontic.it | Dontic.be | Dontic.at

WELCOME TO:
Orthodontic Catalogue
Lowest Prices in Europe
Over 5,000 Orthodontic Products
55 Top Orthodontic Brands
Money-saving high quality own-brand products
Free pick-up and shipping on all Returns
30 days to change your mind
Secure Payment
100% satisfaction or your money back
Trusted Shop Guarantee
Easy Quick Product Search
34 years’ experience
12,000m2 warehouse, with 38 warehouse staff
Exclusively Orthodontic Products
Air Express on all deliveries (1-3-day Delivery) in all the European Union
Free deliveries on orders over 300€ (+VAT)
Dontic.com | Dontic.co.uk | Dontic.de | Dontic.fr | Dontic.be | Dontic.at

HOW TO BUY:
Join th
thousa e
Ortho nds of
profes
that ar sion
e alrea als
using dy
Dontic
Check
o
all the ut
advan
tages
OPEN 24 HOURS A DAY,
365 DAYS A YEAR.
It’s quick and easy to buy orthodontic and dental products from Dontic.
Simply follow these steps:
Register on our website or if you’re already a customer, log on with your user name and password.
Then just 3 easy steps:
1. C
hoose your products and add them to your basket.
(If you already know the product codes or if you have already saved product lists, you
can go directly to the “Express purchase” section to confirm your order).
2. Confirm the delivery and invoicing addresses.
3. Process the payment
You will receive an email with your order confirmation and all corresponding details.
You will receive your order within 2 to 3 business days.
In this catalogue you’ll find a huge range of orthodontic products. The reference numbers of all
these products appear next to the products and can be also used to place your orders on-line.
Dontalia
o th Or th odontic Land
u de b
Yo u ca n in cl
v er 10 ,000 on al transpor
ro m o l del t
and choose f o ducts ( i
i n a l 2-4- De r i e s
ve
De n ta l pr
General l the liv
E u r o ery)
e s am e o r d er pean
in th Union
W
from D ith Quickbuy
s o v er ont
order the pro alia you can
s o n bough ducts you a access
l i v e rie VA
T) t, acce lready
de
0€
( + ss
see a s y
electio our lists an
1 3 n of ou d
offers r best
Dontalia.com | Dontalia.de
Index
Orthodontics
Archwires and Wires.......................................................................................... 5
Brackets................................................................................................................42
Mini Implants (Orthodontic).........................................................................94
Buccal Tubes (Direct Bond and Weldable)...............................................98
Bands (Pre-welded)....................................................................................... 104
Intraoral (Metal and Elastomeric)..............................................................110
Extraoral.............................................................................................................152
Functional Appliances.................................................................................. 160
Thermoplastic Material:
Sheets and Apparatus.................................................................................. 180
Instruments (Orthodontic - Pliers etc.)....................................................190
Cephalometrics................................................................................................251
Retainer Boxes and Model Boxes............................................................. 252
Patient Wax....................................................................................................... 255
Orthodontic Adhesives................................................................................ 258
Alginates.............................................................................................................279
Plaster..................................................................................................................281
Orthodontic Laboratory products........................................................... 282
Measures and Conversions......................................................................... 284
Orthodontic Toothbrushes........................................................................ 285
More than 50 Top Orthodontic Brands.
How the best perform
3M UNITEK A.J WILCOCK BESTDENT DENTRONIX DR. HINZ HU-FRIEDY
FI R S T I S Q UALI TY
FORESTADENT EVERSTICK G.C FUJI GESTENCO G&H WIRE INTENSIV
LANCER ORTHODONTICS LEONE MULTIFUNCTION MYOFUNCTIONAL OPRO

SYSTEM (MFS) RESEARCH COMPANY
ORTHO ORGANIZERS ORTHO TECHNOLOGY PROCLINIC PROCLINIC EXPERT RAINTREE ESSIX RELIANCE ORTHODONTICS
(DENTSPLY)
SHOCK DOCTOR SWISS DENTACARE (SDC) YAMAURA (YDM) ZAND GAUGE ZATA Educational Toys
ASA DENTAL DENTRADE HYGENIC IVOCLAR-VIVADENT KAVO KERR KOMET MAJOR DENTAL
MARTIN PIERRE ROLAND POLYDENTIA PROTECHNO THM/RIBBOND UP TO DENT ZHERMACK
Special Orders.
If you cannot find the product you are looking for, please send us an e-mail to: i n f o@d o n t i c . com with the information about the product (name, manufacturer, reference
number if possible and how many units you are interested in buying) and we will try to provide the product for you.
The LARGEST RANGE and THE LOWEST PRICES.

Dontic offers the largest reange available of archwires in Europe and also offers the lowest prices available in orthodontics. We have
NiTi, TMA, Stainless Steel, Tooth-Coloured, Braided, Straight Lengths and Spools.
LOWER PACKAGE QUANTITIES. Stainless Steel Archwires.

To make things easier we sell our Stainless Steel Archwires also in packes of 10 whereas many companies oblige the customer to buy 100.
4 365-day on-line store- 24/7 Free Product Returns 30 days to change your mind
A RCH W I R ES A ND OT H E R WIR E S
contents
Technical information about our Archwires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

Aesthetic Ni-Ti Archwires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 16
Copper Ni-Ti Archwires (Damon Prescription) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20- 21
Stainless Steel Archwires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Aesthetic Stainless Steel Archwires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 28, 29
Multi-Strand and Spools wires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31- 32
Titanium Archwires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Lingual Retainers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 - 35
Looped Archwires (2T, 2 Keyhole, 4 Keyhole) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Organizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 - 40
Turrets and Archwires Markers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Nickel
FREE
Stainless Steel Antiallergic without Nickel OrthoAesthetics Aesthetic Brackets
Rapid deliveries Track your order 98% product availability Secure Payment Site 5
ARCHWIRES
STANDARD SHAPE OVOIDE TRUEFORM SHAPE

Technical information about our Archwires
Upper
Upper
Lower
Lower
EUROPA II SHAPE EUROPA I SHAPE
Upper
Upper
Lower
Lower
1inch = 2.54 mm
LINGUAL ARCHWIRES Characteristics:

- Frequent archwire tests and analises.

- 14 different quality control tests
- All archwires must pass the stringent
Upper tests.
Advantages:
- Guaranteed Functionality
Lower - 99% Satisfaction among Orthodontists
consulted
The Proclinic Expert private label

archwires, Nickel Titanium (NiTi)
Archwires and wires are all manufactured
by G&H Wire in the USA. Only the
best alloys are used and while other
Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 manufactures achieve the memory by
Small Medium Large passing an electric shock through the
NiTi wires, G&H use a complexed and
longer manufacturing process whereby
the wires are gradually heated to reach
precise temperatures.
Only with this process can the wires
achieve uniform memory along the same
wire and from wire to wire.
Extra Large
Large
Medium
Small
The requisites of effective NiTi archwires are:

• An excellent elasticity
• A consistent force
• An excellent memory in the shape.
These requisites are tested along a series of forces.
G&H® Orthodontics is a recognized leader in manufacturing Nickel Titanium wire products. Continuous and meticulous testing of our wires ensures the high standards
of performance we guarantee. State-of-the-art stress/strain testing of Nickel Titanium wire is performed employing a three-point deflection test (fig. A) with a load
cell probe impacting a wire and recording the forces throughout the range from deflection to recovery. The test data (force vs. deflection) must validate that each
production batch meets our tringent specifications. The data is then documented and archived on a hysteresis graph (fig. B) for each production batch we manufacture.
Three-point deflection testing How a Hysteresis Graph demonstrates if a NiTi wire will fulfill the clinical
expectations of elasticity, consistent force and shape memory::
1. Start test.
Load cell contacts wire and begins deflection in 37 °C waterbath..
Loaded Cell Tooth Moving
Engagement 2mm deflection force 2. Extreme elasticity shown by the Load Resistance Force (bump in the graph) at
Force
(Delivery/Load)
(Recovery/
Unload)
0.6mm deflection.
• This wire is active and aggressive as it transitions from the Austenitic (increasing
force) to Martensitic (constant force) state..
3. Consistent forces of Martensitic response
12 mm Span • Engagement forces have “flatlined” at 230g as the wire is deflected from 0.6mm to
2.0mm.
• Desired, defined excursion of Martensitic phenomenon (constant force over a
Hysteresis Graph large deflection) exhibited represents properties unique to effective Superelastic Niti
Force (gr) wire.
400
4. Extreme elasticity and consistent force shown at 2.0mm deflection.
• Peak load force of 230g at 2.0mm deflection is consistent with force levels at the
0.6mm deflection point during engagement.
300 • Transitional rebound shows the wire is active and aggressive as engagement forces
cease.
5. Consistent unload force as Martensitic state is reentered during recovery.
200 • Tooth moving forces dissipate slightly then stabilize to ensure consistent unload to
2 3 4 shape memory.
• Average unload (tooth moving) force is 138.75g.
6. Shape memory and elasticity are expressed.
100 6 • Full shape memory rebound occurs at 130g ensuring continuity of effective tooth
5
moving forces through complete shape recovery.
0
Deflection (mm) 0.5
1 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0
Recovery average value: 138,75gr

Tooth moving force Engagement Force
Date: Feb 28.2005 Description: .016'' SE NiTi Test temperature: 37ºC
*Tests carried out by G&H. G&H tests all archwire batches and lots to ensure that they comply with the most rigurous performance levels.
We’ve supplied more than
8,400 ortho professionals
in the last year
Rapid deliveries Track your order 98% product availability Secure Payment Site
Force Value Graphs for Proclinic-G&H Archwires

Grams round rectangular / square
700
600
500
Archwires & Other Wires
400
300
200
*Tests carried out by G&H.
G&H tests all archwire batches and
100
lots to ensure that they comply with
the most rigurous performance levels.
0
Size .012 .013 .014 .016 .018 .020 .014 .016 .016 .016 .017 .018 .018 .019 .020 .021
x.025 x.016 x.022 x.025 x.025 x.018 x.025 x.025 x.020 x.025
Round Vertical Plane Horizontal plane (in-out)
Peak Force rated as archwires deflected 2mm over 12mm span
See real size of the archwires on pages 6 and 7 archwire NI-TI See real size of the archwires on pages 6 and 7 archwire NI-TI
NI-TI SUPERELASTIC NI-TI SUPERELASTIC

TRUEFORM OVOID SHAPE E U R O PA I I O V O I D S H A P E
Brand: Proclinic Expert Brand: Proclinic Expert
Characteristics: Nickel and Titanium alloy. Characteristics: Nickel and Titanium alloy.
Products compatible with
OVOID SHAPE TRUEFORM OVOID SHAPE EUROPA II
the Damon technique
Upper Lower Upper Lower

10 archwires.
10 archwires. RECTANGULAR
upper lower
10 archwires. RECTANGULAR 10 archwires. Ref. Ref.
upper lower .014x.025 L3050 L3051
ROUND Ref. Ref. ROUND .016x.016 L3052 L3053
upper lower .016x.016 L0511 L0512 upper lower .016x.022 L3054 L3055
Ref. Ref. .016x.022 L0513 L0514 Ref. Ref. .016x.025 L3056 L3057
.012 L0501 L0502 .017x.025 L0515 L0516 .012 L3040 L3041 .017x.025 L3058 L3059
.014 L0503 L0504 .018x.018 L0517 L0518 .014 L3042 L3043 .018x.018 L3060 L3061
.016 L0505 L0506 .018x.025 L0519 L0520 .016 L3044 L3045 .018x.025 L3062 L3063
.018 L0507 L0508 .019x.025 L0521 L0522 .018 L3046 L3047 .019x.025 L3064 L3065
.020 L0509 L0510 .021x.025 L0523 L0524 .020 L3048 L3049 .021x.025 L3066 L3067
archwire NI-TI
See real size of the archwires on pages 6 and 7
NITI AESTHETIC OVOID
SHAPE - TRUEFORM
Brand: Proclinic Expert
Characteristics: HIGHEST QUALITY MANUFACTURING PROCESS IN THE INDUSTRY

Latest-generation teflon helping improve sliding over the bracket and preventing breakage in the tar-
get. It is now possible to have a more esthetic orthodontic treatment. Especially when dealing with
orthodontics in adults, the use of esthetic archwires allows a very attractive option without com-
promising the technique or the results. Material: Latest-generation teflon allows for much longer in
mouth use without breaking the target material and more possibilities when folding. At the same
time, it achieves maximum sliding of the archwire.
OVOID SHAPE TRUEFORM
10 archwires. 10 archwires.
ROUND RECTANGULAR
upper lower upper lower
Upper Lower
Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
.012 L0547 L0548 .016x.022 L0559 L0560
.014 L0549 L0550 .017x.025 L0561 L0562
OrthoAesthetics
.016 L0551 L0552 .018x.025 L0563 L0564
.018 L0553 L0554 .019x.025 L0565 L0566
.020 L0555 L0556 .021x.025 L0567 L0568
archwire NI-TI
See real size of the archwires on pages 6 and 7
ARCHWIRES NI-TI AESTHETIC
S H A P E : E U R O PA I I
Characteristics: Alloy of Nickel and Titanium. Teflon of last generation,
better sliding bracket and preventing breakage on white.
OVOID SHAPE EUROPA II
10 archwires. 10 archwires.
Upper Lower ROUND RECTANGULAR

Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
.012 L6244 L6245 .016x.022 L6254 L6255
.014 L6246 L6247 .017x.025 L6256 L6257
OrthoAesthetics .016 L6248 L6249 .018x.025 L6258 L6259
.018 L6250 L6251 .019x.025 L6260 L6261
.020 L6252 L6253 .021x.025 L6262 L6263
N I TI G4™ ARCHWIR E S WITH P R E TORQUE 2 0 °
Brand: G&H Wire

Characteristics: Superelastic NiTi-Archs with previous Pretorque 20º allow continuous torque strengths for lower.
Effective in upper and lower arches. Torque strengths can be applied by lingual or labial way to change the orientation of
the arch. Lower: Place the arch with colored leg on the left side of the patient to lingual root torque. Place the arch with
colored leg on the right side of the patient to labial root torque.
1 Pack of 5u.
The arches come with a colour side: Upper Lower
Red (28mm usually for lower)
Blue (34mm usually for upper) The aesthetic archwires are identified with black mark
Black (38mm usually for upper) on the upper and a red mark on the lower.
Upper:
Place the arch by the color side on the right side
of the patient for lingual root torque. Place the arch by the color side
on the left side of the patient for labial root torque.
Lower:
Place the arch by the color side on the left side
of the patient to lingual root torque.
Place the arch by the color side on the right side
of the patient to labial root torque.
Europa II
28mm 34mm 38mm
Upper Lower
.016 x .025 L6211 L6212 L6213
The Ni-Ti and Stainless Steel archwires are identified
.017 x .025 L6214 L6215 L6216
with the etched marks: 3 marks on the upper and 1
.019 x .025 L6217 L6218 L6219 mark on the lower.
Trueform
High-quality Superelastic Ni-Ti Archwires. Manufactured with
.019 x .025 L1953 L7027 L1954 a technologically advanced process to produce archwires with
uniform features from one archwire to the other.
Pack of 5 units.
N I -TI E UROPA II ARCH WIR E S WITH UP P E R D IM PL E NI T I G 4 ™ A RC H W I R ES EU RO PE II SH AP E D

Brand: G&H Wire Brand: G&H Wire
Caracteristicas: Nickel and Titanium alloy. Characteristics: Pack of 25 units.
Pack of 10 units. Products compatible with the Damon prescription
RECTANGULAR
ROUND Upper Lower
upper lower
upper lower Ref. Ref.
Ref. Ref. Upper Lower
.014x.025 L0888 L0889
.014 L3250 L3251
.016x.016 L0899 L0900
.016 L3252 L3253
Upper .016x.022 L1050 L1051
.018 L3254 L3255
ROUND .016x.025 L1052 L1053
Pack of 10 units. .017x.017 L1054 L1055
upper lower
Lower Ref. Ref. .017x.025 L1056 L1057
T D
.013 L0885 L0886 .018x.018 L1058 L1059

UC DE
OD MEN
RECTANGULAR .014 L0893 L0894 .018x.025 L0890 L0891

PR OM
The forces that detach these

C
upper lower .016 L0895 L0896 .019x.025 L1060 L1061

RE
archwires are perfect for use with self-

.014 x .025 L3256 L3257 ligating bracket techniques. .018 L0887 L0892 .020x.020 L1048 L1047
These archwires finish what they
.016 x .022 L3258 L3259 .020 L0897 L0898 .021x.025 L1062 L1444
start and remain active until the full
.016 x .025 L3260 L3261 recovery of the archwire is
achieved. The exact force ensures Pack of 25 units. Pack of 25 units.
.017 x .025 L3262 L32622
smooth and consistent activation in all
Pack of 10 units. applications.
N I TI G4™ ARCHWIR E S E UROP E I S H A P E D NI T I G 4 ™ A RC H W I R ES T RU E FO RM

Characteristics: G4ª Nickel Titanium is an uniquely enhanced alloy that has been exclusively for- Characteristics: G4ª Nickel Titanium is an uniquely enhanced alloy that has been exclusively for-
mulated to yield consistent and specific force, memory, and elasticity values. The clinically significant mulated to yield consistent and specific force, memory, and elasticity values. The clinically significant
characteristics of G4ª Nickel Titanium include lower initial load forces, for patient comfort, and characteristics of G4ª Nickel Titanium include lower initial load forces, for patient comfort, and
increased residual forces as full shape recovery progresses. Teeth move farther and faster. increased residual forces as full shape recovery progresses. Teeth move farther and faster.
OVOID SHAPE EUROPA I

Upper Lower
Upper Lower
RECTANGULAR
ROUND upper lower
upper lower Ref. Ref. ROUND RECTANGULAR
Ref. Ref. .014x.025 L2065 L5412 Upper Lower Upper Lower
.012 L5417 L5407 .016x.022 L5423 L5413 .014 L5426 L2083 .018x.025 L5428 L2085
.014 L5418 L5408 .017x.025 L5424 L5414 .018 L5427 L2084 .021x.025 L2088 L2086
.016 L5419 L5409 .018x.025 L2067 L5415
.018 L5420 L5410 .019x.025 L5425 L5416
.020 L5421 L5411
Pack of 25 units. Pack of 25 units. Pack of 25 units.
NI TI ARCHWIRE FL E XA RC H archwire NI-TI

Brand: Flexmedics
Caracteristicas: Nickel and Titanium alloy.
ARCHWIRES NI-TI SUPERELASTIC

ROUND
upper lower CUR VE SPEE/REVERSE
Ref. Ref.
.012 L1820 L1824
Characteristics: The Curva Spee / Reverse archwires offer excellent counterforces
.014 L1821 L1825 in order to make fast occlusion modifications while improving the
.016 L1822 L1826 integrity of the arcade.
.018 L1823 L1827
Pack of 10 units. 20,75 €
RECTANGULAR
upper lower
Ref. Ref. RECTANGULAR
.016 x .016 L1828 L1832 ROUND upper lower
.016 x .022 L1829 L1833 upper lower Ref. Ref.
.017 x .025 L1830 L1834 Ref. Ref. .016x.016 L0535 L0536
.018 x .025 L1831 L1835 .012 L0525 L0526 .016x.022 L0537 L0538
Pack of 10 units. .014 L0527 L0528 .017x.025 L0539 L0540
.016 L0529 L0530 .018x.025 L0541 L0542
Ovoid-shaped nickel titanium archwires. Nickel titanium (Ni-Ti) archwires need .018 L0531 L0532 .019x.025 L0543 L0544
suitable heat treatment to personalise he shape for each patient. The superelastic
nickel titanium alloy generates light and continuous forces, reducing reatment time .020 L0533 L0534 .021x.025 L0545 L0546
and improving patient comfort. The highly polished surface enhances wire sliding
mechanics through he bracket slot. Ovoid-shaped. Pack of 10 units. Pack of 10 units.
Recovery force of the Superelastic Ni-Ti archwires compare with Thermal Ni-Ti
Gram round rectangular / square
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
Size .012 .013 .014 .016 .018 .020 .014 .016 .016 .016 .017 .018 .018 .019 .020 .021
x.025 x.016 x.022 x.025 x.025 x.018 x.025 x.025 x.020 x.025
Average recovery force with a 2mm deviation over a 12mm distance Ni-Ti Superelastic Ni-Ti Thermal
Recovery force of the Thermal Ni-Ti archwires

Gram round rectangular / square
300
200
*Tests carried out by G&H.
G&H tests all archwire batches and
100
lots to ensure that they comply with
the most rigurous performance levels.
0
Size .012 .013 .014 .016 .018 .020 .014 .016 .016 .016 .017 .018 .018 .019 .020 .021
x.025 x.016 x.022 x.025 x.025 x.018 x.025 x.025 x.020 x.025
Round Vertical Plane Horizontal plane (in-out)
Average recovery force with a 2mm deviation over a 12mm distance
Handy Tip
1 2 3 4
It's very important that when the wire is to be bent, that all surfaces should To be able to bend the wire more easily, you can If you want to form loops or omegas, the If you want to limit the area to be cooled,
be mooth and without grooves or blades. Due to the microstructure of use a cold spray such as the Essix Freeze Spray (our wire should be cooled, the loop formed and some cold spray can pe applied to a cotton
these archwires, any cut, however small, would fracture the archwire. If ref. L1590). Cooling the wire makes the wire more the wire can be placed in the brackets. If but and then pressed on to the desired area
you want to ermanently change the shape of the archwire, before bending malleable and easier to bend the wire and place the you want the loop to be permament, after of the archwire. Alternatively the Thermal
with pliers, heat he wire with a burner until the wire turns red-hot. You wire in the brackets. It's also advisable to wear gloves forming it, and before positioning the wire Instrument (our ref. L0865) may be used.
may then bend that ection of the wire and it will not return to its original as that way the body heat takes longer to pass on to in the mouth, pass a flame under the loop.
shape. To limit the section of the archwire to be heated, you may place the wire. It is not necessary, but these wiers may be
two pliers or other instruments at teh extremes of the desired section stored in refrigerator or freezer.
so that the heat will dissipate along the pliers and not along the wire.
archwire NI-TI
ARCHWIRES N I - T I SUPERELASTIC
OVOID THERMAL TRUEFORM

Brand: Proclinic Expert Upper Lower
Characteristics: Highest quality manufacturing process in the industry totally malleable at
a temperature below 5¼c, the thermal properties of this material result in optimal activation at
37ºC. This unique characteristic allows for easy placement of the archwire in any malocclusion
and for the use of the entire range of archwires from the onset of treatment in order to achie-
RECTANGULAR
ve initial leveling and fast alignment.
ROUND upper lower
Ref. Ref. .016x.016 L0844 L0845
.012 L0834 L0835 .016x.022 L0846 L0847
.014 L0836 L0837 .017x.025 L0848 L0849
.016 L0838 L0839 .018x.025 L0850 L0851
.018 L0840 L0841 .019x.025 L0852 L0853
.020 L0842 L0843 .021x.025 L0854 L0855
Pack of 10 units. Pack of 10 units.
Thermal
archwire NI-TI
ARCHWIRES N I - T I SUPERELASTIC
O V O I D T H E R M A L E U R O PA I I
Characteristics: Thermally activated europa ii ovoid archform. Material totally malleable Upper Lower RECTANGULAR
at temperatures below 5ºC, with thermal properties that achieve optimum activation at 37ºC. upper lower
This unique feature allows for easy archwire engagement in any malocclusion and the possibility Ref. Ref.
of using the entire range of archwires from the start of treatment to achieve initial levelling and .014x.025 L5150 L5151
rapid alignment. .016x.016 L5152 L5153
ROUND .016x.022 L5154 L5155
upper lower .016x.025 L5156 L5157
Ref. Ref. .017x.025 L5158 L5159
.012 L5140 L5141 .018x.018 L5160 L5161
.014 L5142 L5143 .018x.025 L5162 L5163
.016 L5144 L5145 .019x.025 L5164 L5165
.018 L5146 L5147 .020x.020 L5166 L5167
.020 L5148 L5149 .021x.025 L5168 L5169
Thermal Pack of 10 units. Pack of 10 units.
TOOTH - C OLOR E D G 4 ™ A RCH WI R ES S H A PE EU RO PA I
Brand: G&H Wire OrthoAesthetics

Characteristics: G4 Nickel Titanium is an uniquely enhanced alloy that has been exclusively formulated to yield consistent and
specific force, memory, and elasticity values. The clinically significant characteristics of G4 Nickel Titanium include lower initial
load forces, for patient comfort, and increased residual forces as full shape recovery progresses. Teeth move farther and faster.
ROUND
Upper Lower
.014 L2048 L1504
.016 L2049 L1999
.018 L2000
Pack of 10 units
RECTANGULAR
Upper Lower
.016X.022 L2066 L2043
.017x.025 L7009 L7008
.018X.025 L2044
.019X.025 L2069 L2045
.020X.020 L2070
Pack of 10 units
A RCH WIRE S NIT I T H E R MA L SH A P E E UROPA I A RC H W I R ES NI T I T H ERMAL SH AP E E U RO PA I I

Characteristics: A premium nickel titanium wire that incorporates a precise temperature
transformation at 27ºC for predictable tooth moving forces. G&H quality manufacturing and testing ROUND
processes make M5ª Copper Nickel Titanium distinct from all other archwires used in orthodontics.
Upper
.012 L2132
OVOID SHAPE EUROPA I OVOID SHAPE EUROPA II
.014 L2134
Thermal .018 L2136
* arcos disponibles bajo

Pack of 25 units.
pedido especial.
RECTANGULAR
RECTANGULAR
Upper
Upper Lower
ROUND .020x.020 L2138
.016x.022 L6341 L5435
Upper Lower .017x.025 L5445 L5436 Pack of 25 units.
.012 L5440 L5430 .018x.018 L2137 L2130
.014 L5441 L5431 .018x.025 L5446 L5437
.016 L5442 L5432 .019x.025 L5447 L5438
.018 L5443 L5433 .020x.020 L5448 L5439
.020 L5444 L5434 .021x.025 L2131
Pack of 25 units. Pack of 25 units. Thermal

R EV ER S E C U RV E NI T I T H E RMAL ARCH WI RE S SH AP E E U RO PA I
Brand: G&H Wire
ARCHWIRES N ITI TH E R MA L S H A P E TRU EF O R M Characteristics: Manufactured in both G4™ and M5™ NiTi formats, Reverse Curve wires provide
excellent counter forces to achieve bite modifications quickly and efficiently, while also improving archform
Brand: G&H Wire integrity.
Characteristics: A premium nickel titanium wire that incorporates a precise temperature
transformation at 27ºC for predictable tooth moving forces. G&H quality manufacturing
and testingprocesses make M5ª Copper Nickel Titanium distinct from all other archwires
used in orthodontics.

Thermal
Upper Lower
Thermal
RECTANGULARES
ROUND RECTANGULAR Upper Lower
Upper Upper Lower .016x.022 L2140
.012 L2166 .018x.018 L2169 L2165 .017x.025 L2144 L2141
.014 L2167 .018x.025 L2142
Pack of 25 units.
.018 L2168 .019x.025 L2145 L5449
Upper Lower
Over A DVANTAG ES
5,000 100% satisfaction or your money back.

Orthodontic • 365-day on-line store- 24/7
products •
•
Free Product Returns
• Rapid deliveries
• Track your order
• 98% product availability
40 TOP
• Secure Payment Site
Check all PRICES and SPECIAL OFFERS

Orthodontic directly on our websites:
Brands Dontic.com, Dontic.co.uk,
Up to 30% CHEAPER than other Ortho Depots.
THERMOME MORIA A RC H WIR E S B I O S TA RT ER A ND B I O F O R M - T H E I NT EL L I G ENT WI RE

Brand: Forestadent
Characteristics: Force: 40 g.
Thermal
Biologically Sensitive
It is sensitive to temperature, and deploys its force optimum of work, the
body temperature.
Safe and Comfortable start
Thermal The temperature sensitivity of the BioStarter archwire allows for force variation
of the archwire with cold food or drinks, thereby avoiding the discomfort that is
common at the beginning of treatment.
upper lower
Ref. Ref. upper lower
Smooth Force BioStarter Ref. Ref.
.016x.022'' L9029 L9030 The super-elastic properties of
Pack of 10 units. the BioStarter archwire produce
.010 L2475 L2476
effective physiological forces, .012 L2477 L2478
Brand: Leone
thereby increasing patient comfort. .014 L0188 L0189
Characteristics: Made from a special nickel-titanium alloy, these
archwires are an innovation as, depending on room or body tempe- .016 L2479 L2480
rature, they take on a totally different behaviour. The archwires can
Careful and Efficient
be bent with pliers at room temperature but once positioned in the Pack of 10 units.
mouth (37ºC approx.), they return to their ideal shape, delivering In addition to applying physiological
light and continuous forces to teeth. This unique feature makes forces, the BioStarter archwire
insertion into misaligned slots easier, reduces patient trauma and is provided with an anti-friction BioTorque Ref. Ref.
enables the use of rectangular wires from the early stages of treatment that reduces the friction .016 x .016 L2481 L2482
treatment, thereby allowing root position control during tooth between the arch and the bracket
by more than 30% with respect to a
.016 x .022 L2483 L2484
movement.
traditional NiTi arch, thus ensuring a .018 x .025 L2485 L2486
fast tretment.
Pack of 10 units.
G4 ™ N I-T I SUPE RE LA STIC WITH STOP S E UROPA I I S H A PE A RC H W I R ES NI T I T H ER M A L WI T H CRI MPAB L E STO P S SH AP E E U RO PA I I

Brand: G&H Wire Products compatible with the Damon prescription Brand: G&H Wire Products compatible with the Damon prescription

Thermal
Upper Lower
Upper Lower
ROUND RECTANGULAR ROUND RECTANGULAR

Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
.014x.025" L1067 L1068 .012" L2133 .014X.025" L5174 L5175
.013" L1063 L1064
.014” L5422 .016x.025" L1069 L1070 .014" L5170 L5171 .016X.025" L2139
.016" L1065 L1066 .018x.025" L1071 L1072 .016" L2135 .018X.025" L5176 L5177
.018" L5172 L5173 .019X.025" L5195 L5178
Characteristics: G4 NiTi archwires with crimpable stops come with pre-loaded stops to allow positio-
ning on the archwire as desired and then stay put until crimped. This eliminates the need to apply stops Characteristics: The Niti G4 arches come with caps ready to be placed on the arch where you want and
to the archwires. they stay in their place .This eliminates the need to apply caps to arches.
TO OT H-COLORED P R E - STOP P E D G 4 ™ N ITI R EV ER S E C U RV E G4™ NI T I ARCH WI RE S WI T H

A RCHWIRES SHAP E E UROPA II OrthoAesthetics C R I M PA B L E STO P S SH AP E E U RO PA I I
Characteristics: G4 NiTi archwires with crimpable stops come with pre-

loaded stops to allow positioning on the archwire as desired and then stay Characteristics: G4 NiTi archwires with crimpable stops come with pre-
put until crimped. This eliminates the need to apply stops to the archwires. loaded stops to allow positioning on the archwire as desired and then stay
put until crimped. This eliminates the need to apply stops to the archwires.

Upper Lower
Upper Lower
ROUND RECTANGULAR ROUND RECTANGULAR
Upper Upper Upper Upper

.014 L2064 0.18X.025 L2072 .018 L2077 0.17X.025 L2078
Pack of 10 units Pack of 10 units Pack of 10 units Pack of 10 units
N I -TO RQUE RE VE RSE CURVE - A N TI- S P E E

Brand: G&H Wire
Red Mark on patient's right

ARCHWIRES NI-TI SUPERELASTIC WITH CURVE SPEE/REVERSE AND TORQUE means a labial root torque.
Lower 28mm (Lower) only.
Characteristics: Reverse Curve Superelastic Ni-Ti archwires come with 20º pre-torqued anterior
segments that increase torque control during intrusion. Lingual root torque is applied in upper archwi-
res. Lower archwires offer the choice of lingual or labial root torque.
Red on patient's left means
a lingual root torque 28mm
(Lower)
Lower Upper
28 mm 34mm 38 mm Upper Colour-coded on the
lingual root labial root patient's right producing a lingual
torque torque root torque. Sizes 34 or 38
Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. (Upper)
.017x.025 L1073 L1074 L1077 L1078
.019x.025 L1075 L1076 L1079 L1080
Pack of 5 units. Extreme color coded:

• Red : 28mm (lower)
• Blue : 34mm (upper)
• Black : 38mm (upper)
Width (mm)
Technical Information on Arches Copper Niti Brand Proclinic

Hysteresis Graph
Force (gr) Force (kgf)
400 0.32
0.30
0.28
0.26
300 0.24
0.22
0.20
0.18
200 0.16
0.14
0.12
0.10
100 0.08
0.06
0.04
0.02
0 0
Deflection (mm) 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 Deflection (mm) 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5
Recovery average value: 138,75 gr G4 NiTi

TM
Copper NiTi Proclinic
Tooth moving force Engagement Force
Date: Feb 28.2005 Description: .016'' SE NiTi Test temperature: 37ºC
archwire copper NI-TI
COPPER NITI
W I T H S TO P S Products compatible with
the Damon technique
Characteristics: Archwire Copper NITI. Pack of 10 units.
A premium nickel titanium wire that incorporates a precise temperature
transformation at 27ºC for predictable tooth moving forces.
RECTANGULAR
upper lower
Ref. Ref.
.014x.025 L9965 L9951
.016x.016 L9966 L9952
.016x.022 L9967 L9953
ROUND
.016x.025 L9968 L9954
upper lower
.017x.017 L9969 Ref. Ref.
.017x.025 L9970 L9955 .012 L9960
.018x.018 L9971 L9956 .014 L9961 L9947
.018x.025 L9972 L9957 .016 L9962 L9948
.019x.025 L9973 L9958 .018 L9963 L9949
Thermal Upper Lower .020x.020 L9974 L9959 .020 L9964 L9950
archwire copper NI-TI
C O P P E R N I T I W I T H O U T S TO P S
Characteristics: A premium nickel titanium wire that incorporates a precise temperature Products compatible with
transformation at 27ºC for predictable tooth moving forces. Pack of 10 units.
the Damon technique

OVOID SHAPE EUROPA II RECTANGULAR
upper lower
Ref. Ref.
.014x.025 L9936 L9925
.016x.016 L9937 L9926
Upper Lower .016x.022 L9938 L9927
.016x.025 L9939 L9928
ROUND
.017x.017 L9940 L9929
upper lower
.017x.025 L9941 L9930 Ref. Ref.
.018x.018 L9942 L9931 .012 L9920 L9915
.018x.025 L9943 L9932 .014 L9921 L9916
.019x.025 L9944 L9933 .016 L9922 L9917
.020x.020 L9945 L9934 .018 L9923 L9918
Thermal .021x.025 L9946 L9935 .020 L9924 L9919
A RCHWIRE COPPER N I- TI WITH STOP S/ TOP ES

Brand: Ortho Technology
Characteristics: 1 Pack of 10 items. Damon Technique ADVANTAG ES
100% satisfaction or your money back.

• 365-day on-line store- 24/7
• Free Product Returns
• 30 days to change your mind
Universal Damon Shape
Ref. .014x.025” L2431
.013 L2427 .016x.025” L2432 Check all PRICES and SPECIAL OFFERS
.014 L2428 .017x.025” L2433 directly on our websites:
.016 L2429 .018x.025” L2436
Dontic.com, Dontic.co.uk,
.018 L2430 .019x.025” L2434
Thermal Pack of 10 units.:
A RCHWIRE NI-TI TH E R MA L TR IF E C TA L I NG UA L A RC H W I R E PRE FO RME D

F O R L I NG UA L NI T I M 5 T E CH NI Q U E
Characteristics: 10 units. Central region 45, Brand: G&H Wire
bicuspid region 68 and molar region 93. Characteristics: Lingual Small 32 mm. This line of archwires has been developed to meet the cha-
llenging mechanics of modern lingual treatment. Archforms are designed and adapted precisely to
lingual anatomy. Various alloys are used to maximise treatment efficiencies in the narrow interbracket
dimensions.
Thermal Thermal
M5 Thermal NiTi Upper Lower
Lingual Small .016” L1105 L1106
F orce by area-area (g.)
Lingual Medium .016” L1107 L1108
Upper Lower Central Premoral Molar Lingual Large .016” L1109 L1110
Ref. Ref. Region Region Region
M5 Thermal NiTi
RECTANGULAR
Lingual Small .017x.017” L1111 L1112
.016x.016" L24002 L24008 45 68 93 Lingual Medium .017x.017” L1113 L1114
.016x.022" L24003 L24009 53 95 131 Lingual Large .017x.017” L1115 L1116
.017x.025" L24004 L24010 110 165 254
Lingual Small .017x.025” L1117 L1118
.019x.025" L24005 L24011 125 202 283 WIDTH OF THE ANTERIOR SEGMENT:
Lingual Medium .017x.025” L1119 L1120 Upper Lower
Lingual Pequeño 32mm. 27mm.
Pack of 10 units:
Lingual Large .017x.025” L1121 L1122 Lingual Mediano 33,5mm. 30mm.
Lingual Grande 36mm. 31mm.
View full-scale archwire on page 6 and 7 of the catalog Pack of 2 units.
G 4 ™ NI T I L I NG UA L A RC H WI RE S
U N I VE RSAL LINGUAL A RC H WIR E N ITI G 4
Characteristics: G4™ Nickel Titanium is an uniquely enhanced alloy that has
Characteristics: The G4™ Nickel Titanium alloy is unique. G4 has been exclusively been exclusively formulated to yield consistent and specific force, memory, and
formulated to coordinate with G&H manufacturing processes to yield consistent elasticity values. The clinically significant characteristics of G4ª Nickel Titanium
specific force, memory and elasticity values. include lower initial load forces, for patient comfort, and increased residual forces
as full shape recovery progresses. Teeth move farther and faster.
Small Large
.010 L2079
.012 L2080
.014 L2081 L2074
.016 L2082
Pack of 5 units.
Small Medium Large

.010 L5179 L5180 L5181
.012 L5182 L5183 L5184 LOWER
.014 L5185 L5186 L5187 Large
.016 L5188 L5189 L5190 .010'' L10201
Pack of 5 units
individually packaged Pack of 2 units. Upper Lower
TI TA NMOLY UNIV E R S A L L IN G UA L A RC H WIR ES S U PER EL A S T I C NI T I S PO O L

Characteristics: Universal Lingual Archwire developed from G4™ Characteristics: 15’ Spool
Nickel Titanium and BT3™ Beta Titanium. The universal archforms
allow the clinician to apply the offset bends to adapt precisely to lingual
anatomy.

Nickel
FREE
Antiallergic
RECTANGULAR
Ref.
UNIVERSAL
.012 L5473
.016"x.022" L6331
.014 L5474
.0175"x.0175" L10200
.016 L5475
15’ Spool
Pack of 10 units.
Over A DVANTAG ES

products •
•
40 TOP

STEEL ARCHWIRE S E UROPA I WITH POS T OVOID SHAPE EUROPA I
Brand: G&H Wire

Characteristics: Posted Archwires facilitate retraction, Class II engagement,
and segmented force application as desired.
Upper Lower
ROUND
26mm 28mm 36mm

.018 L1927
.020 L1928 L1929 L10204
Pack of 10 units.
RECTANGULAR
22mm 24mm 26mm 28mm 30mm 32mm 34mm 36mm 38mm 40mm 42mm
.016x.022" L10205 L10206
.018x.025" L1939 L1940 L31812
.019X.025" L1949 L5450 L5451 L5452 L5453 L5454 L5455 L5456 L5457 L5458 L5459
Pack of 10 units.
BA LL -POSTE D ARC H WIR E S E UROPA II S T EEL A RC H W I R ES W I TH B AL L PO ST E U RO PA I X R1

Characteristics: XR1 archwires are made of 22 mm (.016x.025") stainless-steel wire that Characteristics: XR1 archwires are made of stainless-steel wire that is specially heat treated
is specially heat treated to reduce internal stress, thus providing elasticity that helps improve to reduce internal stress, thus providing elasticity that helps improve mechanics. These archwires
mechanics. These archwires include bendable brass ball posts. They are soldered using an exclusive include bendable brass ball posts. They are soldered using an exclusive technique that gives clean,
technique that gives clean, strong and consistent joints. strong and consistent joints.
OVOID SHAPE EUROPA II OVOID SHAPE EUROPA I
22mm 24mm 26mm 28mm 30mm 32mm

.016x.025” L1081 L1082 L1083 L1084 L1085 L1086
.019x.025” L1093 L1094 L1095 L1096 L1097 L1098
34mm 36mm 38mm 40mm 42mm 44mm

.016x.025” L1087 L1088 L1089 L1090 L1091 L1092 24mm 26mm 34mm 36mm
.019x.025” L1099 L1100 L1101 L1102 L1103 L1104 .019x.025 L10208 L10209 L1957 L1958
stainless steel archwires
S TA I N L E S S S T E E L

Upper Lower
ARCHWIRES -
S TA N D A R D S H A P E
RECTANGULAR
upper lower
Brand: Proclinic Expert ROUND Ref. Ref.
Characteristics: All PROCLINIC stainless steel archwires are made using .016x.016 L0627 L0628
304v medical grade steel, thereby guaranteeing the most uniform and consistent
upper lower
Ref. Ref. .016x.022 L0629 L0630
quality. Round.
.012 L0617 L0618 .017x.025 L0631 L0632
.014 L0619 L0620 .018x.018 L0633 L0634
.016 L0621 L0622 .018x.025 L0635 L0636
.018 L0623 L0624 .019x.025 L0637 L0638
.020 L0625 L0626 .021x.025 L0639 L0640
STA NDARD UPPE R A RCH WIR E S ROUND

upper lower
Brand: Leone
Characteristics: Stainless steel ovoid-shaped archwires. Highly

.012 L1850 L1853
Ref. Ref.
ADVANTAG ES
resistant steel archwires allow any type of shaping without
.014 L1851 L1854
breakage. Standard shape. Made from extra-hard spring wire for
better elasticity. A mark (black for upper archwires and red for .016 L1852 L1855
lower archwires) clearly indicates the midline. Packs of 10. Round.
.018 L09902 L09907
.020 L09904 L09909
Pack of 10 units. • 365-day on-line store- 24/7
RECTANGULAR
upper lower • Rapid deliveries
Ref. Ref. • Track your order
.016x.016 L1856 L1858 • 98% product availability
.016x.022 L1857 L1859 • Secure Payment Site
.017x.025 L09901 L09906
.019x.025 L09903 L09908 Check all PRICES and SPECIAL OFFERS
.021x.025 L09905 L09900 directly on our websites:
Pack of 10 units.
Characteristics: In extra hard spring wire diamond drawn
for levelling of surfaces..
.016x.016 L09910
Pack of 10 units.
Recovery force of stainless steel archwires
Gram
1400
1300
1200
1100
1000
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
Size .012 .014 .016 .018 .020 .016 .016 .017 .017 .017 .018 .018 .018 .019 .019 .020 .021
x.016 x.022 x.017 x.022 x.025 x.018 x.022 x.025 x.019 x.025 x.020 x.025
stainless steel 304V
S TA I N L E S S S T E E L TO OT H - C O LO U R E D
ARCHWIRES - TRUEFORM Upper Lower
Upper Lower
Characteristics: It is now possible to have a more esthetic orthodontic
treatment. With the emphasis primarily on adult orthodontics, the use of aesthetic
archwires allows for a very attractive option for these patients without compromi-
sing the technique or the results. Round. RECTANGULAR
upper lower

ROUND Ref. Ref.
upper lower .016x.022 L0605 L0606
Ref. Ref. .017x.025 L0607 L0608
.014 L0595 L0596 .018x.018 L0609 L0610
.016 L0597 L0598 .018x.025 L0611 L0612
.018 L0599 L0600 .019x.025 L0613 L0614
OrthoAesthetics .020 L0601 L0602 .021x.025 L0615 L0616
S TA I N L E S S S T E E L OVOID SHAPE TRUEFORM
ARCHWIRES - TRUEFORM
SHAPE

Characteristics: All PROCLINIC stainless steel archwires are made using Upper Lower
304v medical grade steel, thereby guaranteeing the most uniform and consistent
quality. Round.
ROUND RECTANGULAR
Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
.012 L0569 L0570 .016x.016 L0579 L0580
.014 L0571 L0572 .016x.022 L0581 L0582
.016 L0573 L0574 .017x.025 L0583 L0584
.018 L0575 L0576 .018x.018 L0585 L0586
.020 L0577 L0578 .018x.025 L0587 L0588
.019x.025 L0589 L0590
Pack of 10 units.
.021x.025 L0591 L0592
Pack of 10 units.
Over A DVANTAG ES

products •
•
40 TOP

S TA I N L E S S S T E E L A E S T H E T I C S OVOID SHAPE EUROPA II
A R C H W I R E S S H A P E : E U R O PA I I

Characteristics: Now you can have a more aesthetic orthodontic
treatment. With the emphasis on adult orthodontics, the use of cosmetic
arches allows a very attractive option for these patients without compromising
the technique or the results.
RECTANGULAR
ROUND upper lower
Ref. Ref. .016x.022” L6272 L6273
.014 L6264 L6265 .017x.025” L6274 L6275
.016 L6266 L6267 .018x.025” L6276 L6277
.018 L6268 L6269 .019x.025” L6278 L6279
OrthoAesthetics
.020 L6270 L6271 .021x.025” L6280 L6281
Products compatible with

S TA I N L E S S S T E E L A R C H W I R E S the Damon technique
Upper Lower
O V O I D S H A P E - E U R O PA I I
Characteristics: All Proclinic stainless-steel archwires are made using 304V ROUND RECTANGULAR
medical grade steel, thereby guaranteeing the most uniform and consistent quality.
In addition to the Trueform and Standard archforms already available in Proclinic's Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
orthodontics catalogue, Proclinic now supplies the Europa II archform, including
.012 L0947 L0948 .016x.016 L0959 L0960
dimensions used in the Damon Technique
.014 L0949 L0950 .016x.022 L0961 L0962
.016 L0951 L0952 .016x.025 L0963 L0964
.018 L0953 L0954 .017x.025 L0965 L0966
.020 L0955 L0956 .018x.018 L0967 L0968
.018x.025 L0969 L0970
Pack of 10 units.
.019x.025 L0971 L0972
.021x.025 L0973 L0974
Pack of 10 units.

TO OT H-COLORED S 3 0 4 STA IN L E S S STE E L A RC H W I R ES S H A PE EU RO PA I
Brand: G&H Wire
Upper Lower

ROUND
Lower
.016 L1962
.018 L1963
.020 L1964
Pack of 25 units.
RECTANGULAR
Upper Lower
.018X.025 L1979 L1966
OrthoAesthetics
.019X.025 L1967
Pack of 25 units.
STAINLE SS STE E L A RC H WIR E S E UROPA I XR 1 S H A PE
Brand: G&H Wire

Characteristics: XR1 archwires are made of stainless-steel wire that is specially heat treated to reduce internal
stress, thus providing elasticity that helps improve mechanics. These archwires include bendable brass ball posts.
They are soldered using an exclusive technique that gives clean, strong and consistent joints.
Upper Lower
RECTANGULAR
upper lower
.016x.022 L7024 L7021
.017x.025 L7025 L7022
.019X.025 L7026 L7023
Pack of 25 units.
AU S T R A L I A N W I R E T RU E FO RM LOWE R
AU STRALIAN COMB IN ATION WIR E

Brand: G&H Wire

Characteristics: These stainless steel archwires are manufactured by A.J.Wilcock and
preformed by G&H¨ Wire Company to fine tolerances and have consistently square, accurately-
made edges for precise torque control. Arches have mid-line markings to identify upper and
lower arches. A.J. Wilcock¨ Australian Wire Grades Regular and Regular Plus are easily formed
and are excellent wires for general use and utility wires. Special, Special Plus and Premium wires
are ideal for bite opening and where high resilience is required. The finer wires such as Premium
Plus and Supreme are ideal for auxiliaries.
Brand: A.J.Wilcock
Special + Premium +
Characteristics: These "Special Plus" grade stainless steel archwires, are highly resistant and ideal to
maintain archwire shape including when auxiliary products or elastics are in use. The Combination .016 L5401 L5400
archwires are rectangular in the anterior section and round in the posterior section permitting a .018 L5402
lowfriction mechanical slide.
.020 L6329
Size (mm) 32 34 36 38 40 Pack of 25 units.
.019x.025” L9020 L9021 L9022 L9023 L9024
Pack of 2 archwires
STA I NLE SS STE E L ARC H WIR E S S3 0 4

EURO PA I
S TA I NL ES S S T EEL A RC H W I RE S S304 T RU E FO RM
Brand: G&H Wire
Characteristics: By using only 304v medical grade Brand: G&H Wire
stainless steel in conjunction with state-of-the-art wire Characteristics: By using only 304v medical grade stainless steel in conjunction
forming equipment, G&H can ensure you a precise, high- with state-of-the-art wire forming equipment, G&H can ensure you a precise, high-
quality stainless steel arch with consistent performance quality stainless steel arch with consistent performance characteristics and integrity.
characteristics and integrity.
ROUND
Upper Lower
Upper
.018 L1982
Upper Lower
.020 L1983
RECTANGULAR
Pack of 25 units.
Upper Lower
ROUND .016X.022 L6340 L5464
Upper Lower .016X.025 L1965
RECTANGULAR
.014 L5460 .017X.025 L5470 L5465
Upper Lower
.016 L1969 L5461 .018X.025 L5471 L5466
.018x.025 L1984 L1980
.018 L5468 L5462 .019X.025 L5472 L5467
.019x.025 L1981
.020 L5469 L5463 .021X.025 L1978 L1968
Pack of 25 units.
braided archwire
3 - S T R A N D B R A I D E D S TA I N L E S S
STEEL ARCHWIRE
Characteristics: These archwires are generally used in transitional applications in order to align
occlusions with less force than normal stainless steel archwires. Rectangular archwires.

RECTANGULAR
upper lower
Ref. Ref.
.016x.016 L0649 L0650
.016x.022 L0651 L0652
.017x.025 L0653 L0654
.018x.025 L0655 L0656
.019x.025 L0657 L0658
Pack of 10 units.
braided archwire
8 - S T R A N D B R A I D E D S TA I N L E S S
STEEL ARCHWIRE
Brand: Proclinic Expert OVOID SHAPE
Characteristics: These archwires are generally used in transitional applications in order to align
occlusions with less force than normal stainless steel archwires. Rectangular archwires.
Upper Lower
RECTANGULAR
upper lower
Ref. Ref.
.016x.016 L0667 L0668
.016x.022 L0669 L0670
.017x.025 L0671 L0672
.018x.025 L0673 L0674
.019x.025 L0675 L0676
.021x.025 L0677 L0678 Pack of 10 units.
Recovery force of stainless steel braided archwires

Gram Gram
400 200
350 175
300 150
250 125
200 100
150 75
100 50
50 25
0 0
Size .016 .016 .017 .018 .019 Size .0155 .0175 .0195 .0215
x.016 x.022 x.025 x.025 x.025
Stainless Steel 304V rectangular of 3 thread Stainless Steel 304V round of 3 thread
Stainless Steel 8 thread Stainless Steel round of 6 thread
braided archwires EI G H T- S T R A ND S TA I NLE SS ST E E L ARCH WI RE

Brand: G&H.
Characteristics: Due to the gentle nature of the wire, round stranded
wires are traditionally used in early treatment to correct misaligned teeth.
Stranded wires apply a low force level over a given span with minor to
moderate deformation depending on the severity of the malocclusion.
BRAIDED ARCHWIRES
Characteristics: The most used thickness for retention is .0155".
Straight lengths: available in 1 tube of 10
35 cm. units Spools: available in 1 unit measuring 9 metres.
Straight lengths Spools Straight lengths Spools Spools

3 wire 3 wire 6 wire 6 wire 7 wire
Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. ROUND
.0155 L0794 L0802 .0155 L0798 L0806 L0810 upper lower
.0175 L0795 L0803 .0175 L0799 L0807 L0811 Ref. Ref.
.0195 L0796 L0804 .0195 L0800 L0808 L0812 .016 x .022 L5405 L5406
.0215 L0797 L0805 .0215 L0801 L0809 L0813
Pack of 25 units.

A RC H WI R E S TITANMOLY - T Y P E TMA -
A RCHWIRE S TITANMOLY - TY P E TMA SHAPE EUROPA I
Brand: G&H Wire S T RAI GH T L E NGT H T I TANMO LY
Characteristics: (BT3)This wire provides the characteristics of Brand: G&H Wire
adaptability and handling of stainless steel but with an improved Characteristics: 10 units
memory and softer strengthsÕ levels. It is an alloy without nickel 14” straight lengths.
that helps to reduce sensitivity that patients may have. .019 x .025
Shape: Trueform Nickel

FREE
Size Upper Lower
.016x.016” L6224 L6225 Antiallergic
.016x.022” L6226 L6227
.017x.025” L6228 L6229
.018x.025” L6230 L6231
.019x.025” L6232 L6233
.021x.025” L6234 L6235
Size Upper Lower
.016” L6220 L6221
.018” L6222 L6223 Brand: G&H Wire
Shape: Europa II RECTANGULAR

Size Upper Lower Size Upper Lower
.016x.022” L6236 L6237 .016x.022” L6315 L6316
.017x.025” L6238 L6239 .017x.025” L6317 L6318
.019x.025” L6240 L6241 Nickel .019x.025” L6319 L6320 Nickel
FREE FREE
.021x.025” L6242 L6243 Pack of 10 units. Ref. L1925
Antiallergic Antiallergic
Pack of 10 units.
S TR A IG H T A RC H W I R ES
BETA MEMORY ARC H WIR E BE TA A RC H W I R E
Pack of 10 units. Upper. Medium Pack of 10 archwires of 35 cm
.016” L11418 .017”x .025” L9526
Nickel
FREE
Antiallergic
Brand: Leone F L AT W I R E F O R R ETA INE RS

Characteristics: Made of hard heat-treated stainless steel. Anatomically correct. Graduated Brand: Bestdent
BEST
thickness by variation in tooth size. Inner surface rough finish for maximum stability and increased SAVINGS
retention. Laser etched sizing it allows the sterilization at high temperatures and a durable good Characteristics: Stainless steel. 1 unit.
view sizing. The hard temper and a rough inner surface finish considerably improve cement
retention. Ref. L5633
LI NGUAL RETAINER S
EW
EW
RETAINIUM
N
Nickel Nickel
FREE FREE
Nickel
FREE
Antiallergic BEST
SAVINGS
Brand: Reliance Orthodontics BEST
Characteristics: Single strand NICKEL FREE titanium flat metal SAVINGS
ribbon with increased interproximal strength is ideal for semi
permanent splinting and maintaining difficult extraction sites:
- Eliminates potential patient allergy issues
B R A I D ED T I TA NI U M R ETA I NER W I R E FL AT T I TANI U M RE TAI NE R WI RE
- Reduced wear rate Brand: Bestdent Brand: Bestdent
- Increased interproximal strength Characteristics: Braided Titanium Retainer. Niquel-Free Ideal Characteristics: Flat Titanium Retainer Wire. Niquel-Free Ideal
for allergenic patients. for allergenic patients
Ref. L5900
Ref. 75850 Ref. 75851
FLAT WIRE LINGUAL R E TA IN E R

( SP LI NTING)
B O ND - A - B R A I D ( B A B )
Brand: Reliance
Characteristics: 10 x 15 cm wires.
Ref. L1236
T D
UC DE
OD MEN
PR OM
C
RE
Lingual Retainer Wire - Permanent retention is greatly enhanced

using a flattened, soft, eight-thread wire. The use of this wire
prevents torque control problems that can occur when using a
round wire
- When bonded on the lingual surface of the upper incisors, the
Brand: Leone
wire causes less lower incisor interference due to its low profile.
Characteristics: Ideal to get minimally invasive and resistant - Being a soft wire, it is easy to adapt and prevents tooth movement
splinting. The high plasticity of the wire permits the exact fit to associated with active force wires.
the anatomy of the tongue while its woven geometry favors the - It can also be used to hold diastemas closed, maintain difficult
union with the composite. Spool of 1,5m. extraction sites and splint periodontally compromised teeth.
Ref. L9513
T D
T D
UC DE
UC DE
OD MEN
OD MEN
PR OM
PR OM
C
C
RE
RE
ORTHO FLEXTECH (SS OFT) - STAINLESS STEEL

O RTHO F LE X T E CH G OL D (OF T2 )

Brand: Reliance
Characteristics: 75-cm spool. The latest generation in lingual
Brand: Reliance
Characteristics: 75-cm spool. retention using stainless steel retainer.
- Stabilises orthodontic corrections
Ref. L1231 - Prevents rotational relapses
- Easy application since it naturally conforms to arch curvature
- Less chair time
O RTHO F LE X T E CH G OL D E TCH E D - Low failure rate due to flexible linkage
- Laboratory cost savings
Brand: Reliance - Improved patient comfort due to its very low and flat profile.
Characteristics: 75-cm spool.
Ref. L5910 Ref. L1238
The latest generation in lingual retention using gold retainer.

- Stabilises orthodontic corrections
- Prevents rotational relapses
- Easy application since it naturally conforms to arch curvature ORTHO FLEXTECH STAINLESS STEEL ETCHED
- Less chair time Brand: Reliance
- Low failure rate due to flexible linkage Characteristics: 75-cm spool.
- Laboratory cost savings
Ref. L5913
- Improved patient comfort due to its very low and flat profile
- Lasting aesthetics due to its 14-carat gold composition.
ADVANTAG ES
AUSTRALIAN ARCHWIRE WITH VERTICAL LOOPS
Brand: A.J. Wilcock
Characteristics: Excellent for use in Light Wire Techniques and Differential Tooth Movement.
istance between loops
D • Rapid deliveries
(mm) Ref. • Track your order
28 L3265 • 98% product availability
30 L3266 • Secure Payment Site
32 L3267
34 L3268
36 L3269 Check all PRICES and SPECIAL OFFERS
directly on our websites:
38 L3270
40 L3271 Dontic.com, Dontic.co.uk,
42 L3272
Diameter:: .016'' Up to 30% CHEAPER than other Ortho Depots.
Looped Archwires
A R C H 2 LO O P S T ( 2 K E Y S I N T )
Characteristics: Looped archwires offer excellent versatility for a variety of applications including anterior intrusion, space Cómo medir los arcos con asas con la regla flexible Ref. L9185
closure, elastic engagement, anterior retraction, etc. Looped archwires are offered in a range of sizes to accommodate most
30 mm 26 mm
patients upper and lower arches, locating the loops between the lateral and cuspid. Manipulate anterior and posterior segments
by activating the loops independently or in unison. To select proper size looped arch, measure along incisal edge from distal of
lateral to distal of opposite lateral with a mm ruler.

arch 2 loops arch 4 loops
Pack of 5 units.
24mm 26mm 28mm 30mm 32mm 34mm 36mm 38mm 40mm 42mm
Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
.016 x .022” L9511 L0679 L0680 L0681 L0682 L0683 L0684 L0685 L0686 L0687
.017 x .025” - L0688 L0689 L0690 L0691 L0692 L0693 L0694 L0695 L0696
.019 x .025” - L0697 L0698 L0699 L0700 L0701 L0702 L0703 L0704 L0705
2 K E Y H O L E - LO O P A R C H W I R E E ( 2 K E Y S B U L L / K E Y H O L E )
Characteristics: Looped archwires offer excellent versatility for a variety of applications including anterior intrusion, space closure, elastic engagement, anterior
retraction, etc. Looped archwires are offered in a range of sizes to accommodate most patients upper and lower arches, locating the loops between the lateral
and cuspid. Manipulate anterior and posterior segments by activating the loops independently or in unison. To select proper size looped arch, measure along
incisal edge from distal of lateral to distal of opposite lateral with a mm ruler.
Pack of 5 units.
26mm 28mm 30mm 32mm 34mm 36mm 38mm 40mm 42mm

Ref Ref Ref Ref Ref Ref Ref Ref Ref
.016 x .022” L0715 L0716 L0717 L0718 L0719 L0720 L0721 L0722 L0723
.017 x .025” L0724 L0725 L0726 L0727 L0728 L0729 L0730 L0731 L0732
.019 x .025” L0733 L0734 L0735 L0736 L0737 L0738 L0739 L0740 L0741
4 K E Y H OL E-LOOP AR CHWIRE (2 KE YS BULL/KE YHOL E )

Characteristics: Looped archwires offer excellent versatility for a variety of applications including anterior intrusion, space closure, elastic engagement, anterior
retraction, etc. Looped archwires are offered in a range of sizes to accommodate most patients upper and lower arches, locating the loops between the lateral
and cuspid. Manipulate anterior and posterior segments by activating the loops independently or in unison. To select proper size looped arch, measure along
incisal edge from distal of lateral to distal of opposite lateral with a mm ruler.
Pack of 5 units.
26mm 28mm 30mm 32mm 34mm 36mm 38mm 40mm 42mm

Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
.016 x .022” L0751 L0752 L0753 L0754 L0755 L0756 L0757 L0758 L0759
.017 x .025” L0760 L0761 L0762 L0763 L0764 L0765 L0766 L0767 L0768
.019 x .025” L0769 L0770 L0771 L0772 L0773 L0774 L0775 L0776 L0777
accessories for archwire flexible ruler
FLEXIBLE MILLIMETRE RULER

ARCHWIRE DISPENSER Brand: Proclinic
- ALUMINUM
Characteristics: Flexible ruler in millimetres.

Measures 70mm from the centre line.
Brand: Proclinic 20 units.
Characteristics: AUTOCLAVABLE. Sterilisable by autoclave or dry heat.
Archwires not included. Measurements: 4 cm high x 20 cm wide x 9.5 cm deep.
1 unit.
Ref. L0905
Ref. L9185
accessories for archwire accessories for archwire
THERMAL INSTRUMENT FOR NITI DOUBLE-ENDED DISTAL-END

ARCHWIRES ARCHWIRE BENDER
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: 1 Thermal instrument.. Stainless steel. Fill the instrument's tank with water and Brand: Proclinic
leave it in the freezer. Once the water has frozen, it is ready for use. Its compact design allows for pre- Ref. L0942
cise activation at specific points on the thermal NiTi archwire.
Ref. L0865
perfect for
“cinching”
New model of one of the most useful instruments in

orthodontics. Now available with two ends, with an .018"
opening at one end and a .030" opening at the other. This
Autoclave or cold design allows both small- and large-diameter archwires to
be bent more accurately. Allows access to distal ends of
sterilizable archwires for bending (cinching) or straightening (uncin-
ching). Given its length, it can even reach third molars.
CI NCH BACK PLIE RS / D IS TA L BE N D E R A RC H W I R E O RG A NI S ER WI T H L I D

Characteristics: Pliers to cinch back or bend NiTi archwires up to .022"x.028" behind the molar
tube. Ideal design for maximum patient comfort and ease-of-use by the clinician. Can be used in any
quadrant, directly inside the mouth.
Ref. L24087
Brand: G&H Wire

Characteristics: Plier allowing the orthodontist to make light wire arch adjustments for inter-oral use
without removing the arch wire from the mouth. Narrowness of beaks permits the engagement of the
instrument on the arch wire in the inner bracket distance and between the teeth and the arch wire. Tips Brand: Ortho Technology
are at 90¡ angles from the plier handle to permit access to the arch wire in making adjustments in the labial Characteristics: 1 unit. Archwire Organiser with lid, made from clear methacrylate.
lingual direction. Ideally useful in the lingual area. With space for 12 different types of archwires.
Ref. L6311 Ref. L24077
wire
C O L B O LOY B LU E E LG I LOY T Y P E
Made with high quality materials, the Proclinic Expert

wires are high resistance. Its manufacture procedure with
a hot and cold treatment avoid that the wires deform
and lose their usefulness. Also, when the procedure ROUND
has finished, they have to go through an strict test
with resistance and quality control tests that make the Ref.
product free of irregularities and with a perfect finish.
.014”/0,35 mm L1123
.016”/0,40 mm L1124 RECTANGULAR
.018”/0,45 mm L1125
.028”/0,70 mm L3068 Ref.
.030”/0,76 mm L1126 .016x.016” L3071
Pack of 10 units. .032”/0,81 mm L1127 .016x.022” L3072
.036”/0,90 mm L3069 .017x.025” L3073
.040”/1,00 mm L3070 .018x.025” L1130
Round. Like ELGILOY BlueE wire, Colboloy Bluee Nickel Cobalt wire is a unique alloy with highly beneficial characteristics:
- Soft and temperable .045”/1,14 mm L1128 .019x.025” L1131
- Fractures less and resists much more stress.
- Allows precise, intricate bending. .051”/1,29 mm L1129 .021x.025” L1132
- May be heat treated after formation to increase its strength. (10 minutes at 480ºC)
- Especially for use in removable and functional appliances Tube 10 rods. (35,5 cm each) Tube 10 rods. (35,5 cm each)
- To make Quad Helix and Palatal Arch Bars
- It is preferred by laboratories and orthodontists using the Ricketts and Bioprogressive technique.
wire
STEEL WIRE STRAIGHT LENGTH

Characteristics: The PROCLINIC brand steel straight lengths are manufactured using medical
grade 304v steel and are perfect for use in clinics and the laboratory. This level of quality resists
deformation.
RECTANGULAR
ROUND
Ref.
Ref. Ref.
.016x.016 L0788
.012”/0,3 mm L0778 .024”/0,6 mm L0783
.016x.022 L0789
.014”/0,35 mm L0779 .028”/0,7 mm L0784
.017x.025 L0790
.016”/0,40 mm L0780 .032”/0,8 mm L0785
.018x.025 L0791
.018”/0,45mm L0781 .036”/0,9 mm L0786
.019x.025 L0792
.020”/0,5 mm L0782 .040”/1 mm L0787
.021x.025 L0793
Pack of 10 units. Pack of 10 units. Pack of 10 units
BO BI NA AUSTRALIA N WIR E
Brand: A.J. Wilcock

Characteristics: Spool of 25ft (7,6m).
Special Blue: Bigger strength with minimal breakage.
Special Yellow Plus: Requires special care to avoid fracture when it bends.
Ref. L9085 Special Yellow Plus .012''.

Ref. L3273 Special Blue: .016''.
Ref. L90861 Pink. Regular. 63 cm. 014”.
S PO O L MORE RIGID
REGULAR SPECIAL SPECIAL+
TURRE T TO F ORM R E C TA N G UL A R A N D ROUN D A RC H I WA R ES
Characteristics: To shape an archwire with or without torque.

Available in 8 different models, each one ina distinctive different colour.
The body of the turrets are made from Stainless Steel.
BLACK TURRET LEONE To form rectangular archwires with 0º-10º-16º-23º torque.

Ref. L1973 For .016" x .022" wire only.
SILVER TURRET LEONE

To form rectangular archwires with 0º-7º-10º-13º-16º
Ref. L1972 torque. For .021x.025" and .021x.028" wire only
To form .016" to .0215" rectangular archwires (.016 x

BLUEE TURRET LEONE .016 / .016 x .022 /.017 x .025 / .018 x .018 / .018 x
Ref. L1970 .025 / .019 x .025 / .021 x .025)
PURPLE TURRET LEONE

To form rectangular archwires with 0º-10º-16º-23º tor-
Ref. L1974 que. For .016" x .016" wire only
GREEN TURRET LEONE

To form .014" -.016" -.018" -.020" round archwires.
Ref. L1975
GOLD TURRET LEONE To form rectangular archwires with 0º-7º-10º-13º- 16º torque.
Ref. L1971 For .018 x .018 and .018 x .025 wire only
accessories for archwire accessories for archwire
RED ARCHWIRE MARKERS ARCHWIRE MARKER

DISPENSER
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics:
- For use with reference numbers L0859 and L0860.
- To avoid cross-contamination.
- Dispense markers one at a time. Markers not included.
- Measurements: 4.6 cm high, 10 cm wide, 6.1 cm deep.
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: 100 Markers.
Ref. L0861
Coloured wax on a disposable stick
Ref. L0859 Red
Ref. L0860 White
WIDE RANGE
Dontic offers a wide range of Metal and Aesthetic brackets and also the specialised accesories. We work with
many of the best European and US brands and also the most commonly-used prescriptions.
Techniques
Roth .018” & .022”
Ricketts .018”
Standard Edgewise .018” & .022”
McLaughlin-Bennett-Trevisi .022”
Alexander .018”
Vertical Slot Roth .022”
Hooks
Canines with / without hooks
Premolars with / without hooks
Laterals with / without hooks
Easy identification
Brackets marked with the FDI number
Biocompatibility
Metal Brackets: - with Nickel
antiallergic - without Nickel
OrthoAesthetics Aesthetic Brackets: - Ceramic Brackets

- Plastic Brackets
- Fibre Glass Brackets
B R AC KE TS
contents
Low Friction
Self-Ligating Metal Brackets / Low Friction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 - 55
Clarity SL 3M Unitek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Smartclip 3M Unitek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Carriere . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 - 50
Lotus Plus Ortho Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Easy-K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
F-1000 Leone, Logic Line Leone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52, 55
Quick 2.0. Forestadent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Metal
Proclinic Brand Metal Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56, 71
Nickel
FREE
Antiallergic
Proclinic Brand Biocompatible Nickel-Free Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Victory Metal Brackets - 3M Unitek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Agile Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Proclinic Brand Alexander Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
MiniPrevail Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Mini Diagonali Leone Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Nickel
FREE
Antiallergic
Sprint Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Elite Ortho Organizers Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Nickel
FREE
Antiallergic
Sprint Forestadent Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Metal Leone Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Tip-Edge Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Aesthetic
Nickel
FREE
Antiallergic
Proclinic Brand Ceramic Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Nickel
FREE
Antiallergic
Proclinic Brand Composite Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Clarity Ceramic Brackets- 3M Unitek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Nickel
FREE
Antiallergic
Aqua Brackets - Leone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Nickel
FREE
Antiallergic
Glam Forestadent Ceramic Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Nickel
FREE
Antiallergic
Vapor Ceramic Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Nickel
FREE
Antiallergic
Proclinic Composite Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Nickel
FREE
Antiallergic
Fibre Glass Brackets Leone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Nickel
FREE
Antiallergic
Natura Leone Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Nickel
FREE
Antiallergic
Sapphire Bestdent Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Nickel
FREE
Antiallergic
Sapphire Ghiaccio Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Nickel
FREE
Antiallergic
Sapphire Pure Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Nickel
FREE
Antiallergic
Image Gestenco Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Aesthetic accesories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Bands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Bracket Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 91 - 93
Orthodontic mini implants Leone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Buccal Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Nickel
FREE
Antiallergic Nickel-free Brackets
SELF-LIGATING CONVENTIONAL
METAL AESTHETIC METAL
METALIC MINI AND MIDI

METALIC WITHOUT NICKEL
Ortho Technology
Ortho Organizers
Ortho Organizers
CARRIERE SLX
CARRIERE LX
Ah-Kim-Pech
LOGIC LINE
LOGIC LINE
CLARITY SL
Forestadent
SMARTCLIP
QUICK 2.0
3M Unitek
3M Unitek
3M Unitek
VICTORY
METALIC
3M Abzil
Proclinic
Proclinic
Proclinic
EASY-K
LOTUS
AGILE
Leone
Leone
Leone
Roth .018 X X F1000 X X X X X X
Roth .022 X X X X X X X X X X X X
Roth
Vertical
Slot .018
Roth
Vertical
Slot .022
MBT .018 X X X X X X
MBT .022 X X X X X X X X X
PRESCRIPTION
Standard
Edgewise X X
.018
Standard
Edgewise X X
.022
Ricketts
.018
Alexander
.018 X
Damon
.022
Torque X X X
Standard
Damon
.022 Low X
Torque
Damon
.022 Super X
Torque
LINGUAL
METAL AESTHETIC METAL
CERÁMICOS CON SLOT
GHIACCIO SAPPHIRE
NATURA BRACKETS
CLARITY CERAMIC
IMAGE FIBERGLASS
DE PLATA Proclinic
Ortho Technology
MINI DIAGONALI
VAPOR CERAMIC
Ortho Organizers
AQUA CERAMIC
GLAM CERAMIC
PURE SAPPHIRE
MINIPREVAIL
MINI SPRINT
COMPOSITE
FIBERGLASS
Forestadent
Forestadent
Forestadent
G&H Wire
G&H Wire
3M Unitek
SAPPHIRE
CERAMIC
Gestenco
METALIC
Bestdent
Proclinic
Proclinic
SPRINT
IDEA-L
Leone
Leone
Leone
Leone
Leone
Leone
Leone
ELITE
Roth .018 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Roth .022 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Roth
Vertical X
Slot .018
Roth
Vertical X
Slot .022
MBT .018 X X
MBT .022 X X X X X X X
PRESCRIPTION
Standard
Edgewise X X X X X
.018
Standard
Edgewise X X X X
.022
Ricketts
.018 X X X X
Alexander
.018
Damon
.022
Torque
Standard
Damon
.022 Low
Torque
Damon
.022 Super
Torque
Dontalia
A RCHWIRE RE MOVAL IN STRUME N T INSTRUMENT FOR INSERTING ARCHWIRES
Instruments
Ref. L9229
Brand: 3M Unitek
Brand: 3M Unitek Ref. L9229 .018
Ref. L9228 Ref. L9230 .022
Over A DVANTAG ES

products •
•
40 TOP

Design
CLA RIT Y SL - SELF - L IG ATIN G CE R A MIC B R ACK ET OrthoAesthetics • Aesthetic Self-Ligating Bracket.
• Translucent Polycristaline bracket.
• Twin bracket, Rhomboidal and rounded edges.
Metallic Slot.
• Helps slide.
• Makes the bracket more rigid.
Bidirectional Hooks
C L A RI TY S L
Colour I.D. system
Brand: 3M Unitek
Characteristics: Clarityª SL Self-Ligating Brackets incor-
Metal Brackets
porating SmartClipª Self-Ligating System technology, are Slot verticale

• Auxiliary products may be used.
the only ceramic brackets that are passive self-ligating
and feature an open slot, true twin edgewise design. You
can feel confident that Clarity SL brackets will deliver Mesial and Distal Extensions APC PLUS adhesive available on base
difference-making advantages throughout every phase of • Eases Rotation Control • Simplifies bonding.
• Eases positioning and excess clear up.
treatment. • Turns invisible after curing.
MBT .022” With APC adhesive Without APC

adhesive
incorporated
  incorporated
Torque Angle. Ref. Ref.
11 17º 4º L02973 L02990
21 17º 4º L02972* L02989 Intelligent Clip
• Easy archwire insertio and removal Reliable Adhesion and Debonding
12 10º 8º L02975 L02992 • Archwire is automatically freed with excessive force levels
• Open and clean design which improves patient hygiene
• Micro Cristaline surface with mechanical base.
• Anatomical survace, specific for each tooth.
22 10º 8º L02974 L02991 • Stress concentrated in the base to aid debonding. * These products will be sold under order and
the delivery date will be higher
13g 0º 8º L02977* L02994
With APC adhesive With APC adhesive Without adhesive With adhesive
23g 0º 8º L02976* L02993 incorporated incorporated incorporated incorporated
14/15g 7º 0º L02979* L02996 ROTH With APC Without APC
adhesive adhesive
5-5 Sup e Inf 5-5 Sólo Sup. 5-5 Sup e Inf 5-5 Sólo Sup.
  incorporated incorporated
24/25g 7º 0º L02978* L02995 .018” MBT .022” L02970 L02971* L02987 L02988
Torque Angul. Ref. Ref.
31/32/41/42 6º 0º L02980* L02997 *ROTH .018” L03013
11 12º 5º L03006* L03015
33g 0º 3º L02981 L02998 21 12º 5º L03005 L03014* * 3M Version of this prescription. Does not imply support of the prescription doctor.
43g 0º 3º L02982* L02999 12 8º 9º L03008* L03017
34g 12º 2º L02983* L03000 22 8º 9º L03007* L03016 Clarity SL Bracket Instruments::
44g 12º 2º L02984* L03001 13g 2º 9º L03010 L03019*
23g 2º 9º L03009* L03018 Ref. L9229 Archwire Insertion Instrument.
35g 17º 2º L02985* L03002 14/15g 7º 0º L03012* L03021 Ref. L9230 Archwire Insertion Instrument.
45g 17º 2º L02986* L03003 24/25g 7º 0º L03011 L03020
Ref. L9228 Archwire Removal Instrument.
“g” = with hooks
SM A RTCLIP™ SELF -L IG ATIN G B R ACKE TS
Brand: 3M Unitek
Characteristics: Self-ligating bracket system, which includes the properties of Nickel Titanium in a unique design.
With this system it is not necessary open or close clips, since the nickel titanium hooks are programmed to impede
the archwires from leaving the bracket slot. Twin bracket.
Available with or without APC adhesive.
MBT TE C H N I Q U E Canines and premolars hooks.s
1 CASE MBT .018" MBT .022"

20 brackets Ref. Ref.
5-5 upper and lower L0282 L0283
5-5 upper and lower APC L0284* L0285
* These products will be sold under order and the delivery date will be higher
SE L F - L IG ATIN G B R ACKE TS
Roth .022
T D
11 (central) L8008
UC DE
OD MEN
21 (central) L8009
PR OM
C
Metal Brackets
RE
12 (lateral) L8010
22 (lateral) L8011
Upper
13g L8014
23g L8015
14g/15g L8016
24g/25g L8017
31/32 L8013
Brand: Ortho Organizers 41/42 L8012
Characteristics: 1 Case of 20 brackets.
43g L8018
Passive self-ligating bracket system. Closing system on the face of the
33g L8019
Lower
bracket. Colour coded. Smooth labial surface.
44g L8020
Roth .018 Roth .022 MBT .018 MBT .022 34g L8021
Kits de 1 Caso
Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. 45g L8022
5-5 Upper and lower (20 brackets) L9507 L9509 L9506 L9508 35g L8023
1 Case of 20 brackets. 5 brackets
C A R R IE R E D ISTA L IZER 1 S ET
Stiff Arm Hooks on Pad

T D
UC DE
Runs posteriorly over the two upper premolars in a For attachment of the Carriere Oral
OD MEN
slight curve. Maintains exact space between pre-molars Elastics (¼ inch, 6 ounces and/or
PR OM
during distalization.
C
3/16 inch, 8 ounces of heavy elastic).

RE
Molar Pad Ball Fixed Cuspid Pad

Articulates in the socket. Allows the distal movement of
the cuspid along the alveolar
Brand: Ortho Organizers ridge.
Characteristics: 1 set, 1 left y 1 right
The Carriere Distalizer is an innovating appliance for orthodontic correction desig-
ned and patented by Dr. Luis Carriere. This new model came as the result of both
bio-mechanical study and computing, reducing the processes of dental correction by Sleek and Non-Invasive
means of simulation. Design delivers greater comfort.
The main objective of the D istalizer is to produce a rotation movement in the first Metal Injection Molded (MIM) Stainless Steel Material
upper molars around the palatine root, at the same time as they receive a mass dis- For strength and proven Ensures malleability so that the appliance
talization impulse. The bio-mechanical focus of this project was the result of a deep performance. can be customized to every patient.
research using the most advanced technology of Computer Aided Design.
Thus, the period of treatment can be reduced from 24 to 15 months. The whole pro-
cess is carried out in a comfortable, painless, fast and precise manner.
L8028 24mm
L2418 25mm
B RACKE TS C A R R I E R E S L X Roth .022

Brand: Ortho Organizers 11 (central) L6980
Characteristics:Passive self-ligating bracket system. Closing system on the face of the 21 (central) L6981
bracket. Colour coded. Smooth labial surface.
12 (lateral) L6982
22 (lateral) L6983
Metal Brackets
Upper
13g L6985
23g L6986
14g/15g L6987
24g/25g L6988
31/32/41/42 (incisor) L6984
43g L6989
33g L6990
Lower
44g L6991
34g L6992
45g L6993
35g L6994
5 brackets
ROTH .022 MBT .022

Kits of 1 Case
Ref. Ref.
5-5 upper and lower (20 brackets) L9622 L9623
Smooth, secure, and easy-to- Reduced slot depth

operate slides with audible and for more precise tooth
tactile cues control
Sure-Lok™ Clip for hygienic access and More vertical and horizontal
reliable functionality cues for faster, accurate
placement
Occlusal opening, uppers and lowers, to
avoid gingival impingement
.022"x.028"
Kits de 1 Case Damon Technique
LOTUS ™ B R ACKE T Ref. (5-5 Upper and Lower.) hooks in 3e, 4e y 5e. Ref. Standard Torque Torque Ang.
Damon Technique .022" Torque L24093 11 +15 +5
Brand: Ortho Technology L24163
Standard
Characteristics: 5u. replenishment
L24094 21 +15 +5
L24164 Damon Technique .022" Bajo Torque
This hybrid bracket is the result of the latest technology and low-force treatments. These Damon Technique .022" Super
L24095 12 +6 +9
L24165 L24096 22 +6 +9
brackets are smaller than most other self-ligating brackets. However, thanks to their Torque
tie-wings, they allow easy placement and maintenance of elastic spoolss when needed. L24090 Bracket Autoligable Roth .022" L24097 13 + hook +7 +5
Treatment with the Lotus™ bracket is based on lateral arch development creating pleasant, L24098 23 + hook +7 +5
L24091 MBT .022"
toothy smiles. L24099 14/15 + hook -11 +2
Metal Brackets
L24100 24/25 + hook -11 +2
Ref.
L24101 41 -3 +2
L24166 Lotus Plus Clip Open/Close Tweezer L24102 31 -3 +2
L24167 Arch Directing & Clip Closing Tweezer L24103 42 -3 +4
Easy Opening (L24166): To open the Lotus Plus bracket clip, place the L24104 32 -3 +4
straight arm in the clip opening, and the curved arm in the under tie-wing L24105 43 + hook +7 +5
area and squeeze. The tool will fully open the Lotus Plus bracket without
the worry of accidental bracket conversion. Secure Closure: To close the L24106 33 + hook +7 +5
Lotus Plus bracket clip, place the straight arm at the base of the clip and
the curved arm in the under tie-wing area and squeeze. L24107 44 + hook -12 +4
L24108 34 + hook -12 +4
Secure Closure (L24167): To close the Lotus Plus bracket clip while simul-
taneously directing the archwire, place the notched arm on the archwire L24109 45 + hook -17 +4
and the other arm at the base of the clip and squeeze. L24110 35 + hook -17 +4
Ref. L24167 .022"x.028" .022"x.028"
Damon Technique Damon Technique

Ref. Low Torque Torque Ang. Ref. Super Torque Torque Ang.
Ref. L24166
L24111 11 +2 +5 L24123 11 +22 +5
L24112 21 +2 +5 L24124 21 +22 +5
L24113 12 -5 +9 L24125 12 +13 +9
Instrumental for brackets Lotus Plus: Ref. L24166 Ref. L24167 Kit Lotus Instrument L24114 22 -5 +9 L24126 22 +13 +9
L24115 13 + hook -9 +5 L24127 13 + hook +11 +5
L24116 23 + hook -9 +5 L24128 23 + hook +11 +5
T D
UC DE
L24099 14/15 + hook -11 +2 L24099 14/15 + hook -11 +2

OD MEN
L24100 24/25 + hook -11 +2 L24100 24/15 + hook -11 +2

PR OM
L24117 41 -11 +2 L24101 41 -3 +2

C
RE
L24118 31 -11 +2 L24102 31 -3 +2

L24119 42 -11 +4 L24103 42 -3 +4
Cha ra c teris ti cs : L24120 32 -11 +4 L24104 32 -3 +4
Lotus is a S e lf-lig at ing St a in less Steel L24121 43 + hook 0 +5 L24129 43 + hook +13 +5
Pas s ive Bra ck e t system . I t co nt a in s a L24122 33 + hook 0 +5 L24130 33 + hook +13 +5
patente d conve r tible c lip, wh ic h if d u r in g L24107 44 + hook -12 +4 L24131 44 + hook -5 +4
th e f in a l pha se of the t reat m ent, m o re L24108 34 + hook -12 +4 L24132 34 + hook -5 +4
f r ic tion is de sired, t he clip c a n b e rem oved L24109 45 + hook -17 +4 L24109 45 + hook -17 +4
easil y co nve r ting it into a t win b ra c ket to L24110 35 + hook -17 +4 L24110 35 + hook -17 +4
be ab l y to a pply lig atu res.
E asy op ening : .022"x.028" .022"x.028"

Th e Lotus™ bra ck et open s ver y ea sily a n d
Ref. M.B.T Torque Ang. Ref. Roth Torque Ang.
req uire s no specific inst ru m ent s. S im p ly
in ser t the e nd of a n exp lo rer into t h e L24133 11 +17 +4 L24148 11 +12 +5
circul ar opening located j u st b elow t h e L24134 21 +17 +4 L24149 21 +12 +5
archw ire slot. R o t ate th e exp lo rer in a L24135 12 +10 +8 L24150 12 +8 +9
45º downwa rd mo t io n, gent ly ea sin g t h e L24136 22 +10 +8 L24151 22 +8 +9
cl ip open. The clip will "click" o n ce a s it L24137 13 + hook 0 +8 L24152 13 + hook 0 +11
dis en gag e s a nd a se con d t im e wh en fu lly L24138 23 + hook 0 +8 L24153 23 + hook 0 +11
open ed. L24139 14/15 + hook -7 0 L24154 14/15 + hook -7 0
L24140 24/25 + hook -7 0 L24155 24/25 + hook -7 0
L24141 31/32/41/42 -6 0 L24156 31/32/41/42 0 0
S ecure clos ure: L24142 43 + hook 0 +3 L24157 43 + hook -11 +5
Usin g ut ilit y plie rs o r t weezers, p la ce o n e L24143 33 + hook 0 +3 L24158 33 + hook -11 +5
op en tip at the to p of t h e b ra cket a n d L24144 44 + hook -12 +2 L24159 44 + hook -17 0
th e othe r open t ip at t h e b o t to m o f t h e L24145 34 + hook -12 +2 L24160 34 + hook -17 0
cl ip. G ent ly a pply pre ssu re to t h e p liers L24146 45 + hook -17 +2 L24161 45 + hook -22 0
to cl ose the clip. Once t h e clip b egin s to L24147 35 + hook -17 +2 L24162 35 + hook -22 0
cl os e, it will "click " o n ce a s it st a r t s to
cl os e and a se cond tim e wh en fu lly clo sed.
BRACK E T F 1000
DR. DAMON PRESCRIPTION STANDARD 022"
UPPER TORQUE ANG

CENTRALS +12º +5º
LATERALS +8º +9º
Metal Brackets
CANINE 0º +6º
1os PREMOLAR +7º +2º
2os PREMOLAR +7º +2º
LOWER TORQUE ANG

INCISOR -1º +2º
CANINE 0º +5º
1os Premolar -12º +2º
2os Premolar -17º +2º
Brand: Leone
Characteristics: Damon prescription:
- Easy opening and closing- Thanks to the clip system under the tie-wings.
- Easy opening and closing - Circular Slot Design - minimizes friction.
- Biomechanically versatile - Tie-wings designed to permit use with ligatures.
- Comfortable for the patient.. - Pentagonal base
Ref. L0097 1 Case of 20 brackets. - Minimum In-Out
Ref. L0098 10 cases = 200 brackets. - Easy hygiene due to special clip system and lateral slots.
Ref. L0099 Strumento bracket + Self-Ligating F1000
CA SE B R AC K E TS E A SY K 3 G DA M ON
EW
BEST
EW
N
SAVINGS
V ERT I C A L H O O K S
Brand: Bestdent
Brand: AH-KIM-PECH Description For self-ligating brackets with vertical slot.
Characteristics: 1 case of 20 brackets and Instrument to open brackets
Ref. L8125 Damon Technique .022 medium torque Ref. 75858 1 box x 30 u
%
QUICK 2 .0 AUTO- L IG ATIN G BR AC K ETS

Brand: Forestadent
Kits Roth .018” Roth .022” MBT .018” MBT .022”

Metal Brackets
1 CASE (20 Brackets) L0025 L0026 L0027 L0028

5 CASES (100 Brackets) L0029 L0030 L0031 L0032
Come with canine and premolar hooks.
T D
UC DE
Characteristics:
OD MEN
The new generation bracket, with improved efficacy,
PR OM
makes treatment more pleasant for the user (patient and doctor)
C
RE
and much more profitable. In combination with the recently developed
SIZES Roth .018” Roth .022” MBT .018” MBT .022” molar bracket, the result is a perfectly coordinated system that will allow
11 (Centrals) L9660* L9675* L9630* L9645 you to save time.
21 (Centrals) L9661* L9676* L9631* L9646*
The Quick 2.0 Bracket System.
12 (Laterals) L9663* L9682* L9633* L9648* Improvements include a new better shaped clip that can easily be opened
22 (Laterals) L9664* L9678* L9634* L9649* and closed thanks to its increased resistance. In addition, the lower anterior
UPPER
13g L9658* L9673* L9628* L9643* brackets have been redesigned with a lower profile.
23g L9659* L9674* L9629* L9644*
New clip.
14g/15g L9667* L9680* L9637* L9652* The new clip has been reinforced to reduce possible deformation caused by
16g/17g L9686* L9690* frequent opening and closing. The new design slightly increases the clip's
tension, improving rotation control and guaranteeing a safe and precise low
24g/25g L9668* L9681* L9638* L9653*
level of friction between the archwire and the slot. New brackets for lower
26g/27g L9687* L9691* front teeth.
31/32/41/42 L9662* L9677* L9632* L9647* New brackets for lower front teeth.
(Incisor) The new bracket design for lower incisors has a very low profile and rounded
33g L9657* L9672* L9627* L9642* edges. Patient comfort is significantly increased and irritation of the labial
soft tissues disappears.
43g L9656* L9671* L9626* L9641*
LOWER
34g L9666* L9679* L9636* L9651* The new Quick 2.0 molar bracket represents a very efficient treatment
44g L9665* L9683* L9635* L9650* option.
The new molar bracket ® offers significant advantages when changing
35g L9655* L9670* L9625* L9640*
archwires. The inconvenience of bending the archwires distal to the 1st and
45g L9654* L9669* L9624* L9639* 2nd molar tubes becomes a thing of the past. The time used to cut and bend
36g/37g L9685* L9689* the distal end of the archwire in the patient's mouth is no longer necessary
and this may be done outside the mouth.
46g/47g L9684* L9688*
5 units Design
The new molar bracket is compatible with the previous version of Quick
bracket and is very easy to tie in. Open the clip, insert the archwire into the
* These products will be sold under order and the delivery date will be higher. bracket slot and reclose the clip by pressing on the end of the clip.
Facile
When working with conventional molar tubes, the NiTi archwires sometimes
make cutting and bending the distal end difficult. With the new molar
bracket, the archwire is measured on the model outside of the mouth
(it is cut and bent on the model). Once prepared, the archwire only has
to be inserted into the slot and the clips closed. This offers tremendous
“Quick Director” advantages, especially with the time gained compared with conventional
Catheter tubes.
L0023
Safer
g = with hooks By cutting the archwires outside of the mouth, the danger of the cut end
of the archwire falling into the patient's pharynx disappears. Additionally,
cutting extremely thin archwires (0.010 - 0.013") in the mouth can sometimes
be very difficult.
Versatile
In order to adapt to your needs, the new molar bracket is available in two
The new generation of the bracket, comes with an improved efficiency, with a more pleasant treatment to the user versions: The standard version with the characteristic three-dimensional
(patient and doctor), and more profitable. Combined with the recently developed molar bracket, the result is a perfect base of the Quick bracket and the "Big Foot" version, which consists of an
oversized base that can easily be adapted to the molar.
coordinated system that will save your time.
BRACKETS LOGIC L IN E ™
Brand: Leone
Brackets with hooks for canines and premolars. Low friction for everyone! A new design for optimum
use with Slide™ ligatures.
Logic Line™ brackets combine the most recent scientific studies on low friction biomechanics with the Kits Roth .022" Roth .022"
reliability and ease-of-use of tried and tested twin brackets.
Metal Aesthetic
The possibility of using either Slide™ low friction ligatures or conventional ligatures gives a versatile therapeutic option that is not 1 CASE
achieved with other systems. (20 BRACKETS) L1728 L1729
Metal Brackets
The application of low, high or combined friction biomechanics enables the most beneficial therapy to be used for each phase of
treatment; treatment times are therefore shorter, allowing greater patient satisfaction
Come with canine and premolar hooks.
Replacement
- Unique low friction system with aesthetic option. Size Roth .022" Roth .022"
- Allows complete control : 11 (Centrals) L1730 L1745
- Low Friction with Slide™ ligatures during the alignment and levelling phases 21 (Centrals) L1731 L1746
- Use of normal ligatures in other phases when low friction is not important.
12 (Laterals) L1732 L1747
22 (Laterals) L1733 L1748
UPPER
13g L1734 L1749
23g L1735 L1750
Metal Aesthetic 14/15 L1760
- MIM Manufacturing Technology - 80 - Micro-filled Copolymer
- Mesh Pad - Neutral colour
14g/15g L1736 L1751
- Marked with part number on the base. - High retention base with micro-cells 24/25 L1761
24g/25g L1737 L1752
31/32/41/42 (Incisor) L1738 L1753

33g L1739 L1754
43g L1740 L1755
LOWER
34g L1741 L1756
44g L1742 L1757
35g L1743 L1758
45g L1744 L1759
Description Package 10 brackets
Brackets with hooks for cuspids and bicuspids. Low friction for everyone! A new design for optimum use with
g = with hooks
Slideª ligatures. Logic Lineª brackets combine the most recent scientific studies on low friction biomechanics with
the reliability and ease-of-use of tried and tested twin brackets. The possibility of using either Slideª low friction
ligatures or conventional ligatures gives a versatile therapeutic option that is not achieved with other systems.
The application of low, high or combined friction biomechanics enables the most beneficial therapy to be used
for each phase of treatment; treatment times are therefore shorter, allowing greater patient satisfaction - unique
low friction system with aesthetic option - Allows complete control: - Low Friction with Slideª ligatures during the
alignment and levelling phases - Use of normal ligatures in other phases when low friction is not important. Metal
OrthoAesthetics
- MIM Manufacturing Technology - 80-Mesh Pad - Marked with part number on the base. Aesthetic - Micro-filled
Copolymer - Neutral colour. - High retention base with micro-cells.
LI NGUAL BRACKE TS ID E A - L Ref.

Brand: Leone L14400 Brackets Lingual-idea-l Anterior Upper/Lower 5u.
Characteristics: The idea-L lingual system has been created for patients with mild bad position that want to L14401 Brackets Lingual-idea-l Premolar Upper/Lower 5u.
improve their smile with a fast and invisible treatment. Biomechanics Low-Friction 2D to align and level anterior L14402 Brackets Lingual-idea-l and ligatures Kit
teeth. L14403 Brackets Idea-l Gauge Kit Sizes 1 to 6 (120u.)
L14404 Slides ligatures extrasmall (60u.)
L14405 Lingual archwires memoria 014 Small 2u.
L14410 Lingual archwires memoria 016 Large 2u.
brackets
M E TA L B R A C K E T S
Brand: Proclinic
Metal Brackets
C A S E ROT H STAN DAR D E DG EWIS E TECHNIQ UE
Number Torque Angle Colour-coded Number Torque Angle

.018" x .030" .022" x .030" .018" x .030" . 022" x .030"
Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
11 (Centrals) 12º 5º L2816 L2838 11/21 (Centrals) 0º 0º L2862 L2867
L2863 L2868
UPPER
21 (Centrals) 12º 5º L2822 L2844 12/22 (Laterals) 0º 0º
12 (Laterals) 8º 9º L2817 L2839 13/23 (Canines) 0º 0º L2864 L2869
22 (Laterals) 8º 9º L2823 L2845 14/15/24/25 (Premolar) 0º 0º L2865 L2870
UPPER
13g 0º 10º L2819 L2841

23g 0º L2825
10º L2847 31/32/41/42 (Incisor) 0º 0º L2866 L2871
LOWER
14/15/24/25 -7º 0º L2820 L2842 33/43 (Canines) 0º 0º L2864 L2869
(Premolar) 34/35/44/45 (Premolar) 0º 0º L2865 L2870
14g/15g -7º 0º L2821 L2843
24g/25g -7º 0º L2826 L2848 Bag of 5 units with / without hooks
31/32/41/42 -1º 0º L2827 L2849
(Incisor)
UPPER LOWER
33g -11º 7º L2829 L2851
43g -11º 7º L2835 L2857 Canines-hooks in distale Hooks in distale
bicúspides- hooks in mesiale
LOWER
34/44 (Premolar) -17º 0º L2830 L2852

34g -17º 0º L2831 L2853
44g -17º 0º L2836 L2858 NU M B ER I NG SYS T EM FDI
35/45 (Premolar) -22º 0º L2832 L2854
35g -22º 0º L2833 L2855 + raya Patient Right Side Patient Left Side
45g -22º 0º L2837 L2859 + raya UPPER 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
Bag of 5 units with / without hooks
“g” = with hooks LOWER 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
Designed and manufactured with precision focusing on efficiency and patient comfort, Proclinic metal brac-
kets offer high quality, competitive prices and variety of systems and styles.
brackets
M E TA L B R A C K E T S Lustrous finish for a clean and

attractive appearance
Brand: Proclinic INCREASED TIE WING AREA
Metal Brackets
for easy ligation
LOW PROFILE reduces
occlusal interference
CAS E ROTH 1 CASE KIT 5 CASE KIT

(5-5 upper and lower) 20 brackets 100 brackets Ball hook without
.018" .022" .018" .022" aditional cost
Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.

With Hook only canines L2812 L2813 L6001 L2990
With Hook canines and premolars L2814 L2815 L6002 L2991
Medium size design Color permanent identification

STA N DA RD E D G EW I S E T EC H NI Q UE
1 CASE KIT (5-5 upper and lower) .018" .022" ROUNDED CONTOURS
for patient comfort
Without Hooks L2860 L2861

Over A DVANTAG ES

products •
•
40 TOP

brackets
M E TA L B R A C K E T S N I C K E L - F R E E C ASE ROT H
Brand: Proclinic Number Torque Angle
Nickel
FREE .018" x .030" .022" x .030"
Ref. Ref.
Antiallergic 11 (Centrals) 12º 5º L2938 L2957
Metal Brackets
21 (Centrals) 12º 5º L2943 L2962

12 (Laterals) 8º 9º L2939 L2958
8º 9º L2944 L2963
UPPER
MIM MOLDED to increase the 22 (Laterals)
strenght and a soft contour
Rhomboid shape with marked
13g -2º 10º L2940 L2959
midline, for easy and accurate 23g -2º 10º L2945 L2964
placement.
Rounded contours for 14/15/24/25 -7º 0º L2941 L2960
patient comfort (Premolar)
14g/15g -7º 0º L2942 L2961
24g/25g -7º 0º L2947 L2966
Wide tie-wings for a MIM MOLDED of stainless
secure and easy grip steel without nickel
31/32/41/42 0º 0º L2948 L2967
(Incisor)
33g -11º 5º L2949 L2968
43g -11º 5º L2954 L2973
LOWER
34/44 (Premolar) -17º 0º L2950 L2969
34g -17º 0º L2951 L2970
Color permanent identification 44g -17º 0º L2955 L2975
Low profile for patient 35/45 (Premolar) -22º 0º L2952 L2971
comfort Ball hooks 35g -22º 0º L2953 L2972
45g -22º 0º L2956 L2977
MBT Bag of 5 units with / without hooks
Number Torque Angle “g” = with hook
.022"
Ref. STAN DARD EDGEWIS E TECHNIQ UE
11 (Centrals) 17º 4º L3280 Number Torque Angle
21 (Centrals) 17º 4º L3281 ROTH BRACKETS COLOUR GUIDE .018" x .030" . 022" x .030"
12 (Laterals) 10º 8º L3282 on the disto-gingival Ref. Ref.
22 (Laterals) 10º 8º L3283 11/21 (Centrals) 0º 0º L2980 L2985
Left Right
UPPER 0º 0º L2981 L2986
UPPER
13g 0º 8º L3284 12/22 (Laterals)

Upper Yellow Red 0º 0º L2982 L2987
23g 0º 8º L3285 13/23 (Canines)
14/15/24/25 -7º 0º L3286 Lower Black Green 14/15/24/25 (Premolar) 0º 0º L2983 L2988
(Premolar)
14g/15g -7º 0º L3287 31/32/41/42 (Incisor) 0º 0º L2984 L2989
LOWER
24g/25g -7º 0º L3288 33/43 (Canines) 0º 0º L2982 L2987

34/35/44/45 (Premolar) 0º 0º L2983 L2988
31/32/41/42 -6º 0º L3289
(Incisor) Bag of 5 units with / without hooks
33g -0º 3º L3291
43g -0º 3º L3290 C ASE ROT H
L3292
LOWER
34/44 (Premolar) -12º 2º

34g -12º 2º L3294 .018" .022"
1 CASE KIT (5-5 upper and lower)
44g -12º 2º L3293 Ref. Ref.
35/45 (Premolar) -17º 2º L3295 With Hook only canines L2934
35g -17º 2º L3297 With Hook canines and premolars L2936 L2937
45g -17º 2º L3296
Bag of 5 units with / without hooks “g” = with hook STAN DARD EDGEWIS E TECHNIQ UE
Ref.
.022"
With Hook canines and premolars L3298 Ref.
Hooks only on canines L3299
Without Hooks L2979
1 CASE OF 20 BRACKETS .022"

BRAC KE TS VICTORY
Brand: 3M Unitek
Characteristics:
- Metal Bracket
- High-strength bond
- Easily identifiable system C A S E ROTH
- Torque in base
- Mini Brackets .022"
SET OF 1 CASE (5-5 upper and lower)
Ref.
Metal Brackets
20 brackets
Roth .022 Cases 5-5 uppers
and lowers. With canine With Hook canines and premolars L0281
and premolar hooks. Metal
Bracket_ _ High-strength

C A S E ROTH
bond _ Easily identifiable
system _ Torque in base .022"
SET OF 1 CASE (5-5 upper and lower) with APC
_ Mini Brackets. The low-
20 brackets Ref.
profile hook and small ball
make up a single piece of
With Hook canines and premolars 99700
metal for greater patient
C A S E ROTH
comfort. Innovative base
design incorporating an 80
gauge mesh, offering perfect
.018"
SET OF 1 CASE (5-5 upper and lower)
anatomy for maximum
20 brackets Ref.
contact and a powerful and With Hook canines and premolars L9203
consistent bond strength.

B R ACKE TS AG IL E Replacement Alexander

Brand: Abzil Roth .018” Roth .022” MBT .018” MBT .022”
Size .018
11 (Centrals) L02684 L02699 L02714 L02729 L10162
21 (Centrals) L02685 L02700 L02715 L02730 L10163
12 (Laterals) L02686 L02701 L02716 L02731 L10166
12g (Laterals) L10164
Anatomic base for an ideal tooth fit. 22 (Laterals) L02687 L02702 L02717 L02732 L10167
22g (Laterals) L10165
13 L10170
UPPER
Sufficient space under the tie wings to use 13g L02688 L02703 L02718 L02733 L10168
ligatures or ligatures and spools. 23 L10171
23g L02689 L02704 L02719 L02734 L10169
Rounded edges for 14/15 L02690 L02705 L02720 L02735
greater patient comfort . Micro-etched base that
Permanent identification
on the distogingival tie increases the level of 14g/15g L02691 L02706 L02721 L02736
wing. adhesion
14g/15g/24g/25g L10172
Elevated Mid-line to allow easier bracket positioning. 14/15/24/25 L10173
31/32/41/42 (Incisor) L02692 L02707 L02722 L02737
31/41 L10174
32g/42g L10175
33 L10179
Elevated Mid-line to allow
33g L02694 L02709 L02724 L02739 L10177
easier bracket positioning.
43 L10178
43g L02693 L02708 L02723 L02738 L10176
LOWER
1 case Kit (5-5 Upper and lower) .018” .022” 34g L02696 L02711 L02726 L02741
MBT con With Hook canines and premolars L02680 L02681 44g L02695 L02710 L02725 L02740
ROTH* con With Hook canines and premolars L02682 L02683 34g/44g L10180
Alexander lateral hooks L10188 34/44 L10181
Alexander Hooks on canines L10184 35g L02698 L02713 L02728 L02743
Alexander lateral hooks , Canines and Premolar L10186 45g L02697 L02712 L02727 L02742
Alexander lateral hooks , Canines and Second Premolar L10187 35g/45g L10182
35/45 L10183
g = with hooks Bag of 10 u.
brackets
BRACKETS ALEXANDER
Brand: Proclinic
Nickel
FREE
Antiallergic
Metal Brackets
A L E XAN DE R TE C H N IQ U E .018
Number Torque Angle
.018" x .030"
Ref.
11 (Centrals) 12º 5º L2902
A LEXA NDER TECHNIQ UE .018
21 (Centrals) 12º 5º L2911
12 (Laterals) 8º 9º L2903 .018"
22 (Laterals) 8º 9º L2912 1 CASE KIT (5-5 upper and lower)
Ref.
12g 8º 9º L2904 Hooks Bola sólo en 12/22/32/42 L2899
22g 8º 9º L2913
With Hook only canines L2900
UPPER
13 (Canines) -3º 10º L2905

Hooks on canines and bicuspids L2901
23 (Canines) -3º 10º L2914
13g -3º 10º L2906
23g -3º 10º L2915
14/15 (Premolar) -7º 0º L2907
24/25 (Premolar) -7º 0º L2916
14g/15g -7º 0º L2908 A LEXA NDER PRES CRIPTION ON THE
24g/25g -7º 0º L2917 DIS TO-GENGIVA L
Left Right
31/32/41/42 (Incisor) -5º 0º L2920
Upper Yellow Red
31/32/41/42g -5º 0º L2921
33 (Canines) -7º 6º L2922 Lower Black Green
43 (Canines) -7º 6º L2928
33g -7º 6º L2923
43g -7º 6º L2929
LOWER
34 (Premolar) -11º 0º L2924

34g -11º 0º L2925
44g -11º 0º L2931
35g -17º 0º L2927
45g -17º 0º L2933
“g” = with hook
55 TOP How the best perform
ORTHODONTICS FI R S T I S Q UALI TY
BRANDS
BRACKET MINI-PREVAIL
Brand: G&H
Characteristics: MiniPrevail¨ metal bracket system is G&H innovative
answer to the growing demand for a true miniature twin appliance where
strength and performance are not compromised by size. Designed and
T D
UC DE
developed utilizing state-of-the-art design and manufacturing technologies,

OD MEN
the miniPrevail¨ bracket system incorporates all the benefits of a low profile
PR OM
Metal Brackets
design with the superior control and ease-of-ligation typical of larger brackets.
C
RE
Small yet sturdy, stylish yet comfortable, the miniPrevail¨ bracket system offers
complete control throughout treatment, while its low profile design provides
greater patient acceptance through comfort and aesthetics.
METAL INJECTION MOLDED (MIM) STAINLESS STEEL

Secures the strenght of the design for a better strength
CENTER SCRIBE LINE

CHAMFERED SLOT ENTRANCE
aligns with long axis for accurate placement
promotes easier and more rapid archwire placement
COLOR ENHANCED I.D.
FULL ROTATIONAL CONTROL
for easy bracket selection
due to the mini twin design
LOW PROFILE
ROUNDED FACIAL CONTOURS - reduces occlusal interference
- enhances comfort
for patient comfort
ROUNDED EDGES
at the slot entrance and exit for reduced friction
COMPOUND CONTOUR BASE
for increased bond strength and precise ALEACIÓN SOLDADA Of PALADIO
bracket placement Adhesión máxima
Entre bracket and malla
TORQUE IN BASE
for easier alignment and case finishing
RHOMBOIDAL SHAPE
accurate placement
80 GAUGE MESH ANATOMICAL

BONDING BASE
for secure bonds
CASE .018 .022

Roth hooks en 3,4,5 L9707 L9708
MBT hooks en 3 L9739 L9740
Metal Brackets
MBT hooks en 3,4,5 L9741 L9742
Roth VS hooks en 3 L9779 L9780
Roth VS hooks en 3,4,5 L9781 L9782
Case roth Case roth VERTICAL SLOT MBT Technique

Number Torque Angle .018 x .030 .022 x .030 Number Torque Angle .018 x .030 .022 x .030 Number Torque Angle .018 x .030 .022 x .030
11 (Central) 12º 5 L9726 L9724 11 (Central) 12º 5º L9804 L9802 11 (Central) 17º 4º L9764 L9762
21 (Central) 12º 5 L9725 L9723 11 (Central) 22º 5º L9822 L9820 21 (Central) 17º 4º L9763 L9761
12 (Lateral) 8º 9 L9730 L9728 21 (Central) 12º 5º L9803 L9801 12 (Lateral) 10º 8º L9768 L9766
22 (Lateral) 8º 9 L9729 L9727 21 (Central) 22º 5º L9821 L9819 22 (Lateral) 10º 8º L9767 L9765
13g 0º 11 L9734 L9732 12 (Lateral) 8º 9º L9808 L9806 13g 0º 8º L9772 L9770
23g 0º 11 L9733 L9731 12 (Lateral) 14º 9º L9826 L9824 23g 0º 8º L9771 L9769
14g/15g -7º 0 L9738 L9736 22 (Lateral) 8º 9º L9807 L9805 14/15/24/25 -7º 0º L9778 L9775
24g/25g -7º 0 L9737 L9735 22 (Lateral) 14º 9º L9825 L9823 14g/15g -7º 0º L9777 L9774
13g 0º 11º L9812 L9810 24g/25g -7º 0º L9776 L9773
Number Torque Angle .018 x .030 .022 x .030
23g 0º 11º L9811 L9809
31/32/41/42 14/15/24/25 -7º 0º L9818 L9815 Number Torque Angle .018 x .030 .022 x .030
0º 0º L9710 L9709
(incisivos)
14g/15g -7º 0º L9817 L9814 31/32/41/42 (incisivos) 0º 3º L9744 L9743
33g -11º 5º L9713 L9711
24g/25g -7º 0º L9816 L9813 33g 0º 3º L9747 L9745
43g -11º 5º L9714 L9712
43g 0º 3º L9748 L9746
34g -17º 0º L9717 L9715 Number Torque Angle .018 x .030 .022 x .030 34/44 (Premolar) -12º 0º L9754 L9751
44g -17º 0º L9718 L9716 31/32/41/42 (incisivos) 0º 0º L9784 L9783 34g -12º 0º L9752 L9749
35g -22º 0º L9721 L9719 33g -11º 5º L9787 L9785 44g -12º 0º L9753 L9750
45g -22º 0º L9722 L9720 43g -11º 5º L9788 L9786 35/45 (Premolar) -17º 0º L9760 L9757
5 Brackets 34/44 (Premolar) -17º 0º L9794 L9791 35g -17º 0º L9758 L9755
34g -17º 0º L9792 L9789 45g -17º 0º L9759 L9756
44g -17º 0º L9793 L9790
5 Brackets
35/45 (Premolar) -22º 0º L9800 L9797
35g -22º 0º L9798 L9795
45g -22º 0º L9799 L9796
5 Brackets
M ETALLIC MINI D IAG ON A L I BR ACKE TS

Brand: Leone
Characteristics: A FDI (Federation Dentaire Internationale)
identification number is laser marked on the mesh pad of the every
bracket, clearly indicating the tooth to which a specific bracket will be
attached. This method identifies each tooth with a two-digit Arabic
Metal Brackets
number: the first digit indicates the quadrant; the second identifies the
tooth according to PalmerÕs annotation. The number, permanently RICK ET TS TECHNIQ UE
etched and free of toxic substances, is immediately recognizable and Number Torque Angle
easily readable without the aid of magnifying lenses. The laser-etched .018" x .030"
pad with FDI identification also increases the retention of the adhesive. Ref.
11 (centrals) +22º 0º L1411
21 (centrals) +22º 0º L1412
12 (laterals) +14º +8º L1413
22 (laterals) +14º +8º L1414
13 (canines) +7º +5º L1415
23 (canines) +7º +5º L1416
13 + hook +7º +5º L1417
UPPER
23 + hook +7º +5º L1418
14 (Premolars) 0º 0º L1419
R I C KE T TS TE C H NI Q UE 14 + hook 0º 0º L1421
24 + hook 0º 0º L1422
1 CASE
.018" 15 (Premolars) 0º 0º L1423
20 brackets Ref. 25 (Premolars) 0º 0º L1424
Hooks in canines and second bicuspids L1443 15 + hook 0º 0º L1425
25 + hook 0º 0º L1426
R I C KE T TS TE C H NI Q UE
10 CASES
.018" 41 (Incisors) 0º 0º L1347
200 brackets Ref. 31 (Incisors) 0º 0º L1348
Hooks in canines and second bicuspids L14417 42 (Incisors) 0º 0º L1349
32 (Incisors) 0º 0º L1350

43 (canines) +7º +5º L1431
33 (canines) +7º +5º L1432
43 + hook +7º +5º L1433
LOWER
33 + hook +7º +5º L1434
44 + hook 0º 0º L1437
34 + hook 0º 0º L1438
45 (Premolars) +15º 0º L1439
35 (Premolars) +15º 0º L1440
45 + hook +15º 0º L1441
35 + hook +15º 0º L1442
Box of 10 units
FDI SYST E M OF TOOTH

Pacient Right Side Pacient Left Side
UPPER 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
LOWER 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
ME TAL L IC MIN I D IAG ON A L I BR AC K ETS

Brand: Leone
T D
UC DE
OD MEN
PR OM
Metal Brackets
C
RE
ROT H TECHNIQ UE
Number Torque Angle

.018" x .030" .022" x .030"
Ref. Ref.
11 (Centrals) +12º +5º L1331 L1371
21 (Centrals) +12º +5º L1332 L1372
12 (Laterals) +8º +9º L1333 L1373
22 (Laterals) +8º +9º L1334 L1374
13 (Canines) -2º +13º L1335 L1375
23 (Canines) -2º +13º L1336 L1376
13 + hook -2º +13º L1337 L1377
SUPERIOR
23 + hook -2º +13º L1338 L1378
14 (Premolars) -7º 0º L1339 L1379
24 (Premolars) -7º 0º L1340 L1380
14 + hook -7º 0º L1341 L1381
24 + hook -7º 0º L1342 L1382
15 (Premolars) -7º 0º L1343 L1383
25 (Premolars) -7º 0º L1344 L1384
- FDI system marking 15 + hook -7º 0º L1345 L1385
- Easy identification without reducing aesthetic
25 + hook -7º 0º L1346 L1386
- Central scribe line for ease placement
- Save time
- M esh pad for excellent bond strength with the use of any adhesive, bicuspids feature a 41 (Incisors) 0º 0º L1347 L1387
bonding pad extended to occlusal to minimize interferences 31 (Incisors) 0º 0º L1348 L1388
42 (Incisors) 0º 0º L1349 L1389
32 (Incisors) 0º 0º L1350 L1390
43 (canines) -11º +7º L1351 L1391
33 (canines) -11º +7º L1352 L1392
ROTH TE C H N I Q UE 43 + hook -11º +7º L1353 L1393
INFERIOR
33 + hook -11º +7º L1354 L1394

1 CASE .018" .022"
20 brackets
44 (Premolares) -17º 0º L1355 L1395
Ref. Ref. 34 (Premolares) -17º 0º L1356 L1396
Hooks in canines and second bicuspids L1363 L1403 44 + hook -17º 0º L1357 L1397
34 + hook -17º 0º L1358 L1398
45 (Premolares) -22º 0º L1359 L1399
10 CASES
.018" .022" 35 (Premolares) -22º 0º L1360 L1400

200 brackets Ref. Ref. 45 + hook -22º 0º L1361 L1401
Hooks in canines and second bicuspids L14418 L14419 35 + hook -22º 0º L1362 L1402
10 units
Dontalia Dontalia.com
Dontic.com | Dontic.co.uk | |Dontalia.de
| Dontic.de Dontic.fr | Dontic.it | Dontic.be | Dontic.at
SPRINT - THE "ALL IN ONE" BRACKET.

It has everything, contains everything except for Nickel.
Nickel
FREE
Antiallergic
Metal Brackets
SLOPE IN THE SLOT.

Advantage:
- Easy archwire insertion.
- Less Friction.
NEW TIE WING DESIGN FOR LIGATURES. TORQUE IN THE BASE.

Advantage: RETENTIVE AREAS WITH HOOKS ON THE BASE.
- Large space for multiple ligatures. Advantage:
- Avoids complexed archwire bends. The Sprint brackets have a 30% more adhesive strength than mini-mesh brackets.
NICKEL-FREE
PRECISION SLOT SURFACE OPTIMIZATION
Advantage: Advantage:
- No risk of allergies. - The lowest friction of all twin brackets.
- Excellent Biocompatibility. - Less treatment duration.
66
Dontic.com | Dontic.co.uk
Dontic.com
| Dontic.de
| Dontic.co.uk
| Dontic.fr
| Dontic.de
| Dontic.it
| Dontic.fr
| Dontic.be
| Dontic.be
| Dontic.at
| Dontic.at
Nickel
BRAC KE TS SP R IN T FREE
Brand: Forestadent Antiallergic

Characteristics: Mini Sprint brackets are the aesthetically more pleasing alternative to the
standard Sprint brackets. The occlusal gingival height has been reduced by 20% in comparison to
standard Sprint brackets which improves the patient comfort drastically. Mini Sprint brackets are
T D
UC DE
available from 5 to 5 in both arches.

OD MEN
PR OM
C
Metal Brackets
RE
C ASE ROTH
.018"x.030" .022"X.030"
1 CASE KIT (20 brackets) L0159 L0177
1 CASE KIT MINISPRINT (20 brackets) L02107 L02106
5 CASE KIT (100 brackets) L0161 L0179
10 CASE KIT (200 brackets) L0160
Hooks on canines and 2nd premolars
C ASE ROTH
SPRINT MINI SPRINT
Number Torque Angle .018"x.030" .022"X.030" .018"x.030" .022"X.030"
11(Central) +12º +5º L9356 L9341 L9371 L9377
21(Central) +12º +5º L9360 L9345 L9374 L9380
12(Lateral) +8º +9º L9357 L9342 L9372 L9378
22(Lateral) +8º +9º L9361 L9346 L9375 L9381
UPPER
13+hooks -2º +11º L9358 L9343 L9373 L9379

23+hooks -2º +11º L9362 L9347 L9376 L9382
14+hooks -7º 0º L9359 L9344 L9333
24+hooks -7º 0º L9363 L9348 L9334
15+hooks -7º 0º L9359 L9344
25+hooks -7º 0º L9363 L9348
41(incisivos) 0º 0º L9364 L9349 L9332

31(incisivos) 0º 0º L9364 L9349
LOWER
43+hooks -10º +7º L9368 L9353 L9335

New: Advantage:
Bracket and base in one piece Without corrosion danger
33+hooks -10º +7º L9365 L9350 L9336
Without welding points Without hooks breakage 44+hooks -17º 0º L9369 L9354 L9337
High resistance thaks to a new material The straight angle hook, with mushroom shape, guarantee the
Surface optimization complete stability of the elastics 34+hooks -17º 0º L9366 L9351 L9338
45+hooks -22º 0º L9370 L9352 L9339
New: Advantage:
Easy identification Help with a more precise and more simple bonding
35+hooks -22º 0º L9367 L9355 L9340
Central scribe line
Bag of 5 units
67
METAL BRACK E TS
Brand: Elite - Ortho Organizers
C A S E ROTH . 0 2 2 ”
Number Torque Angle Colour-coded
Metal Brackets
.022" x .030"
Ref.
11 (Centrals) 12º 5º L2401 Black
21 (Centrals) 12º 5º L2402 Black
12 (Laterals) 8º 9º L2403 Pink
UPPER
22 (Laterals) 8º 9º L2404 Pink

13g -7º 11º L2407 Green
23g -7º 11º L2408 Green
14/15g -7º 0º L2409 Purple
24/25g -7º 0º L2410 Purple
31/32 (Incisor) 0º 0º L2406 Yellow

41/42 (Incisor) 0º 0º L2405 Yellow
33g -11º 5º L2412 Light Blue
LOWER
43g -11º 5º L2411 Light Blue

34g -17º 0º L2414 White
44g -17º 0º L2413 White
35g -22º 0º L2416 Red
45g -22º 0º L2415 Red
Bag of 5 units with / without hooks “g” = with hook
Characteristics: C AS E ROTH
- Brackets 20% smaller than most other brands on the market. .022"
Ref.
- MIM Manufacturing Technology With Hook canines and premolars L2417
- The compound, contoured base has been anatomically designed
(Mesial-Distal/Occlusal-Gingival) to accurately fit each tooth,
pro-moting archwire slot alignment.
- Precise root angle. Each Elite bracket has been designed with
precise angle, placing the long axis of the root distal to the occlu-
sal portion of the crown, allowing all roots to align parallel.
- IIdeal crown torque. The upper centrals and laterals incline in a

“positive” inclination reading. Correctly inclined crowns encoura-
ge ideal contact point line-up, thereby enhancing the stability of
the occlusion.
Advantages
- Accurate In-Out alignment. The thickness of each Elite bracket - Bracket slot alignment. The base of each bracket is anatomically contoured. This allows
reduces the number of first-order in/out wire bends. easy, accurate placement of the bracket so that all slots align in harmony at the end of
treatment.
- The five visual references incorporated into each Elite bracket - Elite brackets work as a system, moving the teeth in a combined effort, allowing ideal
ensure more accurate and simple placement. occlusion.
- Flat Curve of Spee. The features of the whole Elite system allow easy attainment of a
flat curve of Spee.
- No rotations. Each Elite bracket has optimum control to prevent teeth rotations
METAL BRACKE TS
Brand: Leone
ROTH TE C H NI Q UE R IC KE T TS TE C H N IQ U E S TA NDA RD EDGEWIS E TECHNIQ UE
Metal Brackets
Number Torque Angle Number Torque Angle Number Torque Angle
.018" x .030" .022" x .030" .018" x .030" .018" x .030" .022" x .030"
Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
11 (Centrals) 12º 5º L1241 L1271 11 (Centrals) 22º 0º L1301 11 (Centrals) 0º 0º L1201 L1221
21 (Centrals) 8º 9º L1242 L1272 21 (Centrals) 22º 0º L1302 21 (Centrals) 0º 0º L1201 L1221
12 (Laterals) -2º 13º L1243 L1273 12 (Laterals) 14º 8º L1303 12 (Laterals) 0º 0º L1202 L1222
22 (Laterals) -2º 13º L1244 L1274 22 (Laterals) 14º 8º L1304 22 (Laterals) 0º 0º L1202 L1222
13 (Canines) -7º 0º L1245 L1275 13 (Canines) 7º 5º L1305 13 (Canines) 0º 0º L1203 L1223
UPPER
L1204 L1224
UPPER
13 + hooks -7º 0º L1247 L1277 13 + hooks 0º 0º
UPPER
13 + hooks 7º 5º L1307
23 + hooks -7º 0º L1248 L1278 23 + hooks 7º 5º L1308 23 + hooks 0º 0º L1205 L1225
14 (Premolar) -7º 0º L1249 L1279 14 (Premolar) 0º 0º L1309 14 (Premolar) 0º 0º L1206 L1226
14/15 + hooks -7º 0º L1251 L1281 15 + hooks 0º 0º L1311 15 + hooks 0º 0º L1208 L1228
24/25 + hooks -7º 0º L1252 L1282 25 + hooks 0º 0º L1312 25 + hooks 0º 0º L1209 L1229
41 (Incisor) -7º 0º L1253 L1283 41 (Incisor) 0º 0º L1253 41 (Incisor) 0º 0º L1210 L1230

31 (Incisor) 0º 0º L1253 L1283 31 (Incisor) 0º 0º L1253 31 (Incisor) 0º 0º L1210 L1230
LOWER
LOWER
LOWER

45 (Premolar) -22º 0º L1260 L1290 45 (Premolar) -15º 0º L1320 45 (Premolar) 0º 0º L1206 L1226
45 + hooks -22º 0º L1261 L1291 45 + hooks -15º 0º L1322 45 + hooks 0º 0º L1205 L1229
35 + hooks -22º 0º L1262 L1292 35 + hooks -15º 0º L1323 35 + hooks 0º 0º L1204 L1228
10 Brackets 10 Brackets 10 Brackets
10 Brackets with hook 10 Brackets with hook 10 Brackets with hook
F DI SYSTE M OF TOOTH N UMB E R S

Patient Right Side Patient Left Side
UPPER 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
LOWER 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
1 CA SE O F 2 0 B R AC K ETS
T D
UC DE
OD MEN
Brand: Leone
PR OM
Characteristics: Hygienic, airtight and perfect identification
C
RE
LEONE BRACKETS MARKS
Left Right
Metal Brackets
Upper Green Black

Lower White Red
10 CASE KIT .018" .022"

CAS E ROTH L14415 L14416
CASE RI C KE T TS L14414 ---
Hooks on canines and 2nd Premolar
1 CASE KIT .018" .022"

CA S E ROTH L1263 L1293
CAS E RI C KE T TS L1324 ---
CAS E S TA N DA RD E D G EW I S E L1219 L1239
Hooks on canines and 2nd premolars
EW
EW
296-600 CA SE BC KTS TIP E D G E ME T L N G U I D E
N
C A S E B R AC K ETS T I P ED G E CE RAMI CS
Brand: TP Orthontics
Characteristics: The unique design of Tip-Edge PLUS brackets makes treatment more comfortable
for patients and reduces the number of treatment visits necessary. Tip-Edge PLUS Aesthetic Brackets
can reduce your inventory since Side-Winder springs will only be required for midline adjustments and
as a braking mechanism. Tip-Edge PLUS brackets have a patented design that allows treatment to be
Brand: TP Orthontics programmed from start to finish. Teeth move with little anchorage strain, and without headgear or
Characteristics: Tip- Edge Plus brackets feature a patented design that provides programmed implants. Overbites reduced early in treatment, irrespective of canine angulation.
treatment from start to finish. Teeth move naturally with very light forces and little anchorage strain. •Large overjets treatable without headgear
The difference is due to the innovative "deep tunnel" lingual horizontal archwire slot, which permits •Improved vertical control – archwires are not flexed during retraction or space closure
mesiodistal upright and torquing from the power of a preformed nickel titanium wire. Vertical and •All changes, both dental and skeletal, are achieved with relative light (1-3 ounce) forces
horizontal control is assured by passive rectangular archwires. Unprecedented treatment without the •No play between archwire and slot at the finish
need for headgear, implants or functional appliances - Extremely light forces.- Automatic rotational •Hands-off finishing powered by super elastic wires through deep tunnels and controlled by full-size,
control- Eliminates unwanted torque reaction to adjacent teeth. Non- extraction 0,56 mm stainless, rectangular archwires
•Highest quality results with fewer appointments and archwire changes
Ref. L9231 20 Pieces Ref. L9232 1 case of 20 brackets
brackets
1 CASE - 20 BRACKE TS
Brand: Proclinic
Metal Brackets
Characteristics: Italian Manufacturing. Anatomical base with curvature at the Central Lineal base Mesh 80 ball hooks MIM
on canines and premolars. 20 units
Ref.
Brackets Mini Roth.018" L1325
Brackets Mini Roth.022" L1326
Brackets MIDI MBT.018" L1327
Brackets MIDI MBT.022" L1328
BRACKE TS AQUA
Brand: Leone
Characteristics: The new AQUA™ Ceramic bracket has been manufactured using a special vacuum sintering
process to obtain the purest alumina and a dimensionally uniform polycrystalline structure. As the bracket
contains no metal it is completely anti-allergenic.
- Maximum translucence and no metal slot to give a natural aesthetic look to match any tooth shade. C A S E ROTH
- Optimum mechanical retention with any type of adhesive.
- Cuspid and bicuspid brackets with bi-directional hook. Number Torque Angle
.018" x .030" .022" x .030"
Ref. Ref.
11 (central) +12º +5º L1169 L1184
21 (central) +12º +5º L1170 L1185
12 (lateral) +8º +9º L1171 L1186
22 (lateral) +8º +9º L1172 L1187
13 + hooks -2º +13º L1173 L1188
23 + hooks -2º +13º L1174 L1189
14/24 + hooks -7º +0º L1175 L1190
15/25 + hooks -7º +0º L1176 L1191
CASE ROTH
31/32/41/42 (inc) 0º 0º L1177 L1192
.018" .022"
43 + hooks -11º +7º L1178 L1193
Ref. Ref.
33 + hooks -11º +7º L1179 L1194
KIT (3-3 upper) 6 brackets L1133 L1137 44 + hooks -17º 0º L1180 L1195
KIT (5-5 upper) 10 brackets L1134 L1138 34 + hooks -17º 0º L1181 L1196
KIT (3-3 upper and lower) 12 brackets L1135 L1139 45 + hooks -22º 0º L1182 L1197
KIT (5-5 upper and lower) 20 brackets L1136 L1140 35 + hooks -22º 0º L1183 L1198
Envase of 1 Bracket
CERAMIC BRACKETS
Brand: Proclinic Desde C ASE ROT H
Number Torque Angle
.018'' X 030'' .022'' X 030''
Ref. Ref.
11 (Centrals) 12º 5º L2670 L2699
Aesthetic Brackets
21 (Centrals) 12º 5º L2678 L2707

12 (Laterals) 8º 9º L2671 L2700
22 (Laterals) 8º 9º L2679 L2708
UPPER
13 (Canines) -2º 10º L2672 L2701
23 (Canines) -2º 10º L2680 L2709
STA N DA RD E D GE WI SE T E CH NI Q UE 13g -2º 10º L2673 L2702
23g -2º 10º L2681 L2710
Number Torque Angle
14/15/24/25 (Premolar) -7º 0º L2674 L2703
.018" x .030" .022" x .030"
14g/15g/24g/25g -7º 0º L9092 L9093
Ref. Ref.
11/21 (Centrals) 0º 0º L2728 L2733
31/32/41/42 (Incisor) 0º 0º L2686 L2715
12/22 (Laterals) 0º 0º L2729 L2734
UPPER
33 (Canines) -11º 5º L2687 L2716

13/23 (Canines) 0º 0º L2730 L2735
43 (Canines) -11º 5º L2693 L2722
14/15/24/25 0º 0º L2731 L2736
(Premolar) 33g -11º 5º L2688 L2717
LOWER
43g -11º 5º L2694 L2723
31/32/41/42 0º 0º L2732 L2737 34/44 (Premolar) -17º 0º L2689 L2718
(Incisor) 34g/44g -17º 0º L9088 L9089
LOWER
33/43 (Canines) 0º 0º L2730 L2735 Nickel 35/45 (Premolar) -22º 0º L2691 L2720
FREE
34/35/44/45 0º 0º L2731 L2736 35g/45g -22º 0º L9090 L9091
(Premolar) Antiallergic
Bag of 1 unit with/without hooks
Bag of 1 unit without hooks OrthoAesthetics
(“g” = with hook)
Proclinic recommendations
Recommendations for bonding Proclinic Ceramic Brackets. Bonding Proclinic Ceramic brackets is similar to bonding metal
brackets. The brackets base has a dove-tailed base which creates a mechanical adhesion with the cement, in the same way as with metal
brackets. These brackets do not need any special adhesive or primer. Simply follow the instructions provided by the adhesive manufacturer
1 2 3 4
Recommendations for debonding Proclinic A. Place the debonding plier and apply debonding B. The tips of the debonding plier should grip C. To ensure a clean debond, primers should
Ceramic brackets. force only on the incisor/gingival sides of the the bracket at the closest point to the adhesive. not be used, nor chemical products that increase
All Proclinic Ceramic brackets have a mechanical bracket (not the mesial-distal sides). The design Once in position, the debonding plier should be the adhesion during the bonding.
base. It is not necessary to use any chemical agent of the brackets includes grooves in the base that pressed firmly to break the bond between the
on the surface of the bracket base to assure react to the forces of the adhesive. Be sure to bracket and the adhesive.
bonding. The debonding process should be: apply the debonding forces in the less resisitant
areas. The brackets are grooved to permit the
easy access of the debonding instrument on the
incisor / gingival edges.
Nickel
brackets
FREE
Antiallergic
OrthoAesthetics
C E R A M I C R OT H B R A C K E T
Brand: Proclinic
Aesthetic Brackets
PRESCRIPTION BRACKETS ROTH
C A S E ROTH 1 CASE KIT 1 CASE KIT 5 CASE KIT on the disto-gingival
(5-5 upper and lower) (5-5 upper and 3-3 lower) (5-5 upper and lower)
20 brackets 16 brackets 100 brackets
Upper Lower
.018" .022" .018" .022" .018" .022"
Centrals Blue
Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
Incisor No colour
With Hook only canines L2661
Laterals Red
With Hook canines and premolars L2662 L2663 L2664 L2665 L6004 L6005
Canines Green Black

1os Premolar Blue Yellow
2os Premolar Blue Brown
STANDARD EDGEWISE WITH DOUBLE

STA N DA RD E D G EW I S E T EC H NI Q UE 1 CASE KIT 1 CASE KIT POINT ON DISTAL-GINGIVAL TIE WING
(5-5 upper and lower) (5-5 upper and 3-3 lower)
20 brackets 16 brackets
Upper Lower
.018" .022" .018" .022"
Centrals Blue
Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
Incisor No colour
Without Hooks L2666 L2667 L2668 L2669
Laterals Red

Canines Green Green
1os Premolar Black Black
2os Premolar Black Black
To ensure a clean debond, primers should not be used, nor

chemical products that increase the adhesion during the bonding.
brackets
COMPOSITE BRACKE TS
Brand: Proclinic
Desde
Aesthetic Brackets
Nickel
FREE
Antiallergic
OrthoAesthetics
C A S E ROTH STAN DAR D E DG E W ISE TE CHNIQ UE

Number Torque Angle Number Torque Angle
.018" x .030" .022" x .030" .018" x .030" .022" x .030"
Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
11 (Centrals) 12º 5º L2744 L2773 11/21 (Centrals) 0º 0º L2802 L2807
L2752 L2781 12/22 (Laterals) 0º 0º L2803 L2808
UPPER
21 (Centrals) 12º 5º
12 (Laterals) 8º 9º L2745 L2774 13/23 (Canines) 0º 0º L2804 L2809
22 (Laterals) 8º 9º L2753 L2782 14/15/24/25 (Premolar) 0º 0º L2805 L2810
13 (Canines) -2º 10º L2746 L2775
UPPER
23 (Canines) -2º 10º L2754 L2783 31/32/41/42 (Incisor) 0º 0º L2806 L2811
LOWER
13g -2º 10º L2747 L2776 33/43 (Canines) 0º 0º L2804 L2809
23g -2º 10º L2755 L2784 34/35/44/45 (Premolar) 0º 0º L2805 L2810
14/15/24/25 (Premolar) -7º 0º L2748 L2777 Bag of 5 units with / without hooks
14g/15g -7º 0º L2749 L2778
24g/25g -7º 0º L2757 L2786

31/32/41/42 (Incisor) 0º 0º L2760 L2789
33 (Canines) -11º 5º L2761 L2790
43 (Canines) -11º 5º L2767 L2796
33g -11º 5º L2762 L2791
43g -11º 5º L2768 L2797
LOWER
34/44 (Premolar) -17º 0º L2763 L2792

34g -17º 0º L2764 L2793
44g -17º 0º L2770 L2799
35/45 (Premolar) -22º 0º L2765 L2794
35g -22º 0º L2766 L2795
45g -22º 0º L2772 L2801
“g” = with hooks
F DI SYSTE M OF TOOTH N UMB E R S

UPPER 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
LOWER 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
brackets
COMPOSITE BRACKE TS
Brand: Proclinic
Aesthetic Brackets
Caja 20 brackets
Nickel
FREE
ROUNDED FACIAL CONTOURS ACCURATE SLOT
Antiallergic
for patient comfort For a perfect bracket prescription
OrthoAesthetics
TRANSLUCENCY
INCREASED TIE WING AREA
for a aesthetic
for easy ligation
appearance

COMPOUND CONTOUR BASE for easy bracket adaptation
enhances comfort
COLOR ENHANCED I.D.
DOVETAIL BASE INCREASED TIE WING AREA

To increase retention for easy ligation
TORQUE IN BASE
for level slot lineup and improved finishing
C A S E ROTH 1 CASE KIT 5 CASE KIT

(5-5 upper and lower) (5-5 upper and lower)
20 brackets 100 brackets
.018" .022" .018" .022"
Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
With Hook only canines L2738 L2739
With Hook canines and premolars L2740 L2741 L6006 L6007

C A S E STAN DAR D E DG E W ISE

PRESCRIPTION BRACKETS ROTH 1 CASE KIT (5-5 upper and lower) .018" .022"
on the Disto-GIngival 20 brackets Ref. Ref.
Upper Lower Without Hooks L2742 L2743
Centrals Orange
Incisor No colour
Laterals Green PLASTIC / POLYCARBONATE BRACKETS.
Brackets made from urethane, a material that offers excellent durability, intrinsic strength and excellent stain-
Canines Red Yellow resistance throug-hout the treatment period.
- Maximum aesthetics to match any shade of teeth.
1os Premolar Blue Brown - Brackets designed and manufactured with smooth, rounded edges for maximum patient comfor t.
- Torque in the base. Mechanical dove-tailed base.
2os Premolar Blue Black - Permanent mark and mark painted on the disto-gingival tie-wings for easy and immediate identification..
- Angled occlusal tie-wings on lower incisor and cuspid brackets.
Nota: The Standard Edgewise brackets don't have color - Replacement composite brackets packed in bags containing 5 brackets.
code.
brackets
EW
CERAMIC BRACKET WITH
N
S I LV E R S LOT
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: Ceramic. Aesthetic: tooth color, it is adapted perfectly to the enamel color.
Aesthetic Brackets
Nickel
FREE
Colour ID: it removes easily with water or saliva. Comfortable: rounded and smooth surface, low Roth .022''
Antiallergic profile. Resilient: doesn’t loose color and resists food, drinks…spots. Silver Slot: more sliding and bet- 11 (Centrals) L8534
ter placement. Nickel- free: silver slot. Manufactured USA. 5 units
OrthoAesthetics
21 (Centrals) L8536
12 (Laterals) L8535
UPPER
22 (Laterals) L8537
13g L8538
23g L8539
14g/15g/24g/25g L8545
31/32/41/42 (Incisor) L8544

33g L8541
LOWER
43g L8540
34g/44g L8542
35g/45g L8543
5 brackets
1 CASE-20 BRACKETS .022''

ROTH hooks en 3,4,5 L8521
MBT hooks en 3,4,5 L8546
MBT hooks en 3 L8547
TOOTH-COLORED
Adapts to the colour of the tooth's enamel
COLOR ENHANCED I.D.
for easy bracket selection MBT .022''
ALUMINIA POLYCRISTALINE
CERAMIC SIMILAR 11 (Centrals) L8548
to the properties of a diamond 21 (Centrals) L8549
12 (Laterals) L8550
UPPER
22 (Laterals) L8551
SILVER SLOT 13g L8552
Nickel-Free 23g L8553
HOOK INCORPORATED 14/15/24/25 L8554
Discreet and Resistant 14g/15g/24g/25g L8555
31/32/41/42 (Incisor) L8556

33g L8558
43g L8557
DOVETAIL BASE 34 L8560
Mechanic optimum bonding 34g L8562
LOWER
44 L8559
ROUNDED FACIAL CONTOURS
for patient comfort 44g L8561
35 L8564
35g L8566
45 L8563
45g L8565
5 brackets
EW
BRACK E T GL A M
N
Brand: Forestadent
Characteristics:
GLAM brackets are the new, conventionally ligating cera-
mic brackets from FORESTADENT. They are completely Case MBT Case roth
translucent and therefore fulfil the aesthetic demands of
the most discerning patients. Rounded slot edges reduce Number .022 Number .018 .022
Aesthetic Brackets
friction and ensure shorter treatment times. A significant
11 (central) L03041 11 (central) L03062 L03061
advantage for the orthodontist is that these new ceramic
brackets are especially easy to debond without any risk 21 (central) L03032 21 (central) L03046 L03045
of splintering. GLAM brackets make perfect your patients 12 (lateral) L03042 12 (lateral) L03064 L03063
appearance and simplify your work.
22 (lateral) L03033 22 (lateral) L03048 L03047
13g L03043 13g L03066 L03065
23g L03034 23g L03050 L03049
14g/24g L03035 14g/24g/15g/25g L03052 L03051
15g/25g L03036
31/32/41/42 L03054 L03053
.018 .022 31/32/41/42 L03037 43g L03068 L03067
Roth L03029 L03030 43g L03044 33g L03056 L03055
MBT L03031 33g L03038 34g/44g L03058 L03057
34g/44g L03039 35g/45g L03060 L03059
1 Case of 20 brackets
35g/45g L03040 2 brackets
2 brackets
Over A DVANTAG ES

products •
•
40 TOP

BRACK E TS CLARITY
Brand: 3M Unitek
Characteristics:
- Ceramic Bracket with Metallic Slot. Mechanical Base.
- Torque in base 1 Case Roth .022"
- 5-5 Upper and Lower APC with 3s, 4s and 5s hooks.
- Nella Technique MBT, hooks only on canines.
Aesthetic Brackets
1 CASE
APC PLUS APC PLUS APC PLUS APC PLUS
KIT
3-3 Upper 3-3 Upp. and Low 5-5 Sup 5-5 Upp. and Low 3-3 Upper 3-3 Upp. and Low 5-5 Sup 5-5 Upp. and Low
Roth .018" L02899 L02901 L02900 L0279 L02883* L02885 L02884 L02886
Roth .022" L0286 L0288 L02907 L0280 L02895 - L02896 L02898
Roth.022" - - - - - - - 99566
Hooks on canines
MBT .022" L0291 L0293 L02906 L0295 L02891 L02893 L02892 L02894
The mechanical retention base provides a With Hook only canines
solid holding strength with all chemical and HI/T .018" L02905* L02904* L02903* L02890* L02889* L02887* L02888*
photocurable bonding systems.
Without Without
adhesive adhesive
CAS E ROTH incorporate incorporate
Number Torque Angle .018" .018" APC PLUS .022" .022" APC PLUS
Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
11 12º 5º L02809 L02794 L02839 L02824
21 12º 5º L02808 L02793 L02838 L02823
12 8º 9º L02811 L02796 L02841 L02826
22 8º 9º L02810 L02795 L02840 L02825
13g 0º 11º L02813 L02798* L02843 L02828
23g 0º 11º L02812 L02797 L02842 L02827
14g/15g -7º 0º L02815 L02800 L02785 L02770
24g/25g -7º 0º L02814 L02799 L02784 L02769 YO U M AY A L S O L I K E
31/32/41/42 1º 0º L02816 L02801 L02846 L02831
33g -11º 7º L02817 L02802 L02847 L02832
43g -11º 7º L02818 L02803 L02848 L02833
See page 76
34g -17º 0º L02819 L02804* L02849 L02834
44g -17º 0º L02820 L02805* L02850 L02835*
35g -22º 0º L02821 L02806* L02851 L02836*
45g -22º 0º L02822 L02807* L02852 L02837*
Replacement 5 units C E R A M I C B R A C K E T S W I T H S I LV E R S LOT
* These products will be sold under order and the delivery date will be higher Brand: Proclinic
BRACKE TS CLARITY Without

MBT adhesive
Brand: 3M Unitek
Number Torque Angle .018" APC PLUS .022" .022" APC PLUS
Ref. Ref. Ref.
11 17º 4º L02958 L02779 L02764
21 17º 4º L02957 L02778 L02763
Aesthetic Brackets
12 10º 8º L02960 L02781 L02766
22 10º 8º L02959 L02780 L02765*
13g 0º 8º L02962 L02783 L02768*
23g 0º 8º L02961 L02782 L02767
14/15 -7º 0º L02964 L02785 L02770
Tie wings designed to be able to place ligatures easily,
como con los brackets metálicos. 24/25 -7º 0º L02963 L02784 L02769
31/32/41/42 -6º 0º L02965 L02786 L02771
Torque in the base - bracket positioning at the
same slot level.
Permanent relief mark with colours which helps 33g 0º 3º L02966 L02787 L02772
for easy identificaction and bonding.
43g 0º 3º L02967 L02788 L02773
Metal slot which allows for easy
metal on metal sliding.
Twin design to offer better rotation control. 34 -12º 2º L02968 L02789 L02774*
44 -12º 2º L02969 L02790 L02775
Mechanical retention allows for a secure 35 -17º 2º L9205 L02791 L02776*
adhesion during the durationof the
treatment and a safe debonding. Framed base which allows for easy positioning 45 -17º 2º L9206 L02792 L02777
and bonding as well as easy cleaning of excess
adhesive.
Stress concentration point that allows for easy Replacement - 5 units
debonding in the same way as metallic brackets.
Also available with APC PLUS, the system which
incorporates the adhesive with the bracket. The
adhesive becomes invisible after curing.
Micro Cristaline surface with mechanical base Without

H IG H TORQ UE adhesive
Number Torque Angle .018" .018" APC PLUS
Ref. Ref.
11 17º 4º L02869 L02854
21 17º 4º L02868 L02853
12 10º 8º L02871 L02856
22 10º 8º L02870 L02855
Mechanical base can be used with all types of 13g 0º 8º L02873 L02858
orthodontic adhesives, both light-, chemical and
mechanical. 23g 0º 8º L02872 L02857
14g/15g -7º 0º L02875 L02860*
24g/25g -7º 0º L02874 L02859
31/32/41/42 -6º 0º L02876 L02861
33g 0º 3º L02877 L02862
43g 0º 3º L02878 L02863
34g -12º 2º L02879 L02864
44g -12º 2º L02880 L02865*
APC™ PLUS - pre-impregnated adhesive system.
35g -17º 2º L02881 L02866*
Time Saving
Correct amouont of adhesive used 45g -17º 2º L02882 L02867
Better process, more convenient and cleaner.
Three simple steps Replacement - 5 units

Open the blister
Position the bracket on the tooth
Photocure
BRACKET CERAM VAPOR

Brand: G&H
Characteristics: G&H®proudly introduces the new VAPOR polycrystaline ceramic bracket. VAPOR´s brilliant translucency
presents a totally aesthetic appearance throughout treatment. The smooth, contoured tie wings provide patient comfort and
T D
UC DE
mechanical functionality. VAPOR´s state-of-the-art cleated base surface ensures even and consistent bond strength and the
OD MEN
unique portals in the base allow adhesive to circulate through the base, creating a secure mechanical bond.
PR OM
Aesthetic Brackets
C
RE
FULL ROTATIONAL CONTROL

due to the mini twin design
TRANSLUCENCY
for a aesthetic
appearance COLOR ENHANCED I.D.
CONTOURED TIE-WINGS
for enhanced patient comfort
INCREASED TIE WING AREA
for easy ligation
ROUNDED FACIAL CONTOURS
for patient comfort
ROUNDED EDGES
at the slot entrance and exit
for reduced friction

PORTAL
• reduces occlusal interference
for secure mechanical bonds
• enhances comfort
UNIQUE BASE DESIGN

TORQUE IN BASE
for enhanced bond strength
for level slot lineup and improved finishing • 100% mechanical bonds
• No chemical enhancers added
• Precise anatomical contours
Aesthetic Brackets
Case roth Case MBT
CASE .018 .022 Number Torque Angle .018 x .030 .022 x .030 Number Torque Angle .018 x .030 .022 x .030
Roth hooks 3 L9827 L9828 11 (Central) 12º 5º L9852 L9850 11 (Central) 17º 4º L9896 L9894
Roth hooks 3,4,5 L9829 L9830 21 (Central) 12º 5º L9851 L9849 21 (Central) 17º 4º L9895 L9893
MBT hooks 3 L9867 L9869 12 (Lateral) 8º 9º L9856 L9854 12 (Lateral) 10º 8º L9900 L9898
MBT hooks 3,4,5 L9868 L9870 22 (Lateral) 8º 9º L9855 L9853 22 (Lateral) 10º 8º L9899 L9897
13g 0º 11º L9860 L9858 13g -7º 8º L9907 L9903
23g 0º 11º L9859 L9857 13g 0º 8º L9908 L9904
14/15/24/25 -7º 0º L9866 L9863 23g -7º 8º L9905 L9901
14g/15g -7º 0º L9865 L9862 23g 0 8º L9906 L9902
24g/25g -7º 0º L9864 L9861 14/15/24/25 -7º 0º L9914 L9911
14g/15g -7º 0º L9913 L9910
Number Torque Angle .018 x .030 .022 x .030 24g/25g -7º 0º L9912 L9909
31/32/41/42 (incisivos) 0º 0º L9832 L9831
33g 11º 5º L9835 L9833 Number Torque Angle .018 x .030 .022 x .030
43g 11º 5º L9836 L9834 31/32/41/42 (incisivos) -6º 0º L9872 L9871
34/44 (Premolar) -17º 0º L9842 L9839 33g -6º 3º L9877 L9873
34g -17º 0º L9840 L9837 33g 0º 3º L9878 L9874
44g -17º 0º L9841 L9838 43g -6º 3º L9879 L9875
35/45 (Premolar) -22º 0º L9848 L9845 43g 0º 3º L9880 L9876
35g -22º 0º L9846 L9843 34/44 (Premolar) -12º 0º L9886 L9883
45g -22º 0º L9847 L9844 34g -12º 0º L9884 L9881
44g -12º 0º L9885 L9882
Replacement - 5 units
35/45 (Premolar) -17º 0º L9892 L9889
35g -17º 0º L9890 L9887
45g -17º 0º L9891 L9888
Replacement - 5 units
SAPPHIRE BRACKETS GHIACCIO

Brand: Leone
Characteristics: Length 10 cm x Anchura 6 cm
x Altura 0,5 cm. Peso 0,02 kg.
Aesthetic Brackets
Ref. 1 case of 20 brackets

L9596 Case roth 0,18
L9597 Case roth 0,22
Manufactured in Biomedical Clear Sapphire. The micro pearl of the zirconium applied to the bracket base guarantee an optimum retentive capacity and an easy
extraction after the therapy. Innovative treatment that satisfies the new biomechanical demand.
The extremely reduced profile and bevelled bracket edges minimise discomfort and promote the cooperation of the patient. The diagonal shape makes the
correct positioning easier due to the intuitive alignment with the long axis of the tooth. The presence of a “step” to the side of the base favours a firm grip
of the tweezers on the mesio/distal surface of the bracket, thus avoiding any interference in positioning; it also promotes the identification and elimination of
adhesive excess during bonding phases and makes the engagement of the debonding pliers intuitive. The base is provided with a mechanical retention induced
by the enforcement of Zirconia micro ball beads over the 2/3 of the surface in order to ensure the necessary bond strength during the therapy but also allowing
for easy and safe removal at the end of treatment. The innovative plasma surface treatment reduces friction in the slot/arch wire interface and enhances the
structural integrity of the bracket. Manufactured in Biomedical Clear Sapphire. The micro pearl of the zirconium applied to the bracket base guarantee an
optimum retentive capacity and an easy extraction after the therapy. Innovative treatment that satisfies the new biomechanical demand.
Over ADVANTAG ES

products •
•
40 TOP

T D
UC DE
OD MEN
P UR E - SA P P H IR E B R AC K ETS
PR OM
C
RE
SMOOTH, STRONG AND

CONTOURED TIE-WINGS STRONG HOOKS
for added patient comfort for added patient comfort and
secure engagement of elastics
Aesthetic Brackets
ARCHWIRE SLOT DESIGN DIAMOND AND HEAT
POLISHED
for superior sliding mechanics
AMPLE TIE-WING AREA
HIGHEST QUALITY MATERIAL
for easy bracket ligation
Made from high quality
monocrystalline sapphire
Contour Base Provides
Unique Bonding Base Zirconia

spheres provide superior shear bond
strength and predictable debonding
1 Case Kit Roth .018 Roth .022 MBT .022

5-5 Upp. and Low
Hooks 3,4,5 L24057 L24061 L24065
(20 bckts)
3-3 Upp. and Low
Hooks 3 L24059 L24063 L24067
(12 bckts)
20 brackets Kit:
12 brackets Kit:
Size Torque Angulation Roth .018 Roth .022 Size Torque Angulation MBT .022
11 12º 5º L24012 L24027 11 17º 4º L24042
21 12º 5º L24013 L24028 21 17º 4º L24043
12 8º 9º L24014 L24029 12 10º 8º L24044
22(Laterals) 8º 9º L24015 L24030 22(Laterals) 10º 8º L24045
13g 0º 11º L24016 L24031 13g 0º 8º L24046
23g 0º 11º L24017 L24032 23g 0º 8º L24047
14g/15g -7º 0º L24018 L24033 14g/15g -7º 0º L24048
24g/25g -7º 0º L24019 L24034 24g/25g -7º 0º L24049
31/32/41/42 0º 0º L24020 L24035 31/32/41/42 -6º 0º L24050

33g -11º 5º L24021 L24036 33g 0º 3º L24051
43g -11º 5º L24022 L24037 43g 0º 3º L24052
34g -17º 0º L24023 L24038 34g 12º 2º L24053
44g -17º 0º L24024 L24039 44g 12º 2º L24054
35g -22º 0º L24025 L24040 35g -17º 2º L24055
45g -22º 0º L24026 L24041 45g -17º 2º L24056
Replacement - 5 brackets Replacement - 5 brackets
SAPPHIRE BRACKET BESTDENT

Brand: Bestdent BEST
Characteristics: The crystal-clear sapphire provides excellent aesthetics. However, the aesthetics can create SAVINGS
challenges for a clinician to accurately position brackets. The Surface Paint technology is designed to tackle this very
problem. Tie-wings of Sparkle brackets are coated with a water-soluble dye creating a crosshair effect that enables
easy and precise placement which further enhances the treatment outcome and avoids bracket repositioning, thus
saving time.
Aesthetic Brackets
· Lightly colored brackets with harmless paint for an easier bonding.
Roth .018 Roth .022 MBT .022

11(Centrals) L5635 L5650 L5665
21(Centrals) L5636 L5651 L5666
12(Laterals) L5637 L5652 L5667
UPPER
22(Laterals) L5638 L5653 L5668

13g L5639 L5654 L5669
23g L5640 L5655 L5670
14g/15g L5644 L5659 L5674 · Harmless paint is easily removed with water / saliva
24g/25g L5645 L5660 L5675 etc. Leaving the sapphire bracket translucent.
31/32/41/42 (Incisor) L5641 L5656 L5671

33g L5643 L5658 L5673
43g L5642 L5657 L5672
LOWER
34g L5647 L5662 L5677 ROTH MBT

1 case 20 brackets
Ref. Ref.
44g L5646 L5661 L5676 Model ROTH
.018 L5630 1 unit
35g L5649 L5664 L5679 Ref.
45g L5648 L5663 L5678 .022 L5631 L5632 .022 L5634
REPLACEMENT
5 brackets
FI BREGLASS ROTH B R AC KE TS
Brand: Leone
Characteristics: Fiber glass brackets are injection moulded with smooth
surfaces and rounded edges. The slot size is precise and allows for ease of
arch wire sliding. Deep under tie-wing area keeps any ligation in position.
Aesthetic Brackets
CA S E ROTH C ASE R IC KE T TS CA S E S TA NDA RD EDGEWIS E
Number Torque Angle Number Torque Angle Number Torque Angle
. 018" x .030" .022" x .030" .018" x .030" .018" x .030" .022" x .030"
Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
11 (Central) +12º +5º L1491 L1521 11 (Central) +22º 0º L1551 11 (Central) 0º 0º L1451 L1471
21 (Central) +12º +5º L1492 L1522 21 (Central) +22º 0º L1552 21 (Central) 0º 0º L1451 L1471
12 (Lateral) +8º +9º L1493 L1523 12 (Lateral) +14º +8º L1553 12 (Lateral) 0º 0º L1451 L1471
22 (Lateral) +8º +9º L1494 L1524 22 (Lateral) +14º +8º L1554 22 (Lateral) 0º 0º L1451 L1471
13 (Canines) -2º +13º L1495 L1425 13 (Canines) +7º +5º L1555 13 (Canines) 0º 0º L1453 L1473
23 (Canines) -2º +13º L1426 23 (Canines) +7º +5º L1556 23 (Canines) 0º 0º L1453 L1473
13 + hooks -2º +13º L1497 L1527 13 + hooks +7º +5º L1557 13 + hooks 0º 0º L1454 L1474
43 (Canines) -11º +7º L1505 L1535 43 (Canines) +7º +5º L1565 43 (Canines) 0º 0º L1453 L1473
33 (Canines) -11º +7º L1506 33 (Canines) +7º +5º L1566 33 (Canines) 0º 0º L1453 L1473
Bag of 10 units Bag of 10 units Bag of 10 units
1 CASE KIT .018" .022"

Case roth L1513 L1543
Case RICKETTS L1573
important
Hooks on canines To obtain a perfect adhesive union, it's sufficient to brush a small
amount of the primer ref. L2110 onto the base of the bracket.
You should then proceed immediately to continue with the usual
bonding procedure.
NATURA RICK E TTS B R ACKE TS WITH H OOK CA S E S TA NDA RD EDGEWIS E

Brand: Leone Number Torque/Angle
.018" x .030" .022" x .030"
Characteristics: Natura brackets in siliceous copolymer are
Ref. Ref.
manufactured to meet any aesthetic demand and to enhance a
perfect clinical performance. They are made of special translucent 11 (Centrals) 0º L1581 L1601
siliceous copolymer, enamel-like with high mechanical and 21 (Centrals) 0º L1581 L1601
Aesthetic Brackets
hardness properties, biocompatible and resistant to oral liquids. 12 (Laterals) 0º L1582 L1602
Diagonal round angulation, torque- in base archwire low friction 22 (Laterals) 0º L1582 L1602
and reduced dimension optimize biomechanics thus reducing 13 (Canines) 0º L1583 L1603
treatment time. 23 (Canines) 0º L1583 L1603
13 + hooks 0º L1584 L1604
C A S E ROT H 23 + hooks 0º L1584 L1604
C ASE R IC KE T TS
14 (Premolar) 0º L1583 L1603
Number Torque Angle Number Torque Angle 24 (Premolar) 0º L1583 L1603
.018" x .030" .022" x .030" .018" x .030" 14 + hooks 0º L1584 L1604
Ref. Ref. Ref. 24 + hooks 0º L1584 L1604
11 (Central) +12º +5º L1621 L1641 11 (Central) +22º 0º L1661 15 (Premolar) 0º L1583 L1603
21 (Central) +12º +5º L1622 L1642 21 (Central) +22º 0º L1662 25 (Premolar) 0º L1583 L1603
12 (Lateral) +8º +9º L1623 L1643 12 (Lateral) +14º +8º L1663 15 + hooks 0º L1584 L1604
22 (Lateral) +8º +9º L1624 L1644 22 (Lateral) +14º +8º L1664 25 + hooks 0º L1584 L1604
13 + hooks -2º +13º L1625 L1645 13 + hooks +7º +5º L1665 41 (Incisor) 0º L1589 L1609
23 + hooks -2º +13º L1626 L1646 23 + hooks +7º +5º L1666 31 (Incisor) 0º L1589 L1609
14 + hooks -7º 0º L1627 L1647 14 + hooks 0º 0º L1667 42 (Incisor) 0º L1589 L1609
24 + hooks -7º 0º L1628 L1648 24 + hooks 0º 0º L1668 32 (Incisor) 0º L1589 L1609
15 + hooks -7º 0º L1627 L1647 15 + hooks 0º 0º L1667 43 (Canines) 0º L1583 L1603
25 + hooks -7º 0º L1628 L1648 25 + hooks 0º 0º L1668 33 (Canines) 0º L1583 L1603
41 (Incisor) 0º 0º L1589 L1609 41 (Incisor) 0º 0º L1589 43 + hooks 0º L1584 L1604
31 (Incisor) 0º 0º L1589 L1609 31 (Incisor) 0º 0º L1589 33 + hooks 0º L1584 L1604
42 (Incisor) 0º 0º L1589 L1609 42 (Incisor) 0º 0º L1589 44 (Premolar) 0º L1583 L1603
32 (Incisor) 0º 0º L1589 L1609 32 (Incisor) 0º 0º L1589 34 (Premolar) 0º L1583 L1603
43 + hooks -11º +7º L1633 L1653 43 + hooks +7º +5º L1673 44 + hooks 0º L1584 L1604
33 + hooks -11º +7º L1634 L1654 33 + hooks +7º +5º L1674 34 + hooks 0º L1584 L1604
44 + hooks -17º 0º L1635 L1655 44 + hooks 0º 0º L1675 45 (Premolar) 0º L1583 L1603
34 + hooks -17º 0º L1636 L1656 34 + hooks 0º 0º L1676 35 (Premolar) 0º L1583 L1603
45 + hooks -22º 0º L1637 L1657 45 + hooks -15º 0º L1677 45 + hooks 0º L1584 L1604
35 + hooks -22º 0º L1638 L1658 35 + hooks -15º 0º L1678 35 + hooks 0º L1584 L1604
Bag of 10 units Bag of 10 units Bag of 10 units
1 CASE KIT .018" .022"

· Rounded to ensure maximum patient comfort.
Case roth L1639 L1659 · Made from a siliceous copolymer with enamel-like translucence.
Case RICKETTS L1679 · Improved mechanical and hardness properties, biocompatible and resistant to oral fluids.
· Torque in the base.
Case STANDARD EDGEWISE L1597 L1617 · Their reduced archwire friction and calibrated dimensions optimise biomechanics, thus reducing treatment time.
Presentation: One-case kits and replacements in packs of 10.
Hooks on canines and bicúspides
note: : To obtain a perfect adhesive union, it's sufficient to brush a small amount of the primer ref. L2110 onto the base of the bracket. You should then proceed immediately to continue with the usual bonding procedure.
BRACK E TS IMAGE TM
Hooks on upper and lower canines and upper premolars.
Brand: Gestenco These brackets have been tested and approved by many orthodontists in Spain over the past 10 years under several brand names. Proclinic now offers these same brackets
under the manufacturer's own brand name, thereby guaranteeing our customers the most recent products and the best price on the Spanish market. Proclinic also supplies
these brackets with or without placement jigs.
The perfect combination of aesthetics and clinical performance.
Image brackets are made from a very special grade polymer reinforced with fibreglass to provide the perfect conditions for withstanding orthodontic
Aesthetic Brackets
forces.
Aesthetics: The especially stain-resistant material used in the Image brackets retains an aesthetic appearance throughout treatment.
Bonding: You can use your favourite bonding adhesive with the Image brackets. The mechanical base provides for easy, safe bonding without the
need for special primers.
Marking: As an option, you can purchase Image brackets with placement jigs for easy identification and alignment.
CASE ROTH
1 CASE KIT (5-5 upper and lower) .022"
20 brackets Ref.
Without placement jigs L1001
With placement jigs L1002 C ASE ROTH
.022" .022"
Hooks on upper and lower cuspids and upper bicuspids
Number Torque Angle Offset Mes / Dist Sin guía Con guía
Ref. Ref.
11 central 12º 5º 0º 3,5 mm L1003 L1019 Red
21 central 12º 5º 0º 3,5 mm L1004 L1020 Green
12 lateral 8º 9º 0º 3,5 mm L1005 L1021 Red
22 lateral 8º 9º 0º 3,5 mm L1006 L1022 Green
13 canino -2º 9º 4ºM 3,5 mm L1007 L1023 Red
23 canino -2º 9º 4ºM 3,5 mm L1008 L1024 Green
13g canino -2º 9º 4ºM 3,5 mm L1009 L1025 Red
23g canino -2º 9º 4ºM 3,5 mm L1010 L1026 Green
14/15/24/25 premolar -7º 0º 0º 3,3 mm L1011 L1027 Red /Green
14g/15g/24g/25g premolar -7º 0º 0º 3,3 mm L1012 L1028 Red /Green
31/32/41/42 incisivo anterior 0º 0º 0º 3,0 mm L1013 L1029 Blue/Yellow
33 canino -11º 5º 2ºM 3,5 mm L1014 L1030 Blue
43 canino -11º 5º 2ºM 3,5 mm L1015 L1031 Yellow
33g canino -11º 5º 2ºM 3,5 mm L1016 L1032 Blue
43g canino -11º 5º 2ºM 3,5 mm L1017 L1033 Yellow
34/35/44/45 premolar -17º 0º 0º 3,3 mm L1018 L1034 Blue/Yellow

5 units with/without hooks
“g” = with hook
The relative ductility of the material The mechanical lock base on the Image The ability to tie one set of wings in the Double hook design for easy
combined with Image contoured compound bracket provides 150% more bonding most severe malocclusions helps provide engagement of intraoral elastics.
curvature assures proven fit and bond- surface. the necessary rotational control.
strength, without the concern of debonding
complications.
DO LL PHANTOM
Demonstration Models
40 cm.
Brand: G&H Wire

Description Size 40 cm when sitting.
Ref. L0877 Crocodile Doll Phantoms

Ref. L6314 Dog Plush With Big Brush Ref. L6314
Ref. L0877
- Helps create a relaxed atmosphere in order to teach oral hygiene Allow for the use of dental floss
- Marionet type for inserting the hand
- Includes a fountain for applying water to the mouth
- Includes a large toothbrush
- Ideal for cementing brackets in the phantom.
LZ0100 - 0 1 E MP TY WH ITE BOX F / B R AC K ETS C L ASS I DE MO NST RAT I O N MO DE L
Ref. L0274
Description Includes an attractive bag and screws for use with

or without the clamp (also included).
Ideal for demonstrations and patient and staff education regar-
Brand: Leone ding various aspects of orthodontic treatment, amongst other
Ref. L11419 uses. Made from a very durable polymer. Perfect for cementing
brackets as well as demonstrating to patients. Fixed teeth.
Description 1 unit
Includes an attractive bag and screws for use with or without
Empty Kit box for bracket and band storage. Made of ABS plastic resin. With clear plastic cover.
the clamp (also included).
TRUFL E X AE ST HE TIC SP R IN G N ITI S Q UA R E BU T TO N DI RE CT B O NDI NG

. 0 12 X.030 C O M PO S I T E
Brand: Ortho Technology Brand: Ortho Technology
Description 3 strips of 18 cm in each pack. Description 10 units
Continuous level of force,Strips of 18 cm.012" x .030" (.014" x .032" recoated). Aesthetically pleasing appearance, Durable stain resistant material,
Secure dovetail base design
Aesthetic Intraoral
Ref. Ref.
L7050 OrthoAesthetics L7051 OrthoAesthetics
OrthoAesthetics OrthoAesthetics
CRI M PABLE MINI STOP A E S TH E TIC B A L L H O O K B I D I R EC T I O N AL AE ST H E T I C

Characteristics: 25 u.
• Durable aesthetic coating
• For total aesthetic treatment
Characteristics: 20 units.
• Very comfortable to the patient
To complete aesthetic treatment
• Slides easily onto the archwire
Very comfortable for the patient. The arch wire is safely compressed
• 2.0 mm in length
3.3mm high mode. Fits arch wires up to .022 "x .028"
Ref. L7052 Small. Round archwires up to.018"
Ref. L7053 Large. Square archwires up to.019"x.025". Ref. L5032

elastomeric
Orthoaesthetic and
antillergic
E L A S T I C L I G AT U R E B A R E L A S T I C L I G AT U R E C A N E S
. 1 2 0 T R A N S PA R E N T 120 T R A N S PA R E N T
Elastic Ligatures
Brand: Proclinic Brand: Proclinic

Description: 45 modules with 22 ligatures in each module. Total of 990 ligatures. Description 20 Canes with 50 ligatures on each cane. Total of 1,000 ligatures.
".120 Ligatures" Ideal Balance Between Flexibility And Firmness. Thermoformed For Easier Placement.
Single-Patient Bars To Avoid Cross-Contamination.
Ref. L0350 Ref. L0365
E L A S TO M E R I C M O D U L E S CONTINUOUS CHAIN,
8.5 MM CLEAR 4. 5 M

Description 1 Spool 4.5 mm.
The extra-long chains have a length of 4.5 mm between
hole and hole. This gives them the advantage of having less
holes where food can enter, resulting in fewer cavities.

8,5mm 11,5mm Surtido Continua Short Long Extralong
Ref. L0425 L0426 L0427 Transparent Ref. L0374 L0383 L0392 L0401

YO U M AY A L S O L I K E
See page 121
EL A S TO ME RI C MO DU L E S T RANSPARE NT
Brand: Proclinic
Instruments for brackets
BRACKE T POSITIONING

GAUGE
Brand: Proclinic
Description For removal of anterior and
posterior brackets. Angled tips for easy posterior access.
BEST
Ref. 8096 SAVINGS
B R AC K ET PO S I T I O NI NG GAU GE B E ST DE NT
Brand: Bestdent
Ref. 80318
CUR VED BRACKE T REMOVAL

PLIERS
Brand: Proclinic
Description For removal of anterior and posterior brackets.
Angled tips for easy posterior access.
BEST
SAVINGS
Ref. 8097 B R AC K ET PO S I T I O NI NG T WE E Z E R B E ST DE NT
Brand: Bestdent
Ref. 80311 1 unit
BRACKE T-RE MOV ING P L IE R S , 6 7 8 - 2 1 9

B R AC K ET R EM OV I NG PL I ER C U RV ED BEST
B ES T D ENT SAVINGS
Brand: Hu-Friedy Brand: Bestdent
Description: For steel, ceramic and plastic brackets. Handle 10 cm. Description: 1 unit
Ref. 80319
Ref. L5065
POSTERIOR BRACKE T
PLACING T WEEZERS
Brand: Proclinic
Description: Bracket placing tweezers. Stainless steel. Allows easy placement of brackets
and other attachments on posterior teeth.
Ref. L0945
caliper DE NTAL CAL I P E R / DI GI TAL

MI CRO ME T E R
DENTAL CALIPER / DIGITAL MICROME TER

Brand: Proclinic
Description Stainless steel calibrator. Fine points for measuring up to 10 cm. Puntas finas para hacer medidas hasta 10 cm.

Brand: Leone
Description Double tips. Specifically for internal and
Ref. 8088
external measurements.
Ref. L5026 1 Calliper.
Over A DVANTAG ES

products •
•
40 TOP

LEONE MINI IMPLANTS - ORTHODONTIC 1 2 3 4 H I GH H E AD MI NI I MP L ANT 2 MM DI AME T E R,

6 MM LO NG WI T H H O O K
Brand: Leone
Description 1 Mini Implant. Medical grade stainless steel. 1 unit.
The head of these new mini implants has a groove and a hook similar
to a lingual button for the application of chains, elastic bands or Ni-Ti
springs. With groove.
Micro / Mini Implants
1. The place chosen to place the mini implant should be

determined according to the position of the tooth root,
and the angle that the mini implant will be placed.
2. Using the screwdriver, the mini-implant is inserted progressively.

This range is available in two sizes and a variety of heads. High: 6,35 mm
Bass: 5,11 mm
Head
Neck
3. Having sutured the tissue, the curing process usually High: 3,0 mm
takes 2 weeks. You should wait this time before applying Bass: 1,75 mm
traction forces.
Diameter Length High head Bass head
4. Elastic Spools, Elastic thread and springs may be used to obtain 2 mm 6 mm L1706 L6200
tooth movement in the direction and the angle desired. Leone 2 mm 8 mm L1707 L1141
Mini Implantes are manufactured with Mediacl Grade Stainless 2 mm 10 mm L1708 L1142
Steel and therefore will not osteointegrate and are easily renoved
after treatment. The Mini IMplants should not be left more than 6
2 mm 12 mm L1709 L1143
months in the mouth.. Bag of 1 unit
MI NI I MP L ANT WI T H H O O K S/GRO OV E K I T
MINI IMP L A N T KIT
Brand: Leone
Brand: Leone Description:The kit contains 24 mini implants with groove (3 of
each size: L1706 to L1709 and L1140 to L1143), 2 burrs (L1165
Description and L1166), 1 screwdriver (L1167), 1 handpiece adapter (L1711),
The kit contains 24 mini implants (2 of each size: L1150 to L1161), 4 burrs (L1163 to L1166), 1 screwdriver 1 circular scalpel (L1712), and 1 mechanical adapter (L1711). 1. The
T D
UC DE
(L1167), 1 screwdriver tip (L1168) 1. The implant site is determined according to the position of the tooth implant site is determined according to the position of the tooth root
OD MEN
root and the angle of insertion of the Mini Implant. To create the implant site, burrs are selected on the and the angle of insertion of the Mini Implant. To create the implant
PR OM
basis of bone density and position. 2. Progressive pressure is applied using the screwdriver until the Mini site, burrs are selected on the basis of bone density and position. 2.
C
Progressive pressure is applied using the screwdriver until the Mini

RE
Implant is fully inserted. Leone Mini Implants are available with 2 transmucosal neck heights: the thickness Implant is fully inserted. Leone Mini Implants are available with 2
and typology of the soft tissue adjacent to the implant site determine the surgeon's choice. 3. After suturing transmucosal neck heights: the thickness and typology of the soft
the peri-implant mucosa, the site will heal tissue adjacent to the implant site determine the surgeon's choice.
in two weeks. It is recommended that this 3. After suturing the peri-implant mucosa, the site will heal in two
healing time be allowed before applying weeks. It is recommended that this healing time be allowed before
applying traction forces.
traction forces. 4. Chains, elastic bands or 4. Chains, elastic bands or
springs connected to the Mini Implant can springs connected to the Mini
be used to obtain orthodontic movement Implant can be used to obtain
without losing anchorage. Leone Mini orthodontic movement
Implants, made of surgical stainless steel, without losing anchorage.
Leone Mini Implants, made
do not osseo-integrate and therefore can of surgical stainless steel,
easily be removed. Leaving mini implants do not osseo-integrate
in the mouth for more than 6 months is and therefore can easily
not recommended. be removed. Leaving mini
implants in the mouth for
Ref. L1162 more than 6 months is not
24 mini implants, 4 burrs, 1 screwdriver recommended.
and one screwdriver tip. Ref. L1149
24 mini implants, 4 burrs,
1 screwdriver and one
screwdriver tip.
implantes destornillador punta destornillador fresas
LOW HE AD MINI IMP L A N TS 1 .5 MM D IA ME TE R , 8 M M LO NG M I NI I M PL A NTS BU R S

Brand: Leone Brand: Leone
Description Description 1 unit.
1 Mini Implant. Made of stainless steel for surgical use and easily removable once the orthodontic movement
has achieved. 8 mm
10 mm
Neck 12 mm
ø 0,6 mm 1,75 mm
Mini Implants instruments

Length of 8/10/12 mm
2,2 mm
Neck
Head Bass head 3,0 mm
Length of 8/10/12 mm
3,75 mm
Head High head

5,0 mm
Diameter Length High head Bass head
1,5 mm 8 mm L1150 L1153
1,5 mm 10 mm L1151 L1154 Ref. Diameter Characteristics
1,5 mm 12 mm L1152 L1155 L1163 1,1 mm For ø 1.5 mm implants in soft bone.
2 mm 8 mm L1156 L1159 L1164 1,3 mm For ø 1.5 mm implants in soft bone.
2 mm 10 mm L1160 L1157 L1165 1,5 mm For ø 2 mm implants in soft bone.
2 mm 12 mm L1158 L1161 L1166 1,7 mm For ø 2 mm implants in compact bone.
Bag of 1 unit Bag of 1 unit
M A N UAL SCRE WDR IVE R F OR MIN I IMP L A N TS M U C OTO M E F O R M I NI I MP L ANTS
Brand: Leone
Brand: Leone Description To be attached to the screwdriver handle (L1167).
Description Ref. L1712
These two references (L1726, L1727) are especially useful when inserting mini implants in posterior
areas that are difficult to reach with the normal screwdriver (L1167). Adapter L1711 must be used
with both the angled wrench and the manual screwdriver.
Ref. L1727 1 unit.
Ref. L1712
Ref. L1167
MI N I - IMPLANT ME C H A N ICA L A DA P TE R MINI-IMPLANT SCREWDRIVER AND MI NI - I MP L ANT RATCH E T
Brand: Leone A NG L ED W R ENC H A DA PT ER Brand: Leone
Description Brand: Leone Description Allows easy mini-implant insertion.

Description For use with the L1711 adapter.
Hand piece adapter, especially for use in difficult-to-reach areas.
For use with the manual screwdriver (L1727) and the angled Ref. L0977
Maintains chosen angle. wrench (L1726) to insert mini implants in posterior difficult-
to-reach areas.
Ref. L1710 Ref. L1711
MI N I -IMPLANT SCR E WD R IVE R M EC H A NI C A L C I RC U L A R S C A L PEL Handpiece

Adapter
L1710
Mini-Implant
Angled wrench
L1726
Adapter
L1711
Mini-Implant
Manual
screwdriver
L1727
Adapter
Brand: Leone L1711
Ref. L1144
Brand: Leone
Mini-Implant
Ref. L1167 1 Screwdriver. Designed for insertion of orthodontic mini implants. Made of medical-grade titanium.
For use with the low speed contra-angle to create a suitable
Ref. L1168 1 Tip. hole in the attached mucosa.
Autoclavable Surgical Box
Surgical drill 1,1mm Mechanical screwdriver
O-Driver (Screwdriver)

Round Drill no.2
Surgical Tray (Titanium)
Mini Autoclavable
Surgical Kit 1.5mm Tissue Punch (for
1.5mm gums)
Intraoral Surgical Marker
O-ring
O RTHO SURGERY K IT Replacement

Brand: IMTEC/3M Unitek L02930 IMTEC ORTHO IMPLANT 6mm
Description Biocompatible - titanium, the strongest material available for intraosseous implants.
L02931 IMTEC ORTHO IMPLANT 8mm
Can be used immediately after placement. Implant diameter = 1.8 mm. Available Lengths = 6 mm,
8 mm and 10 mm Two .7 mm holes for ligation. Self-taping / Minimally invasive.
L02932 IMTEC ORTHO IMPLANT 10mm
L02933 IMTEC O-DRIVER - manual screwdriver
Several insertion instrument options. L02934 IMTEC KIT Mechanical screwdriver
Benefits: L02935 IMTEC SENDAX MDI O-CAP
- Reduce treatment time L02936 IMTEC MICRO MDI O-RING
- Using the molars as an anchor generally requires subsequent treatment of the molars such as L02937 Lock Closed Coil/Closed spring 1,75 LIght 10
straightening. L02938 Lock Closed Coil/Closed spring 3mm LIght 10
- Allows for bite correction. Class II Corrector that provides unique benefits: L02939 Lock Closed Coil/Closed spring 6mm LIght 10
- Constant and continuous forces
L02940 Lock Closed Coil/Closed spring 8mm LIght 10
- Does not require patient collaboration
- Easy installation and removal
L02941 Lock Closed Coil/Closed spring 1,75 Medium 10
- Does not break during use L02942 Lock Closed Coil/Closed spring 3mm Medium 10
- Avoids the extra-oral archwire L02943 Lock Closed Coil/Closed spring 6mm Medium 10
- Fastest and most stable treatment. L02944 Lock Closed Coil/Closed spring 8mm Medium 10
L02945 Lock Closed Coil/Closed spring 1,75 Strong 10
L02946 Lock Closed Coil/Closed spring 3mm Strong 10
L02949 IMTEC Punch for gums 1,5mm
L02950 IMTEC Roun burr No.2
Ref. L02929 Imtec Tad (microscrew) surgery kit
VIPER BUCCAL TUBES

Brand: G&H .018 .022
Characteristics: Viperª Mini Low Profile Buccal TUB ES NON-CONVERTIB LE
Small Indented Pad Large Indented Pad Small Indented Pad Large Indented Pad
Tubes incorporate all of the great features as our
STANDARD Technique Torque Angulation Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left
standard Viperª series, but in a small feature-rich
Upper 0º 0º L10000 L10002 L9999 L10001 L9980 L9982 L9979 L9981
design that allows for earlier bonding of partially
Buccal Tubes Dir. Bond
erupted second molars. The ViperÕs trumpeted Lower 0º 0º L10002 L10000 L10001 L9999 L9982 L9980 L9981 L9979
entrance facilitates easy wire insertion. Wires are 5 units
guided easily and gently into ViperÕs expansive
entrance, simplifying archwire adjustments and
saving valuable chair time. Bonds with less effort .018 .022
TUB ES NON-CONVERTIB LE
by the clinician and less soft tissue trauma to the Small Indented Pad Large Indented Pad Small Indented Pad Large Indented Pad
patient. Bondable. Case roth Torque Angulation Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left
Upper -10º 8º L10004 L10006 L10003 L10005 L9984 L9986 L9983 L9985
Lower -25º 5º L10008 L10010 L10007 L10009 L9988 L9990 L9987 L9989
5 units
.018 .022
TUB ES NON-CONVERTIB LE
Small Indented Pad Large Indented Pad Small Indented Pad Large Indented Pad
MBT Technique Torque Angulation Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left
Upper -14º 10º L10012 L10014 L10011 L10013 L9992 L9994 L9991 L9993
Lower -20º 0º L9996 L9998 L9995 L9997 L9976 L9978 L9975 L9977
5 units
Large Indented Pad
Malleable comfort ball hook
4.2 mm mesial/distal dimension
Permanent color enhanced i.D.

Small Indented Pad
Low profile design

Distal notch
Full-funneled entrance
Occlusal/gingival
Torque in base positioning guides
80 Gauge indented mesh pad

Anatomical base
STAN DA R D LOWE R R IG H T D IR E C T B O ND T U B ES W I T H F U NNEL ED O PENI NG
Brand: Ortho Tecnolology

Description 10 units.
SINGLE .018” .022”

NO CONVERTIBLE Standard Standard
Torque Angulation Left Right Left Right

0º 0º L2450 L2449 L2397 L2398
0º 0º L2452 L2451 L2399 L2400
.018” .022”
SI N GLE NON-CONV E RTIB L E MBT MBT
Upper 76 /67 -10º 0º L2381 L2382 L2389 L2390
Upper 76/67 L2383 L2384 L2391 L2392 .018”
-14º +10º
Single non-convertible - 2º Molar. Mini. Standard
Lower 76 /67 -10º 0º L2385 L2386 L2393 L2394
Torque Angulation Left Right
Lower 76/67 -20º 0º L2387 L2388 L2395 L2396
Upper 7I7 0º 0º L2462 L2461
Lower 7I7 0º 0º L2461 L2462
.018” .022”
SI N GLE NON-CONV E RTIBL E Roth/Ricketts/Hilgers Roth/Andrews/Cervera .018” .022”
Torque Angulation Left Right Left Right Single non-convertible - 2º Molar. Mini. Roth / Ricketts / Hilgers Roth/Andrews/Bennett/Cervera
Upper 76 /67 -10º +8º L2442 L2441 L2446 L2445 Upper 7I7 -10º +0º L2454 L2453 L2458 L2457
Lower 76/67 -25º +5º L2444 L2443 L2448 L2447 Lower 7I7 -25º +0º L2456 L2455 L2460 L2459

DIRE CT BON D TUBE S N ICKE L - FR EE

Brand: Leone
Characteristics: Antiallergic.
CASE ROTH, HILGERS AND RICKETTS .018”

STANDARD EDGEWISE TECHNIQUE .018”
Molar Torque Angle Case Slot Cuadrante Ref.
Molar Torque Angle Case Slot Cuadrante Ref.
Upper Der. L0982
Upper Rig.L0978 76 67
76 67 -10º +8º Roth, Hilgers, Ricketts .018 Upper Izd. L0983
0º 0º Standard .018 Upper Lft. L0979
Lower Der. L0986
Lower Rig..L0979 76 67
-25º +8º Roth, Hilgers, Ricketts .018 Lower Izd. L0987
7 6 6 7 0º 0º Standard .018 Lower Lft. L0978
Bag of 10 units
Bag of 10 units
STANDARD EDGEWISE TECHNIQUE .022” CASE ROTH, BENNET, ANDREWS AND CERVERA .022”
Molar Torque Angle Techniques Slot Cuadrante Ref. Molar Torque Angle Techniques Slot Cuadrante Ref.
Upper Der.L0980 Roth, Bennet, Upper Der. L0984
76 67
7 6 6 7 0º 0º Standard .022 Upper Izd.L0981 -10º +8º Andrews
and Cervera .022 Upper Izd. L0985
Lower Der.L0981 Roth, Bennet, Lower Der. L0988
76 67
7 6 6 7 0º 0º Standard .022 Lower Izd. L0980 -25º +8º Andrews
and Cervera .022 Lower Izd. L0989
10 units 10 units
Direct Bond Tubes

D IR EC T B OND BUCC A L TUBE S
Brand: Proclinic
Description Stainless steel MIM tubes, ensuring rounded edges, low profiles and increased force in each unit. Each tube has an anatomically contoured,
80-gauge mesh base.
SINGLE CONVERTIBLE
.018 .022
Roth/Ricketts/Hilgers Roth/Andrews/Bennett/Cervera
Upper 76 67 -10º +8º L3011 L3012 L3025 L3026
Lower 76 67 -25º +5º L3013 L3014 L3027 L3028
Ref. L3026
Ref. L3026
5 units

SINGLE NON-CONVERTIBLE .018 .022
Upper 76 67 -10º +8º L3015 L3016 L3029 L3030
Lower 76 67 -25º +5º L3017 L3018 L3031 L3032
Stand. Edgewise Stand. Edgewise

Upper 76 67 0º +8º L3019 L3020 L3033 L3034
Lower 76 67 0º +8º L3020 L3019 L3034 L3033 Ref. L3030
5 units

DOUBLE CONVERTIBLE COMBINACIÓN .018 .022
Upper 76 67 -10º +8º L6008 L6009 L6012 L6013
Lower 76 67 -25º +5º L6010 L6011 L6014 L6015
Ref. L6008 Ref. L6009
Round tube .045” oclusal upper and round tube .045” Lower gingival
5 units

DOUBLE CONVERTIBLE .018 .022
Roth Roth/Andrews/Bennett/Cervera
Lower 6 6 -25º +5º L3023 L3024 L3037 L3038
5 units
Ref. L3037
Ref. L3037
DOUBLE NON-CONVERTIBLE COMBINATION .018 .022
Stand. Edgewise Stand. Edgewise
Torque Angle Left Right Left Right
Upper 76 67 0º +8º L6016 L6017 L6018 L6019

Upper 76 67 -10º +8º L6020 L6021 L6022 L6023
Ref. L6016
Round tube .045” oclusal
5 units
Ref. L6015
W ELDABLE BUCCAL TUB E S
Brand: Leone
Description 10 units. Non convertible.
Leone Buccal Tubes are made from stainless steel using Metal Injection Moulding (MIM) technology to achieve absolute slot precision and a special
bevelled design for maximum patient comfort. Not convertible. Torque 0¼, angulation 0¼.
Weldable Tubes
SINGLE
Slot Torque Angle Ref. Leone Ref. Position Ref. Leone Ref. Position
.018 x .025" 0º 0º G8081-02 L1445 Upper Right / Lower Left G8081-03 L1446 Upper Left / Lower Right
.018 x .025" -10º 8º G8381-02 L1449 Upper Right G8381-03 L1450 Upper Left
Ref. L1445
.022 x .028" -20º 8º G8321-16 L1455 Lower Right G8321-17 L1456 Lower Left
OUBLE WITH ROUND TUBE .045” OCLUSAL

D
G8324-33 L1468 Upper Left

Ref. L1461
DOUBLE WITH ROUND TUBE .045” GINGIVAL

.018 x .025" -25º 8º G8384-06 L6209 Lower Right Ref. L1469
TRIPLE WITH ROUND TUBE .045” OCLUSAL

.022 x .028" 0º 0º G8024-22 L1485 Upper Right G8024-23 L1486 Upper Left
Ref. L1485
DOUBLE RICKETTS / BIOFORM

.022 x .028" 0º 0º G8010-16 L1267 Upper Right / Lower Left G8010-17 L1268 Upper Left / Lower Right Ref. L1265
W ELDABLE BUCCAL TUB E S
Brand: G&H
Description 5 units.
SINGLE
Weldable Tubes
Slot Torque Angle Position NON CONVERTIBLE CONVERTIBLE Position NON CONVERTIBLE CONVERTIBLE
.018 x .025" 0º 0º Upper Right / Lower Left L6042 --- Upper Left / Lower Right L6043 ---

.018 x .025" -10º 8º Upper Right L6046 L6078 Upper Left L6047 L6079
.022 x .028" -25º 8º Lower Right L6050 L6082 Lower Left L6051 L6083
.022 x .028" -25º 8º Lower Right L6052 L6084 Lower Left L6053 L6085 Ref. L6042 Ref. L6078

DOUBLE WITH ROUND TUBE .045” OCLUSAL

.018 x .025" 0º 0º Upper Right / Lower Left L6054 L6086 Upper Left / Lower Right L6055 L6087
.022 x .028" 0º 0º Upper Right / Lower Left L6056 L6088 Upper Left / Lower Right L6057 L6089
Ref. L6054 Ref. L6088

DOUBLE WITH ROUND TUBE .045” GINGIVAL

.018 x .025" -10º 8º Upper Right L6066 --- Upper Left L6067 ---
.022 x .028" -10º 8º Upper Right L6068 --- Upper Left L6069 ---
.018 x .025" -25º 8º Lower Right L6070 L6094 Lower Left L6071 L6095 Ref. L6062 Ref. L6094
.022 x .028" -25º 8º Lower Right L6072 L6096 Lower Left L6073 L6097

DOUBLE CONVERTIBLE WELDABLE BUCCAL TUBES WITH AUXILIARY TUBE 0º ANGULATION. CONVERTIBLE
Slot Torque Angle Position CONVERTIBLE Position CONVERTIBLE
.018 x .025" -25º 8º Upper Right / Lower Left L6098 Upper Left / Lower Right L6099

Ref. L6098
TRIPLE CONVERTIBLE WELDABLE BUCCAL TUBES WITH AUXILIARY TUBE 0º TORQUE AND 0º ANGULATION OCCLUSAL
.018 x .025" -10º 8º Upper Right L6100 Upper Left L6101

Ref. L6100
DOUBLE NON-CONVERTIBLE RICKETTS/BIOFORM WELDABLE BUCCAL TUBES BOTH TUBES .018 X .025”. NO CONVERTIBLE
.018 x .025" 0º 0º Upper Right / Lower Left L6074 Upper Left / Lower Right L6075
Ref. L6074
TRIPLE NON-CONVERTIBLE RICKETTS/BIOFORM WELDABLE BUCCAL TUBES RECTANGULAR TUBES.018 X .025”, NO CONVERTIBLE
.018 x .025" -10º 8º Upper Right L6076 Upper Left L6077

Ref. L6076

M I NI DIRECT BON D TUBE
EW
N
Characteristics: Direct Bond Tubes for partially
erupted Second Molars with funneled entry.
Weldable Tubes
TUB E CD NC TIP EDGE
Brand: TP Orthontics
Size Torque Angle .018" ref .022" ref Characteristics: 10 tubes. Tip- Edge Plus brackets feature a patented design that provides programmed
treatment from start to finish. Teeth move naturally with very light forces and little anchorage strain. The
17 0º 0º L24170 L24172 difference is due to the innovative "deep tunnel" lingual horizontal archwire slot, which permits mesiodistal
27 0º 0º L24171 L24173 upright and torquing from the power of a preformed nickel titanium wire. Vertical and horizontal control
is assured by passive rectangular archwires. Unprecedented treatment without the need for headgear,
37 0º 0º L24170 L24172 implants or functional appliances - Extremely light forces.- Automatic rotational control- Eliminates
47 0º 0º L24171 L24173 unwanted torque reaction to adjacent teeth. Rect. tube size: .022"x.028"x4,7mm. Round-Ging tube size:
.036" x 6.0 mm. Right. Upper first molars low profile
17 - 10º 0º L24069 L24071
27 - 10º 0º L24070 L24072 Ref. L9234 391-908 N.16
37 - 25º 0º L24074 L24076 Ref. L9233 391-907 N.26

47 - 25º 0º L24073 L24075
Ref. L9235 391-909 N.36
10 tubes Ref. L9236 391-910 N.46
MOL A R C L A S S I C BU C C A L T U B E
EW
Brand: Ah-Kim-Pech
N
Characteristics: 4 tubes.
FLEX: Case roth STYLUS: Case MBT

.018 .022 .018 .022
16/26/36/46 L8118 L8117 L8122 L8121 BUCCAL TUB ES
Brand: 3M Unitek
17/27/37/47 L8120 L8119 L8124 L8123
Characteristics: 10 unites. Victory Series Buccal Tubes Roth. Upper second Right Torque -10 Offset
6¼.Non-Convertible Single with Distal Notch.
Ref. 99560 UL Torque -10 Angulation 6º .022

Ref. 99561 UR Torque -10 Angulation 6º .022
Ref. 99562 LL Torque -25º Angulation 6º .022
Anatomic design to guarantee the correct adhesion to the tooth. Manufactured using computerized technology in resistant stainless
steel. The design minimises friction when in contact with the archwire, while assuring easy bonding. The mesial face of the tube is Ref. 99563 LR Torque -25º Angulation 6º .022
designed to help ease inclined archwire insertion and the gingival hook increases patient comfor. The tubes' stylish design with the flat
outer surface also helps archwire placement, given the precision of the slot. Torque in the baseto achieve optimum movement during
Ref. 99564 LL Torque -30º Angulation 6º .022
treatment. The anatomic base helps better seating and adhesion as well as maximum patiend comfort. Ref. 99565 LR Torque -30º Angulation 6º .022
E DGE WISE UP P E R R IG H T UR BA ND K I T
Brand: Leone
ROTH, MBT
ALEXANDER
ANDREWS
EDGEWISE BOSTON RICKETTS
Ref. Ref. Ref.
6 UR L2205 L2209
Bands & Weldable Tubes
6 UL L2206 L2210
6 LR L2203 L2207 L2211
6 LL L2204 L2208 L2212
Kit of 25 bands
Each band kit contains an assortment of 25 bands for the same quadrant. In order to have bands for
T D
all 4 quadrants, you should order 4 kits.

UC DE
OD MEN
· Made from biomedical steel of varying thickness according

PR OM
to the size of the piece. Each band kit contains an assortment of 25 bands for the same quadrant.
C
RE
· Available in 32 sizes for each quadrant, always ensuring the In order to have bands for all 4 quadrants, you should order 4 kits.
right size for each situation.
· Laser-etched identification number.
· Retention properties are notably improved by the "laser-
etched" procedure.
· WEB bands (Washbon Etched Bands) meet the demands
Number u.
of orthodontists who prefer a more pronounced anatomical
configuration. . Size of the bands
· All trays can be sterilised by autoclave to limit the risk of
infection.
CASE ROTH, ANDREWS, BOSTON, ALEXANDER

STANDARD EDGEWISE TECHNIQUE RICKETTS TECHNIQUE
upper upper upper

Tube: .022” x .028” Tube: .022” x .028” Tubes: .018” x .025”
Round Tube =.051” Torque -10º, Rotación + 8º, Round Tube =.045”
Round Tube =.051”
lower
lower Tube: .022” x .028”
Tube: .022” x .028” Torque -25º, Rotación + 8º, lower
Round Tube =.051” Round Tube =.051” Tubes: .018” x .025”
BA NDE WASHBON WE B L L
Brand: Leone
S TA N DA RD E D G EW I S E T EC H NI Q UE
BANDE No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Upper Right L7501 L7502 L7503 L7504 L7505 L7506 L7507 L7508 L7509 L7510 L7511 L7512 L7513 L7514 L7515 L7516
Upper Left L7533 L7534 L7535 L7536 L7537 L7538 L7539 L7540 L7541 L7542 L7543 L7544 L7545 L7546 L7547 L7548
Bands & Weldable Tubes

Lower Right L7565 L7566 L7567 L7568 L7569 L7570 L7571 L7572 L7573 L7574 L7575 L7576 L7577 L7578 L7579 L7580
Lower Left L7597 L7598 L7599 L7600 L7601 L7602 L7603 L7604 L7605 L7606 L7607 L7608 L7609 L7610 L7611 L7612
CA S E ROTH
BANDE No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
R I C KE T TS TE C H NI Q UE
BANDE No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
5 units
STANDARD EDGEWISE TECHNIQUE CASE ROTH, ANDREWS, BOSTON, ALEXANDER RICKETTS TECHNIQUE
upper. lower.
upper. lower. Tube: .022” x .028” Tube: .022” x .028” upper.
Tube: .022” x .028” Tube: .022” x .028” Torque -10º, Rotación + 8º Torque -25º, Rotación + 8º Tubes: .018” x .025” lower.
Round Tube =.051” Round Tube =.051” Round Tube =.051” Round Tube =.051” Round Tube =.045” Tubes: .018” x .025”
BA NDS WITHOUT T UBE A N D Lower

P LACE CALIBRA-BIC US P ID S B A ND S W I T H O U T T U B E - LOWE R
Upper Size Ref.
Size Ref. Brand: Leone 28 L11405
15 L9031 DescriptionMade of hard heat-treated stain- 32 L11407
16 L9032 less steel. Anatomically correct. Graduated 26 L11408
Brand: Leone thickness by variation in tooth size. Inner
17 L9033 surface rough finish for maximum stability 27 L11409
Description 10 units. Laser-etched identifi-
cation number. Their anatomical shape, with 18 L9034 and increased retention. Laser etched sizing 28 L11410
rounded edges, has been designed for use on 19 L9035 it allows the sterilization at high temperatu- 29 L11411
both right and left teeth. Thickness of 0.15 20 L9036 res and a durable good view sizing. The hard 30 L11412
mm. The hard temper and rough inner surface temper and a rough inner surface finish con-
21 L9037 31 L11413
enable perfect bonding. siderably improve cement retention.
32 L11414
BANDS UR N. 1 7 E D G E WIS E H OOK
Brand: Leone
S TA N DA RD E DG EW I S E T EC H NI Q UE
BANDA No 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
Bands with Pre-welded Tube
C A S E ROTH
BANDA No 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
RI C KE T TS TE C H NI Q UE
BANDA No 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
5 units
LI NGUAL T UBE /SHEATH
ADVANTAG ES


Description Bag of 5 unites.
Includes a distal notch to help fix the archwire in the tube Dontic.com, Dontic.co.uk,
- Includes a central window to facilitate hygiene
- For use with Palatal, Goshgarian and Quad Helix bars. Up to 30% CHEAPER than other Ortho Depots.
- For soldering to the lingual surface of bands.
Ref. L0496 More sheath on page 136
HOOKS / L IN G UA L C L E AT S I LV ER S O L D ER
Bands without tubes

Brand: Bestdent BEST
Description 10 units SAVINGS Description 1 1.85-m spool. Cadmium- and lead-free for dental applications. Diameter: 0.79 mm.
(0.031") Length: 185 cm. Weight: 7.78 g (1/4 Troy Ounce) 1 1.85-m spool
Ref. L8107 Rectangular Base
Ref. L8108 Round Base Ref. 7830
WE B ANATO MICA L BA N D P L A IN
Brand: Leone
Description 5 units. Made of biomedical stainless steel with graduated
thickness upon tooth size and LASER marked identification number. Fitting
anatomy, reduced height and increased retention due to the laser etched
treatment make cementation perfect.
BANDA Nº 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
BANDA Nº 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
5 units
108
Bands equivalence table
LEONE WEB - PROCLINIC
66
LEONE CALIBRA - E1200/E1300-00
DENTAURUM STANDARD
DENTAURUM DENTAFORM
A COMPANY
AMERICAN ORTHODONTICS - GENERAL PURPOSE
AMERICAN ORTHODONTICS - CONTOURED
G.A.C.
LANCER
CEOSA
HENRY SCHEIN
ORMCO - MARK II
ORMCO - ORIGINAL
ORMCO -PARAGON GENERAL PURPOSE
ORMCO - ULTIMA
ORMCO - WASHBON
FIRST MOLAR UPPER BANDS
R.M.O.
TP LABS
UNITEK - CONTOURED
UNITEK - GENERAL PURPOSE
365-day on-line store- 24/7

FORESTADENT
ORTHO ORGANIZERS - GENERAL PURPOSE
LEONE WEB - PROCLINIC
LEONE CALIBRA - E1200/E1300-00
DENTAURUM STANDARD
DENTAURUM DENTAFORM
A COMPANY
AMERICAN ORTHODONTICS - GENERAL PURPOSE
AMERICAN ORTHODONTICS - CONTOURED
G.A.C.
LANCER

CEOSA
HENRY SCHEIN
ORMCO - MARK II
ORMCO - ORIGINAL
ORMCO -PARAGON GENERAL PURPOSE
ORMCO - ULTIMA
ORMCO - WASHBON
This table shows an approximate conversion of the band size from brand to brand. If the size doesn't coincide exactly on the table, then choose the next larger size.
FIRST MOLAR LOWER BANDS
R.M.O.
TP LABS
UNITEK - CONTOURED
UNITEK - GENERAL PURPOSE
FORESTADENT
66
ORTHO ORGANIZERS - GENERAL PURPOSE

FU JI O RTHO PAST E R E F IL L
T D
UC DE
OD MEN
PR OM
C
RE
Instruments
B A ND - R EM OV I NG PL I ERS, 678- 207
Brand: Hu-Friedy
Brand: G.C.
Ref. 46469 Dispenser Ref. L5063 PLIER
Ref. L5064 Replacement pads 678-014 for band-removing pliers l5063
Modified glass ionomer resin for orthodontic bonding of bands and simpler applications. Fuji Ortho is the first orthodontic cement
available as a paste cartridge. - The dispenser pack allows the cement to be distributed quickly and with greater precision, thus Ref. L9504* 678-036 REP.PADS 4,8mm PLIERS REMOV. H-F
minimizing waste. - Guarantees an optimal handling time for a 3m-thick film, a working time of 3 minutes 30 seconds and a hardening Packs of 6
time of 3 minutes. - The bluee colour of the paste facilitates and speeds up identification of residual cement. - Does not contain
nitric acid. - Perfect bond in a wet environment with high fluoride output. * These products will be sold under order and the delivery date will be higher.
bands instruments bands instruments
MERSHON BAND ADAPTER BITE STICK BAND PUSHER

Brand: Proclinic
Brand: Proclinic
Description 1 bite stick. Autoclavable metallic point.
Description Band adapter.
Ref. 8086 Ref. L0337
AUTOCLAVABLE ME TA L L IC POIN T
ROTATION
Loop Omega
towards distal towards mesial
loop omega
Ref. Ref. towards
36 mm L9693 L9700
38 mm L9694 L9701
40 mm L9695 L9702 distal towards
mesial
42 mm L9696 L9703 EXPANSION
44 mm L9697 L9704
46 mm L9698 L9705
52 mm L9699 L9706
Description 0.9mm (.36") wire with a double bend to ensure the best arch retention and molar
Bag of 5 unites distalization. The palatal bar should be secured with ligature wire attached to the
buccal tube.
HUGE RANGE AND THE BEST PRICING.

Dontic offers the widest range of intraoral products available in Europe. More sizes to choose the exact product in
each case. More colours to make the treatment as attractive as possible for the younger patients. More products
to be able to offer the correct solution to each diagnosis.
Quality
Once more we see in this section of the Dontic catalogue, we see that Dontic goes that extra step further to ensure
our customers receive the best quality products. For example our Short Metallic Ligatures have a greater uniformity
than the norm, the braided tail is also longer tham usual to be able to work with all types of instruments. All our
products are manufactured with the best processes.
Comfort
You will see that Dontic elastomeric products are stronger and more flexible than others allowing for easier placement.
Safety-Seal Bags
Dontic 's Proclinic brand elastomeric products packaged in safety-seal bags to guarantee that the bags have not been
opened previously.
I NT R AO R AL
contents
Elastic ligatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Metallic ligatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Ligatures instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Elastomeric modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Elastic tube and thread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Elastic separators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Rotation wedges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Intraoral elastics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Extraoral elastics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Coil springs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Palatal arch bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Quad helix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Lingual tubes/ sheaths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Lingual buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Lingual retainers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Surgical and extrusion hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Expansion screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Rapid expanders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
ligatures
E L A S T I C L I G AT U R E B A R
Brand: Proclinic no
Latex
Characteristics: 45 modules with 22 ligatures in each module. Bag of 990 ligatures ties.
Antiallergic
Ref. L0350

Elastic Ligatures
Color Ref.
trasparent L0350
Ref. L0353
white L0353 Ref. L0352
PHOSPHORESCENT COLORS.
volet L0356
Glow in the dark:
blue L0351 Ref. L0356
Color Ref. green L0354 Ref. L0358
phos. shine L0359 grey L0357
phos. orange L0362 red L0352 Ref. L0351 Ref. L0355
phos. blue L0360 pink L0358
phos. volet L0363 yellow L0355
phos. green L0361 silver L0298 Ref. L0298
Ref. L0354
phos. red L0364 pearl L0299
Ref. L0299
Ref. L0357
ligatures
YO U M AY A L S O L I K E
E L A S T I C L I G AT U R E
Color Ref.
L0365
trasparent
CANES L0368
white
volet L0371
Brand: Proclinic
blue L0366
Characteristics: 20 Canes with 50 ligatures on each cane. Total of 1,000 ligatures.
green L0369
grey L0372 M E TA L L I C O R T H O A E S T H E T I C S
red L0367 S H O R T L I G AT U R E S
Brand: Proclinic See page 118
pink L0373
yellow L0370 no
Latex
Antiallergic
ligatures
L I GAT U RE AND E L AST I C
SPO O L S O RGANI SE R
Elastic Ligatures
no
E L A S T I C L I G AT U R E D I S P E N S E R Antiallergic
Latex Brand:
Characteristics:
Ortho Technology
Packs of 10 modules with 6 ligatures
each.. The comfortable, fast and economic response to friction
Brand: Proclinic problems, without having to change to very expensive self-ligating
Characteristics: Elastic methacrylate ligature dispenser. 5 boxes. Ideal for arranging your ligatures. You brackets. SLIDE is adevice made from a special polyurethane mix
for medical use. It is applied in the same way as a traditionalelastic
no longer need to search through bags to find the preferred colour. Ligatures not included.
ligature and, once placed on the bracket, provides a passive
Measurements: Height 5 cm. Width 27.5 cm. Depth 7 cm.
ligature around the slot, thus allowing the wire to slide freely and
act on the dentoalveolar structures. Its unique shape notably
improves patient comfort during the initial phases of treatment.
Ref. L0324 1 unit Ref. L24086
" B A M B I NO " EL A S T I C L I G AT U R E T I E S
Brand: G&H Wire

Characteristics: 84 modules with 12 ligatures per module. Total
of 1008 ligatures. 12 ligatures per module, eliminating waste and cross-
contamination. .120" diameter. Their optimum elasticity and recovery
allow good retention to any size bracket. Can be held or worn on
fingers. Their soft feel allows positive engagement..
no
Latex
Ref.
Antiallergic L3276 Trasparent
L3277 Silver
L6334 Black
L6336 Lavender
L6337 Royal blue
ELA STOME RIC LIGATUR E WITH G UA R D L6338 Red
Brand: 3M Unitek
L6339 Turquoise
Characteristics: 10 modules x disc and 10 discs x pack. 0.124" (3.1
mm) outer diameter. Reduces tooth contact with ceramic brackets L6351 Clear blue
T D
on mandibular teeth. Disc dispenser. 10 modules per disc and 10 L3278 Multicolor (Red, Pink, Orange, Violet,
UC DE
OD MEN
discs per pack. No latex. Black, Green, Light Blue y Navy Blue)
Their optimum elasticity and recovery allow
PR OM
good retention to any size bracket. Can be held L8050 Multicolour assortment (Pearl, Glow,
C
RE
Ref. L9038 Transparent or worn on fingers. Their soft feel allows positive Neon Green, Pearl Green, Shiny Blue,
Ref. L9087 Silver engagement Pearl Blue, Lavender and Red)
Manufactured from highly elastic material,

using a precise process of plastic injection
moulding. The perfectly circular section helps
ligating to the bracket.
Elastic Ligatures
CO LOURED E LAST IC L IG ATUR E S KIT, 8 4 0 L IG AT U R ES

Brand: Leone
Characteristics: Made from highly elastic material using the precision injection moulding method.
The perfectly circular section facilitates bracket ligation. Leone coloured elastic ligatures kit in modu-
les. Contains 840 ligatures in 6 modules, each containing 10 ligatures in 14 different colours. Medium
size, inner Ø 1.3 mm. Colours: bluee, fluorescent bluee, pink, fluorescent pink, green, fluorescent
green, yellow, fluorescent yellow, red, fluorescent red, orange, fluorescent orange, violet, fluorescent
violet. 6 modules of each colour. Leone silver and clear elastic ligatures kit in modules. Contains 840
ligatures in 84 assorted modules, each containing 10 ligatures: 24 small, 36 medium and 24 large.
Ref. L1955
SI LVE R / CLEAR E L A STIC L IG ATUR E S KIT, 8 4 0 L I G AT U R ES

Characteristics: 840 ligatures in 84 assorted modules containing 10 ligatures each: 24 small, 36
mediumand 24 large.
Ref. L1956
no no
Latex Latex
VERSA TIE S M I NI T I ES
Characteristics: 46 sticks x 22 ties, 1012 ties. Latex-Free, Versa-Tiesª Ligatures will Characteristics: 92 sticks x 11 ties, 1012 ties. Latex-Free. Ligatures are perfect for those
accommodate complete archwire engagement with a single stick. Also offers double-ended patients that would like to have alternating colors or different colors for the top and bottom. Half-
thumb tabs that have an etched finish providing gloved hands a secure grasp. .120" diame- sticks reduce waste & cross contamination. .120" diameter. Colors match our Versa-Tiesª, Bambino-
ter. Colors match our Bambino-Tiesª Ligatures and our Dyna-Linkª Elastomeric Chain. Tiesª, Select-Tiesª Elastomeric Ligatures and Dyna-Linkª Elastomeric Chain.
Ref.
Rainbow assorted: metalic gold, metallic red, yellow, metallic

L10207
blue, dark blue, fucsia, dark green, clear and turquoise
Ref.
L2162 White
Ref.
L2151 Black
L2109 Clear Ref.
L2157 Pink
L2112 Pink Phosphorescent L2122 Orange
L2153 Clear Blue
L2113 Fuchsia L7019 Fluorescent Orange
L2154 Lavender
L2114 Green L2123 Hot Pink
L2159 Navy Blue
L2115 Glow L2125 Purple
L2156 Orange
L2116 Grey L2126 Royal Blue
L2160 Ruby Red
L2117 Clear Blue L2127 Ruby Red
L4510 Dark Blue L7020 Metallic Red
L2158 Purple
L2119 Navy Blue L2128 Turquoise L2155 Silver
L7028 Pearl Blue L2129 Yellow L2152 Fuchsia
L2124 Pearl L9619 Silver L2161 Turquoise
L2121 Neon Green L2118 Lavender
L7452 Pearl Green L7018 Black
ADVANTAG ES
Elastic Ligatures
U LT R A S L I D E I ND I V I D UA L T I ES
O TI ES Brand: Raintree Essix directly on our websites:
Characteristics: 22 ties x 45 sticks. Slick surface makes place-
Brand: Raintree Essix
Characteristics: Sticks of 92 ties
ment on ceramic brackets easy, and provides reduced friction with Dontic.com, Dontic.co.uk,
wires. .120" Diameter.
Ref. L10016 Clear
L10015 Clear Up to 30% CHEAPER than other Ortho Depots.
L10017 Multicolour
L10018 Grey L10019 Grey
CHROMATIE S LIGATUR E S
Characteristics: Two colours in the same ligature. Fun and espe-
cially popular to match the colours with the patient's favourite
footbal team etc.
Bag of 1,000 ligatures in a Metal rod with 50 ligatures M ED I U M L I G AT U R ES O N C A NES

single bag on each rod
Brand: Leone E L AST I C L I GAT I NG MO DU L E S GRE Y
Ref. Color Characteristics: 20 Canes with 50 ligatures on each cane.
L1763 Blue/Red Ref. Color Total of 1,000 ligatures. Ready to use. Loaded onto device for
L1768 Red/White easy dispensing. Saves time. Transparent storage. Medium size Brand: Leone
L1764 Red/White
L1769 Green/White (inner Ø 1.3 mm). Presentation: boxes of 1000 units (20 canes Characteristics: 1,0 mm, grey. Packs of 30 modules,
L1765 Green/White with 50 ligatures each). 20 rings each.
L1766 Blue/White L1770 Blue/White
Ref. L1960 Ref. 84050 600 pieces
SMA LL SLIDE LOW F R ICTION E L A S TIC L IG ATU R ES

CLINICAL RESULT IN 12 WEEKS
(Image property of Dr. A. Fortini)
Elastic Ligatures
EASY PLACEMENT
SLI DE COLOURE D L IG ATUR E S KIT 1

Brand: Leone
Characteristics: Small. Packs of 432 pieces: 72 assorted modules, 6 ligatures
each in 6 colors (black, red, white, green, yellow, blue)
Ref. L9083 Packs of 432 pieces
3
KI T OF 60 LIGAT UR E S
Brand: Leone
Characteristics: Packs of 10 modules with 6 ligatures each.
Ref. L2034 Small

Ref. L2035 Medium
4
Characteristics: Packs of 432 pieces in 72 assorted modules containing 6 ligatu-
res each (24 small, 24 medium, 24 large).
Ref. L2033
EXTR A SMALL SLID E E L A S TIC L IG ATUR E S

Brand: Leone
Characteristics: Slide Aqua low friction ligatures are impermeable to oral fluids and
more resistant to discoloration. Neutral colour.
Ref. L2037 Extra Small

Ref. L2038 Small
Ref. L2039 Medium. Packs of 10 modules
with 6 ligatures each.
Characteristics: Packs of 432 pieces in 72 assorted modules containing 6 ligatures

each (24 extra small, 24 small and 24 medium).
Ref. L2059
The comfortable, quick and less expensive answer to the problems of friction,
without having to change brackets types to self-ligating models. Slide is a ligature
with a difference as it allows easy passage of the archwire through the bracket slot.
It significantly increases patient comfort, especially in early treatment stages.
P RE- F ORME D SHORT ME TA L L IG ATUR E TIE S S H O RT PR E- F O R M ED W I R E L I G AT U R E T I ES LO NG ME TAL L I GAT U RE T I E S
Metal Ligatures
Brand: G&H Wire Brand: Leone
Brand: G&H Wire
T D
T D
T D
UC DE
UC DE
UC DE
OD MEN
OD MEN
OD MEN
PR OM
PR OM
PR OM
C
C
C
RE
RE
RE
Ref. L2105 500 ties. .008" Ref. L1961 1000 ligature ties. .010" Ref. L0908 1.000 legature .010”
Ref. L0907 500 ties. .010"
ligatures ligatures
LONG ME TAL PRE-FORMED P RE - FO RME D KO B AYASH I T I E S
LIGATURES KOBAYASHI TIES Brand: G&H Wire

Characteristics: Koby Ties provide an auxiliary hook which
T D
UC DE
can be added to any bracket just by tying in the archwire. Preformed to
OD MEN
be easily tied in place and able to fit most orthodontic brackets. Made
PR OM
from easily adaptable.
C
RE
1000 units
Dimensión Ref.
.008” L6282
.009” L6283
.011” L6284 Ref. L0814 100 ties .012" Ref. L0909 100 ties .012"
.012” L6285 Ref. L0815 100 ties .014" Ref. L0910 100 ties .014"
P RE-FORME D AESTH E TIC OrthoAesthetics OrthoAesthetics ME TAL L I C L I GAT U RE SPO O L

S H O RT A ES T H ET I C
SHO RT ME TAL LIGATUR E TIE S Brand: G&H
M ETA L L I G AT U R E T I ES
Characteristics: Spooled Bulk Ligature Wire is dia-
Brand: Leone mond drawn to exacting dimension. Bright finish with
soft temper for ease of use..008 x 5,827 ft. - 454gr/
Characteristics: Wire coated with .002" tooth-coloured durable
1lb. Spool.
plastic (.012" with coating). 100 units per bag.
Metal Ligatures
Dimensión Ref.
.008" L6286
.009" L6287
.010" L6000
.011" L6288
.012" L6289
Ref. L24085 Ref. L1713 100 ties .012”
ligatures ligatures
OrthoAesthetics OrthoAesthetics
PRE-FORMED SHORT PRE-FORMED LONG INVISIBLE

AESTHETIC TIES METALLIC LIGATURE TIES
Characteristics: .012" coated with Characteristics: .012" coated with
latest-generation teflon. 500 units latest-generation teflon. 100 units
Ref. L0943 Ref. L0944
ligatures instruments ligatures instruments

GUIDE FOR LIGATURES
AND ARCHWIRES
MATHIEU PLIERS FOR Brand: Proclinic
METAL LIGATURES Characteristics: One guide with two ends.
Ligation Instruments
Brand: Proclinic Straight
Characteristics: Stainless steel calibrator.
Fine points for measuring up to 10 cm.
Curved
Ref. 8089 Ref. 8094 Straight

Ref. 8093 Curved
DO UBLE LIGATUR E D IR E CTOR M AT H I EU PL I ER S F O R ME TAL L I GAT U RE T I E S, 678- 330
Brand: Hu-Friedy
Brand: G&H Wire Characteristics: Narrow tips.
Characteristics: Has one offset tip and one angled tip for complete oral access.

Ref. L6307 Ref. L5045
ligatures instruments ligatures instruments
PLIERS FOR ELASTIC APPLICATOR FOR ELASTIC

RE TRAC TORS LIGATURES

Characteristics: Measures (cm): 11(handle) x 6,5 (open handle) x 1,5 (open tips) x 0,25 (tip) Characteristics: Applicator for elastic ligatures.
Ref. 8090 Ref. 8095
Ref. 80315
Ref. 80316
BEST
SAVINGS
BEST
SAVINGS
L I GAT U RE GU I DE
ELA STIC LIGAT UR E S A P L IC ATOR EL A S T I C S EPA R AT I NG PL I ER S Brand: Bestdent BEST

Brand: Bestdent Brand: Bestdent Ref. 80315 Ligature Curved SAVINGS
Ref. 80317 Ref. 80312 Ref. 80316 Ligature Straight
no
elastomeric
E L A S TO M E R I C M O D U L E S Latex
Antiallergic
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: Ligature ties designed with connecting bridges for use with closing intra
arch space.- Excellent for rotating individual teeth and connecting bracket hooks- Molded from
urethane that provides continuous gentle force.
Elastomeric Modules
GREY T R A N S PA R E N T
Characteristics: 100 modules..
note
These modules may be used for traction and Rotation. Having only Characteristics: 100 Modules. Grey.
two holes, the accumulation of
Ref. L0425 8,5 mm
Ref. L0418 4,3 mm
distancia
food and bacteria is less than in chains and therefore there is less Ref. L0426 11,5 mm
chance of caries distanza being produced. Ref. L0420 8,5 mm
Ref. L0427 Stock (4,3 mm, 6 mm, 8,5 mm, 11,5 mm)
elastomeric
LIP BUMPER TUBE / LIP ARCHWIRE
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: Orthoaesthetic tube without latex non-allergic. Elastic hollow thread to achieve more durable knots.
Archwires Case: shape of hollow tube covering the archwire on open places. Specially useful after extractions.
transparent tooth
color color
Archwire sleeve Ref. Ref.
.018”/ 0,46mm L0416 L0497
.027”/ 0,69mm L0417 L0498
3 m spool.
Archwires Case: shape of hollow tube covering the archwire on open places. Specially
useful after extractions.
Elastic thread grey Ref. Transparent elastic thread Ref.

A RCHWIRE S CA S E
.025”/ 0,635mm L0412 .025”/ 0,635mm L0490
.030”/ 0,762mm L0413 .030”/ 0,762mm L0491
7,5 m. spool 7,5 m. spool
Characteristics: Hilo elástico sólido para tracción.
Elastic grey tube Ref. Transparent elastic tube Ref.

.025”/ 0,635mm L0414 .025”/ 0,635mm L0492
.030”/ 0,762mm L0415 .030”/ 0,762mm L0493
Tube
7,5 m. spool 7,5 m. spool

Lip Bumper / Lip Archwire Ref.
.030" / 0,762mm L0479 Characteristics: Hollow elastic tube. To tie or traction. Being hollow the knots last more than with the elastic thread.
DON'T put archwires or wires inside this tube. To put archwires inside use the archwire sleeve L0416, L0417, L0497 or
Transparent color
L0498 on this page.
Transparent tube for lip bumper / lip archwires.
CLEAR HOLLOW TH R E A D A RC H PROT EC TO R T U B I NG

Characteristics: Spool of 15 metres. Elastic Power Threads and Tubing are Characteristics: Spool of 3 metres. Latex free. Slides over wire to reduce irri-
medical grade elastomers precisely extruded for use in rotations and traction appli- tation and maintains space where desired. Ideal for extraction site maintenance.
cations. LATEX FREE. (1) 50 ft. Spool
Elastic Thread / Chains
Ref.
Ref. L7003 Grey .027
L2106 Clear Hollow Thread .030 no no
Latex Latex
L2175 Clear Solid Thread .030
Ultra Tuff .020" Tuff .024"

CHAIN ULTRA T UF F .0 2 0 ' ' Continuous (distance 3mm) L10020 L10031
TU FF CHAIN .024' ' Clear
Long (distance 4mm) L10021 L10032
Brand: Raintree Essix Continuous (distance 3mm) L10028 L10030
Characteristics: Chain of 7.6 metres. Ultra Tuffª Elastomeric Thread has a Grey
Long (distance 4mm) L10029
rough surface so knots will not slide or come unraveled..020" Thickness
SHO RT ELASTIC CH A IN
Brand: Leone
Characteristics: Cadenentas Ortoestéticas ADVANTAG ES
Characteristics: 5 m spool. Manufactured out from high elastic material with a precision injection
moulding process. The perfect ring section facilitates the ligature of the brackets. The use of the mini
modules allows for a better control of infections. Spool of 5 m. Transparent, short, inner 1,30mm.
Chains
Ref. L1941
small • Free Product Returns
arge extra-small
ELA S TIC CHAIN K IT • 98% product availability
Characteristics: 6-spool kit: 3 short, 2 extra short and 1 long. With Plexiglas dispenser.
Transparent storage. 5-metre spool.
Ref. L1942 Check all PRICES and SPECIAL OFFERS

DYN A LINK CHAIN
Brand: G&H Wire

Characteristics: Chain of 4.5 metres. Latex-Free, Dyna-Linkª elastomeric
chain offers superior memory and durability characteristics with excellent color
stability and stain resistance. .026" thickness. 15ft. Spool
no
Latex
Antiallergic
Continuous Short Long Continuous Short Long

Clear L6342 L1985 L2089 Pearl L7015
Pink L1986 Glow Blue L7004
Fuchsia L1987 Pearl Blue L7005 L1995 L2093
Glow L1988 Navy Blue L7013
Grey L6343 L1989 L2090 Royal Blue L1996 L7012
Clear Blue L1990 L2091 Ruby Red L1997 L2094
Lavender L1991 Metallic Red L7016
Navy Blue L1992 Silver L1998 L2095
Neon Green L1993 Purple L7017 L7011
Green L7014 Black L7013 L8051
chains
Chains
Ref. L0325
A LU M I N U M C H A I N D I S P E N S E R
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: Methacrylate. Measures 8 cm high, 15 cm wide and 7 cm deep. For 11 spools.
(Does not include chains). 1 unit
Ref. L0857
Ref. L0857
Characteristics: Methacrylate. Dimensions Height 7.5 Cm, Width 13 Cm, Depth 7.5 Cm For 10 Spools. 1 unit
Ref. L0325
Over A DVANTAG ES

products •
•
40 TOP

no chains
Latex TYPES OF CHAIN
Distance indicated* measuring from the centre of one whole to the centre of the next hole.
Antiallergic
distance * distance * distance * distance *

3 mm. 3,5 mm. 4 mm. 4,5 mm.
Elastic Spacers
CONTINUOUS SHORT LONG EXTRA LONG
The extra-long chains have a length of 4.5 mm between hole and

hole. This gives them the advantage of having less holes where
food can enter, resulting in fewer cavities.

CONTINUOUS SHORT LONG EXTRA LONG
Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
Trasparent L0374 L0383 L0392 L0401
Blue L0375 L0384 L0393 L0402
Red --- L0385 --- ---
White --- L0386 --- ---
Green --- L0387 --- ---
CONTINUOUS CHAIN Yellow ---

Volet ---
L0388 ---
L0389 ---
---
---
Grey L0381 L0390 L0399 L0408
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: 1 Spool 4.5 mm. Pink --- L0391 --- ---
no
elastic spacers no
elastic spacers
Latex Latex
ELASTIC SPACER BAR

Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: Thermaconformed spacers in bar formation for easy placement. Perfect balan-
ce between firmness and flexibility. 100 bars with 10 spacers on each bar. Total of 1,000 separators.
D U R A S E P S
ELASTIC
SPACERS
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: Innovative design achieves faster
separation.
- A stop (barbell type) gives maximum elasticity
Desde without breaks.
- Allows better organization of appointments:
- Orange. Separation in 3 days.
Ref. L0326 Elastic

Ref. L0327 Radiopaque Ref. L0494 Orange Color

tweezers
EW
N
Elastomeric Products
PLIERS FOR ELASTIC

R E T R A C TO R S
ELASTIC SEPARATOR S SA F E Brand: Proclinic
Brand: G&H Wire Characteristics: Measures (cm): 11(handle) x 6,5 (open handle) x 1,5 (open tips) x 0,25 (tip)
Characteristics: 960u
Ref. L2147 Hard Purple

Ref. L8116 Regular Blue
Ref. 8090
spacers spacers
B R A S S S EPA R AT I NG W I R E S PO O L . 0 2 0
Brand: G&H Wire
ELASTIC SPACERS NITI NEE T SPACERS

Characteristics: Latex free. 1,000 units Characteristics: NiTi Separating (Neet) Springs offer efficient
no force for separating contact points prior to banding. Simple engage-
Latex
ment and self activating. .018" Wire Diameter.
Antiallergic
Ref. L0411
Ref. L0410
Ref. L0410 Elastic Spacers Characteristics: For separation of molars prior to placing bands.
Ref. L0411 Elastic Radiopaque Spacers Ref. L0880 Ref. L0856
no rotation wedges
Latex
Antiallergic
R OTAT I O N W E D G E G R E Y
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: Latex free. Ortho Aesthetic. Bag of 100 wedges. You can place it with a
Mosquito or Mathieu plier, on the side of the bracket to the place where the tooth must rotate.
Package with safety closure. Proclinic always offers you the best guaranty.
Ref. L0428 Grey PAC K AG E W I T H S A F E T Y LO C K :

Ref. L0429 Transparent P RO C L I N I C d e l i ve r m a ny i n t r a o r a l p ro d u c t s i n b a g s w i t h s a f e t y l o ck .
T h i s l o ck s e cu re s t h a t t h e p a ck a g e h a s n ' t b e e n o p e n e d b e f o re .
A l w ays P ro cl i n i c o f f e r s t h e b e s t g u a r a n t e e .
ROTATION WE DG E S EX T R AO R A L EL A S T I C S
Brand: G&H Wire Brand: Raintree Essix

Characteristics: 100 units. Rotation wedges fit beneath the archwire Characteristics: 1000 elastics. Activated force is reached when elastic is
to administer rotation forces where desired. stretched to three times its original size. Sold as 1000 elastics per bag.
Ref. L7010 Grey Rotation Wedge Ref. L10027 5/16X14oz
I NT R AO R A L E L AST I CS

Characteristics: 50 units. Latex Elastics
N O LATE X INT RA E L A STICS
Brand: G&H Wire

Characteristics: Non-Latex Elastics are ideal for avoiding patient sensitivity to latex.
Manufactured of a unique polymer which eliminates the protein and other potential allergy
reacting compounds associated with latex. Available only in Natural Color. Each bag contains
100 patient packs of 100 elastics.
Light force 2,5 oz Medium force 4,5 oz Heavy force 6 oz
1/4" L10024
3/16" 4,8mm 1/4" 6,4mm no 1/8" L10022 L10023
Latex
Medium L2098 L2097 5/16" L10025 L10026
Antiallergic
I NTRAORAL E LAST IC B A N D S EX T RAO RAL E L AST I C B ANDS

Brand: Leone Brand: Leone
Characteristics: Made of pure latex. Light 2.5 oz - 70 g. Characteristics: Made of pure surgical latex. Bag of 100 pie-
The diameter and force exerted when the elastic band is ces. (strong 8 oz -224 gr). Inner 4,8mm.
stretched to three times its diameter is indicated on each
bag. 10 bags with approximately 100 elastic bands each.
I NT R A EL A S T I C
Brand: 3M Unitek
Characteristics:Contains Latex / Consistent force / No
color additives / Time and cost effective - no need to
count,separate, and repackage / Easy, positive identification
/ Easy to dispense / Patient pack illustration allows written
directions on surface. 100 elastics per patient pack, 30 packs
per box (Total 3000 elastics). Light 56,7g, slack diameter
3/16” 1/4” 5/16”
4,8mm 6,4mm 7,9mm 3,2mm. Colour purple.
1/8” 1/4” 3/16” 3/16” 1/4” 1/2”
3,2mm 6,4mm 4,6mm 4,8mm 6,4mm 12,7mm

Ref. Ref. Ref.
Light 2,5 oz - 70 g. L1910 L1915 L1920 Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
Heavy 8 oz - 224 g. L1930 L1932 -
Medium 4,5 oz -126 g. L1911 L1916 L1921 Light 2 oz - 56,7 g. L9219 Extra Heavy 14 oz -392 g. L1931 L1933 L9248
Heavy 6,5 oz -182 g. L1912 L1917 L1922 Medium 4 oz -113,4 g. 43441 L9320

INT RAO R A L E L A STIC

Ref. 1/8" 3,2 mm 3/16" 4,8mm 1/4" 6,4mm 3/8" 9,5mm 5/16
Brand: G&H
L6324 L6325 L6323 L6327
Characteristics: 50 bags with 100 elastic bands in each bag. Lutin Frog Prince Geant Centaur
All G&H Enchantedª Series Latex Elastics are packaged for quick and unique
identification. G&H manufactures amber and assorted color elastics from the finest 2,5 oz
surgical grade natural latex rubber to ensure reliable force delivery. Elastics are pre-
packed in color coded Enchantedª Patient Packs of 100 elastics are dispensed from
Enchantedª Cartons- 50 patient packs per box (5000 total elastics).
L9617 L9591 L9590 L6326 L6328
Dragon Genie Sprite Barbare Trumpeter
4,5 oz
L9618 L9589 L9588

Wizard Unicorn Pegasus
6,5 oz
INT RAOR A L E L A S TIC placers

EW
Brand: G&H Wire

Characteristics: 50 packs x 100 elastics per pack. Each patient
N
pack is color-coded and individualized with its own Extreme

Sport. Force levels guaranteed consistent every time.
ELASTIC PLACERS
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: 100 straight spacers. One to be given to each patient in order to allow
them to place the intraoral/intermaxillary elastic bands more easily. Glow in the dark.
Ref. 1/8" 3,2mm 3/16" (4,8mm) 1/4" (6,4mm)
Ref. L8081 Ref. L8082 Ref. L8083
6,0 oz
Ref. L0464
elastics
INTRAORAL ELASTIC BANDS DIAMETER
Brand: Proclinic real size
Characteristics: 50 bags with 100 elastic bands in each bag. Amber-coloured latex elastic bands. 1/8”
Total of 5,000 elastic bands in 50 bags of 100. The force indicated is the force exercised when the Light Force Medium Force Fuerza Fuerte
3/16” 2,5 oz 4,5 oz 6,5 oz
elastic band is three times its diameter.
Intra/Extra-oral Elastic Bands
Ref. Ref. Ref.

1/4” 1/8” L0434 L0439 L0444
3/16” L0435 L0440 L0445
5/16” 1/4” L0436 L0441 L0446
5/16” L0437 L0442 L0447
3/8” 3/8” L0438 L0443 L0448

C O LO U R E D I N T R A O R A L
DIAMETER
real size
Light Force Medium Force
ELASTIC BANDS 1/8”

2,5 oz
Ref. Ref.
4,5 oz
Brand: Proclinic 3/16” 1/8” L0454

Characteristics: Latex elastic bands. Selection of colours in each bag. Total of 5,000 elastic 3/16” L0450 L0455
bands in 50 bags of 100. The force indicated is the force exercised when the elastic band is three 1/4” L0451 L0456
1/4”
times its diameter.
3/8” L0453

3/8”
Medium Force
DIAMETER 4,5 oz (127,6 g.)
L AT E X - F R E E I N T R A O R A L real size Ref.

3/16” L0342
ELASTIC BANDS 3/16”
1/4” L0345
Brand: Proclinic
1/4”
Characteristics: Elastic bands especially for patients who are allergic to latex. Total of 5/16” L0348
1,000 elastic bands in 10 bags of 100. The force indicated is the force exercised when the
5/16”
elastic band is three times its diameter.
coil springs
12 mm
N I T I C LO S E D C O I L
SPRING SYSTEM
Springs
Length 9mm.
Principally used with premolars
Maximum extension: 21mm
9 mm
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: Extra light. Bag of 10 units. Length 9 / 12 mm.

Length 12mm.
Used principally with canines
Maximum extension 35mm.

LENGHT
9 mm. 12 mm.
Ref. Ref.
Extra Light (100 g.) L1199 L1200
Light (150 g.) L0818 L0821
Medium (200 g.) L0819 L0822
Heavy (250 g.) L0820 L0823

Coil springs Coil springs
NITI SPRING FOR NITI SPRING OPEN

Brand: Proclinic
D I S TA L I Z I N G M O L A R S Characteristics: 10 molle. Length:15 mm
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: Molar Distalizing Open Coil Springs deliver gentle 100 grams of force to achieve
average 1mm to 1.5mm distalization per month without patient cooperation. Place over archwire and 15 mm
anchor with stop hook and elastics or Nance Appliance for maximum effectiveness.
Tip
0,065” DIA 0,06” 0,09”
Wire diameter Interior diameter Force Ref.

.009” (0,23 mm) .035” (0,89 mm) Light (100 g.) L0825
0,045” DIA 0,04” 0,010” .010” (0,25 mm) .035” (0,89 mm) M
edium (150 g.) L0826
Always cut the closed part of the spring, to ensure the the spring doesn't unravel from the archwire.
.010” (0,25 mm) .035” (0,89 mm) Heavy (200 g.) L0827

Ref. L0824
Over A DVANTAG ES

Springs
products •
•
40 TOP

Coil springs S PO O L ED S TA I NL ES S - S T E E L O P E N CO I L SP RI NG
Brand: G&H Wire
OPEN COIL SPRING

Elastic diameter Internal diameter Ref.
NITI SPRING OPEN .010” (0,25 mm) .028” (0,71 mm) L9025
.010” (0,25 mm) .030” (0,76 mm) L9026
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: Wire with double fold for maintenance / retention
.010” (0,25 mm) .036” (0,91 mm) L9027
arcades, rotation, and molar distalization. Palatal bar must be secured in the
lingual tubes with a metal ligature. Nickel and titanium coil spring.
CLOSED COIL SPRING

Elastic diameter Internal diameter Ref.
.010” (0,25 mm) .030” (0,76 mm) L9028

Characteristics: 50 cm.
Elastic diameter Internal diameter Force Ref.

.009” (0,23 mm) 030” (0,76 mm) Light L0828
.010” (0,25 mm) .030” (0,76 mm) Light L0829
.010” (0,25 mm) .036” (0,91 mm) Light L0830
.012” (0,30 mm) .030” (0,76 mm) Medium L0831
.012” (0,30 mm) .036” (0,91 mm) Heavy L0832
.014” (0,36 mm) .036” (0,91 mm) Heavy L0833
O P EN COIL NIT I SP R IN G NI T I C LO S ED C O I L S PR I NGS

Brand: G&H Wire
Springs
Characteristics: Nickel and Titanium
Coil spring . Spool 38 cm.
Brand: G&H Wire
Characteristics: Spool 6,4mm. G4ª Open coil springs open and
maintain space gently and efficiently in a convenient cut to length design.
Force Ref.
Ultra Light 100gr. L5191

Force Wire Diameter Interior Diameter Ref. Light 150gr. L5192
Ultra Light 95g .009"(0,22mm) .030"(0,76mm) L2170 Medium 200gr. L5193
Medium 220g .012"(0,30mm) .030"(0,76mm) L2171 Heavy 250gr. L5194
spacers
O RT HO F ORCE NITI S P R IN G
Brand: G&H Wire
N I T I N E E T S PA C E R S
Characteristics: The unique Nickel Titanium alloy developed by G&H® is precision formed into
closed coil springs. The Springs provide consistent force and remain active until the space is closed. Brand: Proclinic
Consistent force values and full recovery are both achieved routinely with NiTi Springs. Characteristics: NiTi Separating (Neet) Springs offer efficient force for
Box of 10 units separating contact points prior to banding. Simple engagement and self
Ref. L5403 12 mm. Medium 200gr. activating. .018" Wire Diameter.
Ref. L5404 9 mm. Medium 200gr. Ref. L0856
Coil springs
EW
TRUF LE X AE ST H E TIC SP R IN G N ITI .0 1 2 X.0 3 0
N
Characteristics: Continuous level of force, Strips of 18 cm.
012" x .030" (.014" x .032" recoated)
WA R R E N S P R I N G
Metal Intraoral
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: The Warren Spring applies a continuous torque pressure to individual anterior
teeth. The warren spring should be slid along the archwire until it reaches the position covering the
tooth to be moved. The spring is activated, the moment the archwire is placed inside the bracket slot
and is then in contact with only one tooth. For us with archwires of up to .017x.025"
Ref. L7050 Ref. L8114
palatal arch bars

EW
N
QUAD HE LIX
Q UA D H E L I X C U R V E D
Brand: 3M Unitek
Characteristics: MIA (Mobile Intraoral Arch) is a palatal and lingual appliance.
Combining the efficiency of the Quad Helix appliance with the advantage of
AND STRAIGHT
easy removal and reinsertion, allows greater flexibility and control during treatment.
Available in various preformed sizes with straight or
curved retention sheaths.
Brand: Proclinic
3 units
Straight Curved
Ref.
L8000 Nº1 Straight
L8001 Nº2 Straight
L8002 Nº3 Straight
L8005 Nº1 Curved Ref. L1943 Straight Size 1 Ref. L1946 Curved Size 1
Ref. L1944 Straight Size 2 Ref. L1947 Curved Size 2
5 units
Ref. L1945 Straight Size 3 Ref. L1948 Curved Size 3
A RCH BAR Q UA D H EL I X
Brand: G&H Wire
Characteristics: 5 bars. Brand: G&H Wire
Characteristics: 1 unit. Combining the efficiency of the Quad-Helix appliance with
Palatal arch bars are formed in 0,9mm (.036") stainless with double back bends
the advantage of easy removal and insertion, allows greater flexibility and control
for arch maintenance, molar rotation and distalization.
during treatment.
Palatal Arch Bars

Distal palatal Mesial palatal
arch bar arch bar Distal palatal arch bar
Ref. Ref.
36 mm L9693 L9700 Mesial palatal arch bar
38 mm L9694 L9701
40 mm L9695 L9702
42 mm L9696 L9703
44 mm L9697 L9704
46 mm L9698 L9705 ROTATION
52 mm L9699 L9706
Inside diameter Straight
Size 1 (36,2mm.) L6299
EXPANSION Size 2 (39,2mm.) L6300
Size 3 (45,9mm.) L6301
palatal arch bars
GOSHGARIAN BAR
D I S TA L
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: Made of 0,9mm stainless steel. The palatal arch barchs
provide rotation, expansion and contraction control of
the first molars in the upper jaw,
Distal palatal Mesial palatal
arch bar arch bar
Ref. Ref.
35 mm L2220 L2231
37 mm L2221 L2232
39 mm L2222 L2233
41 mm L2223 L2234
43 mm L2224 L2235
45 mm L2225 L2236
47 mm L2226 L2237
49 mm L2227 L2238
51 mm L2228 L2239
53 mm L2229 L2240
55 mm L2230 L2241
LI NGUAL SHE AT H WITH B A L L H OOK L I NG UA L S H EAT H W I TH H O O K

Brand: Leone
Brand: G&H Wire
Characteristics: Packs of 10. The curved base adapts to the contour of both
Characteristics: 10 units. Designed to accept palatal bars, quad helix appliances, and other
the first and second molars.
maxillary and mandibular removable format appliances incorporating .036" x .072" distal engage-
ment ends.
Lingual Tubes / Boxes
Ref. L6303 Ref. L6304
Ref.
Right: L1145
Left: L1146
Right and -8º rotation L1147 Ref. L6303 Right hook
Left and -8º rotation L1148 Ref. L6304 Left hook
L I NG UA L T U B E/ S H EAT H
A DVA NTAG E S


directly on our websites: Characteristics: 5 units.
- Includes a distal notch to help fix the archwire in the tube
Dontic.com, Dontic.co.uk, - Includes a central window to facilitate hygiene - For use with Palatal,
Goshgarian and Quad Helix bars.
- For soldering to the lingual surface of bands.
Ref. L0496
DONTIC and DONTALIA:
TRUSTED SHOPS CERTIFIED COMPANIES
SQUARE BUTTO N D IR E CT BON D IN G F R ED DY C ER A M I C BUT TO N

COMPOSITE
Characteristics: 10 units. Aesthetically pleasing appearance, Durable stain resistant
material, Secure dovetail base design.
Aesthetic Intraoral
Brand: Gestenco
The Freddy ceramic button is the perfect clear utility button for all aesthetic appliances.
- You can use it directly bonding to the teeth
- Works lingual as well as labial
- Mesh structure of base makes a strong bonding
- Bonds well with mosth common adhesives (Transbond, Light Bond, Fuji Orto LC, Heliosit etc.)
- Anatomy and size of base fits all teeth
- Enough space around tie wing for all elastics.
Ref. L7051
Ref. L1039
M I C RO L I NG UA L BU T TO NS SI LV E R SO L DE R
EW
Brand: G&H Wire

N
RECTANGULAR CER A MIC BUTTON S

Brand: Bestdent
Characteristics: 5 units. Rectangular Ceramic Button for Direct
Bonding.
Ref. 75852
Ref. L6302
T D
UC DE
OD MEN
PR OM
C
RE
Characteristics: Cadmium- and lead-free for dental applications.

A smaller version of the regular bondable buttons, micro buttons Diameter: 0.79 mm. (0.031") Length: 185 cm. Weight: 7.78 g (1/4
BEST allow bonding of a lingual attachment where minimal bonding
SAVINGS Troy Ounce) 1 1.85-m spool.
surface is available. The micro button base is only .011" thick
(standard direct bond button base thickness is .026"). When used
to extract partially erupted teeth, the thin base can be placed
slightly sub-gingivally without sacrificing patient comfort. Ref. 7830
WI NGE D L I NGUAL BU T TO NS
EW
EW
EW
Brand: TP Orthodontics
N
N
N
Characteristics: 10 units. Direct bonding.
L I NG UA L BU T TO N
Brand: Bestdent
BEST
Lingual Buttons
SAVINGS
BO N DABLE CONTO UR E D
LI N GUAL BUT TON
Brand: G&H Wire
Characteristics: 20 Units. Precision formed for patient
comfort. Bondable contoured buttons are brazed to
L8103 Rectangular Base
80mil anatomically shaped base.
L8104 Round Base
Ref. L6333 Ref. L2051 Round Base
lingual buttons
DI RECT LY BONDED L IN G UA L BUTTON S

D I R E C T LY B O N D E D
L I N G UA L B U T TO N S
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: These buttons are unique due
to their low profile (1.8 mm), resulting in greater
patient comfort. Can be cemented to any
surface. Bag of 10 buttons.
Ref. L1977 Ref. L1976
Brand: Leone
Characteristics: 10 u. Allow ligation and traction in any
direction. For bonding to the lingual surface of the tooth.
Available with flat or curved base to ensure the best possible
anatomical adhesion.
Ref. L1977 Curved Ref. L0816 Curved

Ref. L1976 Flat Ref. L0817 Flat
MINI MOL D
T D
UC DE
OD MEN
Brand: G&H Wire
PR OM
C
RE
Accessories
Ref. Nombre Contenido

L0866 Mini Mold Installation Kit 1 Kit of 18 molds (3 of each type) + 2 handles.*
L0867 Small Mini Mold Kit for Bonding Retention Wire 1 Kit of 10 Mini molds + handle
L0868 Large Mini Mold Kit for Bonding Retention Wire 1 Kit of 10 Mini molds + handle
L0869 Mini Mold Kit for Lingual Button 1 Kit of 10 Mini molds + handle
L0870 Mini Mold Kit for Making Brackets 1 Kit of 10 Mini molds + handle
1. Measure the length of the wire that you want to use, cut and have it
L0871 Mini Mold Kit for Habit Control 1 Kit of 10 Mini molds + handle
prepared.
L0872 Mini Mold Kit for Bite Correction 1 Kit of 10 Mini molds + handle 2. Insert the mold in order to bond the wires in the handle.
L0873 Handle for Mini Molds 1 unit 3. Fill the mold with the Photocurable adhesive.
4. Position the wire over the teeth and place the mold over the wire so that
* Now also includes three units of the new mold for making buccal tubes.
the wire enters the slot. First start with the most central teeth and then
proceed distally.
5. Light-cure with the lamp between 5 and 20 seconds according to the type
of lamp you are using.
6. Remove the mold slowly.
7. There are two size mold for bonding wires.
8. For use with wires up to .020".
self-ligating button ENFORCE FRC FIBREGLASS RETAINER
SPIN SELF
L I G AT I N G B U T TO N
Characteristics: Enforce frc TM incorporates thousands of Þbreglass strands bundled

together with a photocurable adhesive that allows adaptation directly in the patient's
mouth. Enforce frc TM is malleable and tacky, perfect for adaptation and positive retention
prior to photocuring. .032" (0.8 mm) passive diameter that can be ßattened during adapta-
tion. Ideal for various applications:
- Upper and lower lingual retention.
Brand: Proclinic - Diastema retention.
Characteristics: Manage tooth rotation; Extrude or intrude a single - Segmented treatment
tooth while controlling rotation; All without using complex ligating systems - Posterior anchorage.
because SPIN is self-ligating. In fact, the total absence of the need for any - Trauma and periodontal splinting.
ligation or auxiliary device (rotation wedges or other tractions mechanism) - Post-extraction maintenance.
makes SPIN highly innovative interms of ease and clinical efficiency.
Ref. L3279 2 x 12-cm strands
E VE R STICK F IBE RG L A S S R E TA INER
A revolutionary concept in the lingual retainers.

Retention in the upper and lower arcade - Retention of diastemas - Posterior anchoring. A revolutionary concept in lingual
retainers. Each Everstick tape incorporates a thousand strands of fiberglass, compacted with a preimpregnated photocurable
adhesive. Allows for easy and fast adaptation in the patient's mouth. The tape is malleable and sticky, two characteristics for
an adjusted adaptation and a positive retention during photocuring.
Lingual Retainers
With Everstick you save time and money:
- Only requires one patient visit
- It is not necessary to make folds beforehand.
- Does not require impressions
- Does not require a model.
Ideas aesthetics for:
- Retention in the upper and lower arcade
- Retention of diastemas.
- Posterior anchoring.
Other advantages:
- Unlike with other retainers, the Everstick can be even be used with brackets
still in place.
- Indicated for long-term retainer patients
- Cleans easily
- Anti-allergic (does not contain metal)
- Aesthetic
Important Note:
Ref. L0879 On receiving your Ever-Stick order, the product should be kept in the refrigerator at
a temperature of between 2 and 8ºC. If stored correctly, the product has a shelf life
Characteristics: Each container includes 2 12-cm strips. Each strip of two years from the date of manufacture.
has an effective diameter of 0.75 mm. Length 12 cm.
EXAMPLE WITH A PATIENT:
preparation
Patient ready for retention Preparation Positioning Photopolymerization Curing
positioning
This product has been tested by an independent study group and 94% of the doctors that tried the product confirmed that they would incorporate the product in their
orthodontic offices: servicio.ortodoncia@proclinic.es.
T D
UC DE
OD MEN
bonding
PR OM
C
RE
1 Measure the required length and cut the fibre. Use gloves without talc. Always return the product to
the refrigerator after each use.
2 Clean the tooth surface with pumice stone and water for example.
3 Etch the tooth surfaces with orthophosphoric acid for approximately 45 - 60 seconds.
4 Apply a fine coat of resin and photocure.
5 Apply a fine layer of fluid adhesive where the retainer is to be placed.
final result
6 Position the fibre and photocure.

7 Cover the fibre with a final layer of adhesive and photocure again.
Lingual retainers adhesives on page 285

LINGUAL RETAINER
Maximum retentive capacity, thanks to the anatomic bases developed for each tooth. The minimal thickness permits a perfect adapting to the lingual surface which helps hygiene
and minimises patiend discomfort. The measurements for each retainer are for the distances fro the centre of the first base to the centre of the ast base.
Central
to Upper Central Lateral
to Upper lateral Canine
to Canine Lower
Lingual Retainers
Ref. L1714 d = 4mm 10 units Ref. L1717 d = 14mm 10 units Ref. L1721 d = 29mm 2 units
Ref. L1720 d = 20mm 10 units Ref. L1724 d = 35mm 2 units
Ref. L1725 d = 37mm 2 units
d = distances measured from the center of the first base to the center of the last base.
d
Ref.L1716 Ref.L1720 Ref.L1721
d d
lingual shaper
ADVA NTAGES
100% satisfaction or your money back. L I N G UA L P L A C E R / S H A P E R

Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: This innovative instrument is ideal for placing and shaping lingual accessories such as
3-3 retainers, wires, fiberglass.
• Free Product Returns - Made from heat-sterilizable plastic.
• 30 days to change your mind - Does not bond to adhesive
• Rapid deliveries - The angled head allows for easy access to the lingual surface of the anterior teeth.
• Track your order The flat point makes it easy to shape the cement or fiberglass.
- Can be used to fix the wire while the cement is applied.
- Can with used with Invisilign¨-type or similar positioners to apply cement in areas
• Secure Payment Site that are difficult to reach.


Ref. L0500
R E TAI NI U M
Lingual Retainers
Brand: Reliance Orthodontics
Characteristics: 10x15-cm strips.UBLB blue. Single strand
BO N D-A-BRAID
NICKEL FREE titanium flat metal ribbon with increased interpro-
ximal strength is ideal for semi permanent splinting and maintai-
Brand: Reliance Orthodontics ning difficult extraction sites:
Characteristics: 10 x 15 cm wires - Lingual Retainer Wire - - Eliminates potential patient allergy issues
Ref. L1236 - Reduced wear rate
- Increased interproximal strength
Permanent retention is greatly enhanced using a flattened, soft, eight-thread wire. The use of this wire prevents torque control problems that can occur when using a round wire - When bonded
on the lingual surface of the upper incisors, the wire causes less lower incisor interference due to its low profile. - Being a soft wire, it is easy to adapt and prevents tooth movement associated
with active force wires. - It can also be used to hold diastemas closed, maintain difficult extraction sites and splint periodontally compromised teeth. Ref. L5900
T D
UC DE
OD MEN
PR OM
C
RE
O RT H O F L EX T EC H ( O F T 2 )
Brand: Reliance
ORTHO FLEXTECH (SSOFT) - STAINLESS STEEL Characteristics: 75-cm spool.
Ref. L1231
Brand: Reliance
Characteristics: 75-cm spool. The latest generation in lingual
retention using stainless steel retainer. - Stabilises orthodontic O RT H O F L EX T EC H G O L D ETC H ED
corrections - Prevents rotational relapses - Easy application since
Brand: Reliance
it naturally conforms to arch curvature - Less chair time - Low
Characteristics: 75-cm spool.
failure rate due to flexible linkage - Laboratory cost savings -
Improved patient comfort due to its very low and flat profile.
Ref. L5910
Ref. L1238
ORTHO FLEXTECH STEEL INOX ETCHING

Brand: Reliance The latest generation in lingual retention using gold retainer.
Characteristics: 75-cm spool. The latest generation in lingual - Stabilises orthodontic corrections
retention using stainless steel retainer. - Stabilises orthodontic - Prevents rotational relapses
corrections - Prevents rotational relapses - Easy application since - Easy application since it naturally conforms to arch curvature
it naturally conforms to arch curvature - Less chair time - Low - Less chair time
failure rate due to flexible linkage - Laboratory cost savings - - Low failure rate due to flexible linkage
Improved patient comfort due to its very low and flat profile. - Laboratory cost savings
Ref. L5913 - Improved patient comfort due to its very low and flat profile
- Lasting aesthetics due to its 14-carat gold composition.
hooks
Hooks
O P EN HOOK F OR CR IMP IN G OVE R TH E A RCH W I R E
Brand: G&H Wire

Characteristics: Bag of 10u.:
SLIDE-ON CLOSED
ARCH HOOK
Ref. L0902 .018 x .025” y .022 x .030”
Brand: Proclinic
CLO S E D HOOK F O R S L ID IN G OVE R TH E

A RCH WIRE
Brand: GH & Wire

Characteristics: Bag of 10u.:
Ref. L0901 .018x.025" Ref. L3263 Hooks .018". Fits .012" - .018"
Ref. L0903 .022x.028" Ref. L3264 Hooks .022". Fits .020" - .022"x.028
Tip: You can close it with Crimping pliers (ref. L0883) or other wide pliers.
CR IMPABLE MIN I STOP A E S TH E TIC B A L L H O O K B I D I R EC TI O NAL AE ST H E T I C

- Durable aesthetic coating
- For total aesthetic treatment
- Very comfortable to the patient
- Slides easily onto the archwire
- 2.0 mm in length
Characteristics: 20 units. To complete aesthetic treatment ¥ Very comfortable for the patient.
The arch wire is safely compressed ¥ 3.3mm high mode. Fits arch wires up to .022 "x .028"
Ref. L7052 Round archwires up to.018”
Ref. L7053 Square archwires up to.019”x.025" Ref. L5032
CRI MPABLE CURVE D H OOKS V E RT I CAL T U B E FO R ARCH E S
EW
N
C R I M PA B L E C U RV ED H O O K
Brand: Bestdent
Hooks
BEST
SAVINGS
Brand: Ortho Technology Brand: G&H Wire

Characteristics: Crimpable Right-Curved Hooks. Ideal for Characteristics: 20 units. New tube design which slides on a
Use with Mini Screws as Anchorage. Crimpable onto archwires up wire and has a second auxiliary tube positioned vertically. The .020
L8105 Left x .020 vertical accepts auxiliaries like hooks.
to .022"x.028". 20 units.
L8106 Right Ref. L6290 .017x025"
Ref. L24080 Crimpable Right-Curved Hooks Ref. L6291 .019x025"
Ref. L24081 Crimpable Left-Curved Hooks
SHEPHERD HOOKS
crimpable hooks
M I C RO C R I M PA B L E S TO P
CRIMPABLE
ARCHWIRE STOPS
Brand: Proclinic
10 units.
Brand: G&H Wire

Brand: G&H Wire Characteristics: 50 units. Use as an anchor to limit tooth
Characteristics: 20 units. It comes with a vertical tube size movement. Thread wire through Micro-Stop, then crimp with any Ref. L6024
0 .020 x .020 " for using it with accessories like hooks. holding plier. 2mm long.
Ref. L6292 Straight 4mm height. These crimpable stops maintain wire positioning or limit tooth movement to allow
Ref. L6293 Double 2mm and 6 mm Ref. L6294 .012 to .018” greater control during orthodontic treatment. MIM manufacturing technology. For
use with round and rectangular archwires, .018" to .021x.025"
Ref. L6295 .020 to .019x0.25”
pliers extrusion hooks
PLIERS FOR CRIMPING-CLOSING GOLD EXTRUSION

SURGICAL HOOKS HOOK
Hooks

Characteristics: Designed especially for "crimping" or closing surgical hooks, stops, posts, etc.
PROCLINIC gold extrusion hook, 1 unit. Length of chain: 2.5 cm. Product especially developed
to extrude sealed teeth. 14-carat gold plated for better biocompatibility. This minature metal
chain allows progress to be assessed by counting how many links are exposed during treatment.
The other end of the chain is tied to the archwire. The archwire provides sufficient traction
force. The low profile of the hook minimises irritation and the 100-gauge mesh base ensures
better adhesion. Essential to use adhesive that works well in humid environments, such as the
Ref. L0883 Ref. L0946 Fuji Ortho adhesive on page 142.
EXTRUSION HOOK S T EEL EX T RU S I O N H O O K
Brand: Ortho Technology Brand: Forestadent

Characteristics: 1 unit. 24-Carat gold extrusion hook with 3.5 mm flat base. Facilitates the eruption Characteristics: 5 units. All the hook and chain components are
of impacted teeth. Low nickel alloy. Autoclavable up to 135¼C. 1" traction chain. 80-mesh base. made from the same stainless steel electrochemical series, thus
reducing the possibility of corrosion. - Does not contain solder. -
Ref. L24083 Round Base High retention due to a sandblasted and laser-treated base.
Ref. L24084 Rectangular Base Ref. L0181
EX T RU S I O N H O O K
LING UA L C L E AT
EW
Hooks
N
Brand: Bestdent BEST Brand: G&H Wire

Characteristics: 10 units SAVINGS Characteristics: Package of 10 units. Mesh base assures reliable bonding while a low pro-
file limits irritation.
Ref. L8107 Rectangular Base
Ref. L8108 Round Base Ref. L6305
Over A DVANTAG ES

products •
•
40 TOP

CRI MPABLE MINI STO P S B I T E- BU M PER B I T E R A M P

Made of a composite polymer to make them more comfortable, aesthetic and biocompatible. Bite-Bumpers are bonded in the same way
as metal or ceramic brackets as they have a mechanical base. The placement jig is easily removed by hand or using a cutting instrument after
bonding. These Bite-Bumpers work to open and deep bite by allowing the anteriors to gradually ride up and out of occlusion. They eliminate
dislodged brackets in these areas and are especially valuable with ceramic or self-ligating brackets. The unique placement jig guarantees the
correct height on the lingual surface of the tooth and makes sure the two Bite-Bumpers are 100% parallel.
Accessories
M I NI TUBOS CRIMPA BL E S Instructions

Characteristics: 25 units. Crimpable Mini Stops. Extremely
low profile and small in size. Very comfortable for the patient.
Slides easily onto the archwire to facilitate placement. Easy to
crimp with Weingart pliers. Length: 2 mm. For archwire sizes
.012" through .018".
Brand: Gestenco
Ref. L24078 Small (para .012 hasta.018")
Characteristics: 10 units. 1. Bond the "Bite-Bumper" 2. When the ramp is 3. The "Bite-Bumper"
Ref. L24079 Large (para .014x.025 hasta ramp, placing the guide against bonded, the guide can be amp is ready to be used.
.020x.020) Ref. L1037 the incisal edge. removed
M I NI MOLD K IT F OR H A BIT CON TROL

Brand: G&H Wire
EW
Characteristics: 1. Moisten the habit-control mold
with water and then insert it into the handle. 2. Fill the
N
mold with the Photocurable adhesive. 3. With light
pressure, place the mold over the piece by positioning
the mold over the tooth. 4. Photocure with the lamp for
between 5 and 20 seconds according to the type of lamp H AB I T CO NT RO L DE V I CE
you are using. 5. Remove the mold slowly.
Brand: Bestdent
Characteristics: 10 units. Habit Control to avoid tongue thrust.
Ref. L0871 1 Kit of 10 Mini Molds + Mango.
M I NI MOLD KIT F OR B ITE C OR R E C TION
This mold has a ramp shape in order to progressively correct the bite. You will always
have buttons and other accessories available using the light-bond adhesive. The Mini
Molds are for making Lingual Buttons and Emergency Brackets, Bonding Retention Wires,
Bite Correction and Habit Control. Instructions for use for the different molds available:
1. Etch and prepare the surface of the tooth according the adhesive manufacturer's ins-
tructions. 2. Then, follow the following instructions according to the mold that you wish to
use: 1. Moisten the bite-correction mold with water and then insert it into the handle. 2.
In order to ensure that the ramps have the same height, it is recommended that you use
a bracket altimeter (as seen on page 119 of this catalogue), marking the lingual portion BEST
of the central teeth where you wish to place the upper part of the ramp. 3. Fill the mold SAVINGS
with the Photocurable adhesive. 4. Lightly press the mold onto the tooth. 5. Light-cure
with the lamp between 5 and 20 seconds according to the type of lamp you are using. 6.
Remove the mold slowly.
Ref. 75853
M O L A R U PR I G H T I NG S PR I NG
Expansion Screws
Stahl .017” x .022”
Steel .017” x .022”
Titanol .016” x .022”
Brand: Forestadent
Characteristics: 10 units
TO NGUE TAME R TO BR E A K H A BITS
Ref. L03069 Molar Uprighting Spring .018”
Characteristics: 10 units. Stops tongue thrusting and thumb Ref. L03070 Molar Uprighting Spring .022”
sucking. The Molar Uprighter uses the primary vestibular archwire as strength support through uprighting through continuous force and with a single initial activation. For use in
a steel segment. The active part is another NiTi segment that bends when introduced uppers and lowers.
Ref. L24082 into the buccal tube of the tipped molar. The memory of the NiTi will produce rapid
EXPA NSION SCREW
Brand: Leone
Characteristics: All Leone orthodontic screws are made of biocompatible stainless steel and screw
thread with a centesimal tolerance. The thread surface is completely smooth; the bodies and the
guided pins are being manufactured with a tolerance ±0,01 mm thus ensuring absolute stability and UPPER STAN DARD SCREW
precision. Expansion screws have been always used as the active part of any removable appliance.
The range includes several types in various sizes with variable expansion capability and different tech-
nical properties: each type is provided with double guided pins and a directional arrow to indicate the MEASURE EXPANSION Ref.
direction of activation. A0805-11
9,85mm height.
3,5mm
0,8 mm 7 mm L2024
11mm
A0805-14
9,85mm height. 0,8 mm 9 mm L2025
3,5mm
U N I V E RSAL SCR EW
14mm
10 units
MEASURE EXPANSION Ref.
A0800-10
height.
6,4mm 3mm 0,7 mm 6 mm L2026
10mm
A0800-12
6,4mm height. 0,7 mm 8 mm L2027
3mm
12mm
10 units
SW I VEL KE Y F OR E N D OR A L ACTIVATION S W I V EL K EY WI T H T U RN ACT I VAT I O N CO U NT E R
EW
N
A0558-00
Expansion Screws
Brand: Leone
Characteristics: The orthopedic expansion of maxillary teeth with a transverse deficiency is incre-
asingly becoming a preferred therapy due to the extensive clinical and scientific evidence on this
specific treatment. The rapid palatal expansion is a procedure which requires an added control of the
intraoral activations on a daily basis, which may vary upon the orthodontic professional prescription.
It must be performed by the patient or, more commonly, by the parent of the little patient. The new
A0558-01 key is characterized by a “click” after each activation turn which can be heard by the user to
Brand: Leone
control the activation turns of the expander in the oral cavity. A counter on the rear part of the handle
Characteristics: 10 units. Self-stopping wheel for controlled activation. Angled for easy insertion and
enables the easy activation turn control by the patient.
control. Partial enclosure of wire in handle prevents dislodging.
Ref. L2032 Ref. L8035
ARM BEN D IN G SE L F - LOC KIN G IN ST RU M ENT F O R EX PA ND ER S

EW
ADVANTAG ES
N

Brand: Leone Check all PRICES and SPECIAL OFFERS

Characteristics: Special for L2028, L2029, L2030 and L2031. Handy instrument to firmly hold the expander. The instrument ends, with directly on our websites:
a clutch mechanism, are shaped on the model of expander to avoid damage to the bodies and are kept closed by a cursor clamp device
that is turned on and off with a simple thumb action. The edge thickness of the clutching ends is designed to indicate the minimum space Dontic.com, Dontic.co.uk,
between the body of the expander and the palatal vault. By placing the instrument with the screw on the plaster model, the correct incli-
nation and the right height to bend the arms will be clearly visible. It is also useful to test the expander prior to use by opening and closing
the expander with the special straight key. Up to 30% CHEAPER than other Ortho Depots.
Ref. L8034
T D
UC DE
F O R S U S E Z 5 -PATIENT KIT
OD MEN
PR OM
Brand: 3M Unitek
C
RE
Kits
Ref. Proclinic Product
L02920 Forsus EZ 5-Patient Kit
Distalizers
L02921* Forsus EZ 20-Patient Kit
L02922 Forsus EZ S Short 25 Mm 1 Kit
L02923 Forsus EZ M Medium 29 Mm 1 Kit
L02924 Forsus EZ L Large 32 Mm 1 Kit
L02925 Forsus EZ Xl Extra Large 35 Mm 1 Kit
L02926* Forsus EZ Xxl Extra-Extra-Large 38 Mm 1 Kit
L02927 Forsus EZ Module Left Pk 5
L02928 Forsus EZ Module Right Pk 5
Kits Forsus 5 Patients 20 Patients
Push Rods: Ref. L02920 Ref. L02921
Replacements XS (Extra Short) 22mm. 1 Left y 1 Right 5 Left y 5 Right
Ref. Proclinic Product S (Short) 25mm. 1 Left y 1 Right 5 Left y 5 Right
L02910 Direct S Short Push Rod 22 mm Left Pk 5 M (Medium) 29mm. 2 Left y 1 Right 5 Left y 5 Right
L02911 Direct S Short Push Rod 25 mm Left Pk 5 L (Large) 32mm. 1 Left y 1 Right 5 Left y 5 Right
L02912 Direct M Medium Push Rod 20 mm Left Pk 5 Split Crimps 16 50
L02913 Direct M Medium Push Rod 29 mm Right Pk 5 Measurement Guides 5 20
L02914 Direct L Large Push Rod 32 mm Left Pk 5 EZ2 Springs 5 Left y 5 Right 20 Left y 20 Right
L02915 Direct L Large Push Rod 32 mm Left Pk 5
L02916 Direct Xl Extra-Large Push Rod 35 mm Left Pk 5
L02917 Direct Xl Extra-Large Push Rod 35 mm Right Pk 5
Introduction. The unique three-piece telescopic design directly - Higher productivity in the clinic.
L02918 Direct Xxl Extra-Extra-Large Push Rod Without Stop 38 mm Left addresses the issue of fatigue failure, incorporating innovative - Can be applied to any brand of brackets
L02919 Direct Xxl Extra-Extra-Large Push Rod Without Stop 38 mm Right technology and material that has been tested to keep tension to a - No need for laboratory intervention
minimum and maximise the life of the product. Laboratory testing has - Consistent and controllable force
L02908 Universal Split Crimp demonstrated that the Forsus Class II correctors achieve: - Telescopic system allows for better mandibular opening
- Superior strength - Stainless-steel mechanism is comfortable and doesn't irritate the cheek
L02909 Measurement Guide For Short-Su Short-S - Fewer ruptures - Lower-tension spring for longer product life and more fatigue
- Constant forces resistance..
R A P ID PA L ATA L E X PA ND ER
T D
Brand: Leone
UC DE
OD MEN
Characteristics: Made entirely of biomedical, completely smooth, polished stainless steel with no rough areas for maximum hygiene. The expansion capacity, in millimetres
PR OM
is laser-engraved on the body of each unit. The arrows indicate the direction of opening. - Arms:1.5 mm / Body:12 mm / Expansion:8 mm / Holes to be activated for
C
RE
maximum permitted expansion: 35.

Holes to be activated
for maximum permitted
Ø ARMS BODY EXPANSION expansion Ref.
A0620-08 1,5 mm 12 mm 8 mm 35 0,8 mm L2028
A0620-09 1,5 mm 14 mm 9 mm 40 0,8 mm L2029
A0620-11 1,5 mm 16 mm 11 mm 50 0,8 mm L2030
A0620-13 1,5 mm 18 mm 13 mm 60 0,8 mm L2031
INTRODUCTION EXTRAORAL
Why should your patients wear the extraoral appliances offered by Dontic?
More Comfortable for the Patients

From the moment you see Dontic's Extraoral products in this catalogue, you will see that they are
more comfortable than others. As well as being manufactured from the highest quality materials
(both the fabric and stainless steel), we have introduced new advantages, which improve the use
of these appliances:
Occipital Headgear - Temporal.

Softer fabric.
Double bow on the side straps.
Cushions on the side straps.
Attractive range of colours.
Cervical headgear - Neck straps.

Horizontally-stitched to avoid folds.
The attractive nature of this headgear helps in the collaboration of the patient.
More Comfortable for the Patients.

The Proclinic brand extraoral products have also been developed to make the profesional's job easier.
Safety Module:
Ach one is marked with the individual force.
Neckstraps are sold in packs of 5 units.
Whereas other companies sell them in 10s.
Separate components:
The components are sold separately, headgear.
Safety modules and face bows.
E XT R AO R AL
Contents
Extraoral Headgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Safety traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Chin caps / Lip Bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Extraoral Face bows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Facemask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Adjustable facemask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
tip
•• Always show the patients the correct and incorrect way of using these products, how to apply the
safety modules, reminding them that they should unhook the facial bows etc. from the safety modules
before removing the headgear. This method will avoid injuries inside the mouth and to the face.
••This method will avoid injuries inside the mouth and to the face. After choosing the correct hole to
apply the facebow, it is advisable to cut the rest of the white strap, so that the patient doesn't reduce
the force levels by changing the hole and thereby reducing the force exerted.
CU SHI ONED CERV IC A L S TR A P BL UE C U S H I O NED C ERV I C A L S T RAP B L U E

Extraoral Anchors
Brand: Leone
Characteristics: 10 Straps.
Characteristics: 5 headgears Ref. L7426 Blue.

Ref. L0480 Ref. L7431 Pink.
For use with safety traction devices. Specially stitched to avoid folding. Smooth cushioned fabric. Navy blue. Each anchor requires 2 For low pull. Identical to headgear in terms of both use with safety release modules and material characteristics. Available in two
safety tractions (L0481, L0482 or L0483). colours to motivate the patient psychologically. Each anchor point needs 2 safety release modules (L0250).
SA FETY TRACTION S A F ET Y R EL EA S E M O D U L E S
Brand: West
L0482 without stretch
Navy blue.
3 FORCES Ref. L0482 stretch
450 g. L0481
Each traction's safety mechanism liberates
600 g. L0482 the spring under a force of 1.8 kg. When
750 g. L0483 the traction is cut correctly, the mechanism
is released if the patient tries to take the
10 units
facial archwire out of the mouth. Brand: Leone
Ref. L2050 Medium Force 10 units
The force listed in each reference is the force exerted when the strip is at half its total extension. Has a maximum extension of 2.5
cm ? so when the strip is extended to 1.25 cm it exerts the force marked on the traction module. Each traction's safety mechanism
To be used exclusively with suitable headgear or neck pads. Guaranteed safety thanks to a mechanism that releases the spring when
liberates the spring under a force of 1.8 kg. When the traction is cut correctly, the mechanism is released if the patient tries to take
traction force exceeds 2 kg per side. This system eliminates the danger of recoil injuries if the extraoral facebow comes out of the
the facial archwire out of the mouth.
tubes. Yellow colour.
O CCI PITAL/T E MPOR A L H E L ME T, ME D IUM BL UE

y
Brand: West
Measurements of the three sizes of the Occipital Helmet
X Y Z
Small 15,5 cm 22,0 cm 22,0 cm x
Medium 15,5 cm 24,5 cm 24,5 cm
Extraoral Anchors
Large 15,5 cm 28,0 cm 28,0 cm
NAVY RED/ VOLET/ YELLOW

BLUE BLUE BLACK FLUORESCENT /
BLACK
Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
Small L0484
Medium L0485 L0489 L0488 L0487
Large L0486
(1 unit)
Medium_X:15.5 cm Y:24.5 cm Z:24.5 cm. All occipital/temporal anchors come with 2 ties to better place the safety traction.
They also come with a cushioned pillow on the inner part of the lateral portions. Each anchor requires 2 safety tractions
(L0481, L0482, L0483).
HEADGE AR
Brand: Leone
Characteristics: For high pull. To be used exclusively with suitable safety
release modules. Made of 100% hypoallergenic cotton, washable and with
comfortable padding. Each head cap needs 2 safety release modules (L2050).
Ref. L2041 Blue Medium.

Ref. L2042 Pink Medium.
chinrest
Extraoral Products
no
Latex
Antiallergic
S K I N - C O LO U R E D, 6,5 cm
H A R D, L I N E D
CHINREST
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: Two-hook chinrest. Recommended for con-
trolling mandibular prognathism and the gonion angle. The inte-
BLUE HEADGEAR WITH C H IN R E S T rior of the chinrest is lined with foam rubber in order to fit any 12,5 cm
Brand: Leone chin shape without producing an allergic reaction. Skin-coloured.
The holes allow for good ventillation, thereby avoiding problems
Characteristics: To correct Class III malocclusions with mandi-
caused by sweating.
bular protrusion. Adjustable headgear and elastic straps and pre-
formed natural leather chinrestp to fit any face. Blue colour.
Ref. L2040 Ref. L0213
LI P BUMPER / LABIA L A RCH WIR E lip bumper
LIP BUMPER TUBE /

LIP ARCHWIRE
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: 1 tubular spool (3.05 m.) Transparent tube for lip bumper /
Lip Bumper with preformed loop lip archwires 3.05 meters. 030"/0.762 mm.
Ref. Ref.
90 mm White L0269
97 mm White L0270
104 mm White L0271
2 units
Lip Bumper straight without loop.

Color Ref.
White L0272
2 units
Brand: G&H
Characteristics: Labial archwires come with two hooks for better
tightening of the labial archwire. White. .045" wire (1.15 mm). With
Ref. L0479
preformed loop.
STA N DARD E X T RAO R A L FAC IA L A RCH WIR E . EX T R AO R A L FAC EB OW W I T H / W I T H O U T PR EF O R ME D LO O P S

I NTERNAL ARCHWIR E Brand: Leone
Characteristics: Made from biomedical stainless-steel spring wire measuring 1.80 mm in diameter, with
Brand: G&H Wire single-piece inner bow measuring 1.14 mm (.045") in diameter. The laser-welded joint of the two bows prevents
breakage and allergies caused by the presence of two metals. Electro-polished for maximum hygiene.
LONG OUTER BOW

Ø Measure interinal Ref.
Wire Forming Pliers

L2005 With Omegas
PREFORMADOS
.045” 1 83 mm
.045” 2 90 mm L2006 With Omegas
1 unit
.045” STRAIGHT L2001 Without Omegas

1 unit
MEDIUM EXTERNAL ARCHWIRE.

Archwire diameter: .045” EXTRAORAL SHORT ARCH
external arch. internal arch. Ref. Measure interinal Ref.
.045” MEDIUM 83 mm L0257 With Omegas 3 97 mm L9245 With omegas and bite plane hard stainless steel
.045” MEDIUM 90 mm L0258 With Omegas 1 unit
.045” MEDIUM 97 mm L0259 With Omegas
EXTRAORAL SHORT ARCH
UPPER

Measure interinal Ref.
.045” MEDIUM RECTO L0262 Without Omegas 3 97 mm L9246 With omegas and short outer bow
4 104 mm L9247 With omegas and short outer bow
1 unit
1 unit
pliers
BEST
THREE-POINTED PLIERS SAVINGS
FOR FACIAL ARCHWIRES P L I E R 3 P RO NG/FACI AL ARCH E S

Brand: Proclinic
Brand: Bestdent
Characteristics: Special plier for making omega-loops in non-preformed Characteristics: Special plier for making omega-loops in non-
facial archwires. Allows each archwire to be adjusted according to each patient's need. preformed facial archewires. Allows each archwire to be adjusted
according to each patient's need.
Ref. 8099 Ref. 80321
Flexible ruler S M A L L FAC E M A S K
FLEXIBLE MILLIMETRE RULER

Brand: Proclinic
Extraoral Products
Characteristics: The mirror is angled approximately 15¡ to allow patient or operate or to hold
and keep hand out of camera view. Polished on both sides.
Characteristics:
1 Face Mask - 1 Allen Key. SHORT: Maximum width 12.5 cm,
Maximum height 17.5 LONG: Maximum width 12.5 cm, Maximum
height 20.5 cm. Each mask includes an Allen Key.
SHORT LONG
Desde
White L0200 L0205
Red L0201 L0206
Green L0202 L0207
Blue L0203 L0208
Yellow L0204 L0209

Ref. L9185
DELA I R E FACE MASK

Brand: Leone
Characteristics: Indicated for the treatment of maxillary retrusions, mandibular protrusion and cleft
palate. Modifying ratios between the maxilla and mandible makes successive orthodontic treatment
easier. Made entirely from stainless steel and non-toxic resin, it can be adjusted to any size with
horizontal adjustment. All adjustments are tightened with Allen screws. The face mask kit includes: 1
mask, 1 Allen key and a patient instructions manual, together with a white, washable sleeve to keep all
the kit components in.
Ref. L2020 Beige delaire face mask

Brand: Leone
Ref. L2021 Red delaire face mask
Ref. L2022 Yellow delaire face mask Characteristics: It is indicated for the treatment of the retraction of the jaw, mandibular
prognathism and the cleft palate. It is entirely made __of stainless steel and non-toxic resin, it can
Ref. L2023 Green delaire face mask
be adjusted to fit any need, with horizontal adjustment. All caps are made with screws "Allen".
The kit includes facial mask: 1 mask, 1 Allen key and instructions for the patient, with a white
washable cover to keep all elements of the kit.
Characteristics: P
acks of: 1 face mask, 1 screw wrench, instructions for use into a white sleeve Ref. 96969 Beige delaire face mask with zygomatic hold pad
for patient
Ref. 99955 Yellow small delaire face mask (horizontal adjustment)
Ref. 99956 Red small delaire face mask (horizontal adjustment)
Ref. 35651 Beige delaire face mask (vertical adjustment)
Ref. 99957 Green small delaire face mask (horizontal adjustment)
Indicated for the treatment of maxillary retrusions, mandibular protrusion and cleft palate.
Modifying ratios between the maxilla and mandible makes successive orthodontic treatment easier. Made entirely from stainless steel and non-toxic resin, it can be adjusted
to any size with horizontal adjustment.
All adjustments are tightened with Allen screws.
The face mask kit includes: 1 mask, 1 Allen key and a patient instructions manual, together with a white, washable sleeve to keep all the kit components in.
facemask
1 8,5
EW
cm
8,5
N
cm
2
Extraoral Products
A D J U S TA B L E FA C E M A S K
3
24 c
4 m 24 c
m
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: Mask is adjustable in several directions in order to guarantee
the best traction possible. 1 mask + 1 llave allen
5
Ref. L0210 Blue Face Mask
Ref. L0211 Red Face Mask 6,5
cm
Ref. L8100 Spider Face Mask 6,5
cm
Ref. L8101 Flowers Face Mask
Ref. L8102 Graffitti Face Mask
Ref. L0229 Small Blue Face Mask
(21,5x8,5x6,5)
T D
UC DE
OD MEN
PR OM
C
RE
1. Plastic Stops. Small, light stops with a smooth and aesthetic appearance.
2. Forehead Support Plate. Ergonomical and made from strong plastic with a
smooth appearance. Totally adjustable with Allen key (included). Articulated in
order to be compatible with any forehead. Medical-grade foam rubber cushion
for greater comfort and cleanliness. 3. High-quality stainless Steel vertical bar,
corrosion resistant. Ergonomic shape. 4. Strong stainless steel horizontal bar
with folds for elastic bands which eliminate sliding. Totally adjustable with Allen
key (included). 5. Ergonomic chinrest made of strong plastic with a smooth
appearance. Totally adjustable with Allen key (included). Articulated in order to
be compatible with any chin. Medical-grade foam rubber cushion for greater
comfort and cleanliness.
BAG F OR EX TRAO R A L MA S KS
Characteristics: 10 units. Bag for face masks, extraoral archwires, etc. Completely washable. Velcro
closure. Pack of 5 colors: Yellow, White, Green, Blue, Red. Measurements: Height 24 cm, Width 15
cm, Depth 4.5 cm.
Ref. L0214
FUNCTIONAL APPLIANCES - INTRODUCTION
News
In this chapter, Dontic presents a series of products used in the treatment of functional
orthodontics.
We offer products for use with all ages from 3 years to adults. We include products for the
following treatments:
- Pre-Orthodontic Treatments.
- Bracket Treatments.
- ATM treatments.
- Bruxism treatments.
- Apnea treatments.
F UNCT I ONA L A P P L I A N C E S
Contents
Multifunction System-MFS System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Myofunctional Research Company - Myobrace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Oral Screens Dr. Hinz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Auxiliary products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
M U LT IF U NCTI ON SYS T E M ( M F S ) MULTIF UNCTION SYST EM (M FS)

Functional Appliances
NASAL STIMULATOR
Brand: MFS
Characteristics: 2 tubes with stabilizer band
Nasal stimulator
Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5
K I T MU LTI F U NCT I O N SYS T E M K I T
Ø External (mm.) 8,81 9,51 11,02 12,02 13,03 14,03 15,03
Brand: MFS Ref. L3501 L3502 L3503 L3504 L3505 L3506 L3507
Ref. L3500 98 units (include 2 packages of each reference from L3501 to L 3549)

Ref. L3499 Includes a package of each reference from L3501 to L3549. 49 packages.
The MFS kit consists of 7 products for all the material used is SEBS activity of the perinasal muscles, increase the dilation of the nostrils
MFS product line is based on the philosophy of Dr. Joseph Duran Von Arx, creator of the design of the different elements of the kit. Based (styrene-ethylene-butadiene-styrene). Nasal Stimulator - Contents: during inspiration, encouraging nasal breathing and alleviate snoring.
on the diagnosis of oral functions, based on an objective coding collapse of the nostrils, the degree of adenoid hypertrophy and amygdalar, Nasal stimulators are two tubes joined by a stabilizing belt with a flat - Brief instructions: They are placed on a nightly basis. Initially a
tongue mobility and swallowing pattern, the programmed stimulation protocol; allows to use each of the MFS products, in a specific area that contacts the nasal septum, an external convexity tenses the smaller size is used to the maximum possible and then the tighter
sequence, in order to generate an automated exercise favoring oral functional triumvirate normalization: breathing, swallowing and chewing wings of the nose, a tongue that stimulates muscle attachment at the size is placed. The identification of the size is done by measuring
pattern. The concept of using incentives as a basis for treatment comes from the clinical observation of the same as a cause of functional nose level and a top at its outer end which prevents accidental tubes the nostrils with an orthodontic "nonius". - Benefits of the product:
alteration. All this forms the basis of rehabilitative action, both in patients with removable or fixed appliances and also without braces in his impaction in the nose. There are seven sizes, two for children (00 Immediately, nasal ventilation is restored, to the point that its effect
mouth. This last example, applied in patients at an early age, means implementing a prevention program in orthodontics. Also they can be and 01) and five for teenagers and adults (1,2,3,4 and 5). - Purpose is also very beneficial in snorers and palliative in patients with apnea.
applied clinically specific programs for snoring / apnea and bruxism. This set of possibilities MFS kit makes contribution to orthodontic clinic of Product: Reshaping the lower third of the nose, stimulates the
a new clinic and new treatment vision.
Buccal Obturator 1: Permeable Buccal Obturator 2: Semi-permeable Buccal Obturator 3: Waterproof MULTIF UNCTION SYSTEM (M FS)
MU LT IF U NCTI ON
SYST E M (MF S )
BUCC A L OBTU RATO R

Brand: MFS
LIP STIMULATOR MF S
BUCCAL OBTURATOR PERMEABLE ( 1, 2 y 3
Brand: MFS
Size 1 2 3 4 5 6
Width (cm.) 3,16 3,55 4 4,37 4,7 5,19 Lip Stimulator
Length (mm.) 68,3 77,22 86,79 94,68 107,04 118,79 Size 1 2 3 4 5 6
Ref. Bocal obturator 1 L3508 L3509 L3510 L3511 L3512 L3513 Width (cm.) 3,16 3,55 4 4,37 4,7 5,19
Ref. Bocal obturator 2 L3514 L3515 L3516 L3517 L3518 L3519 Length (mm.) 68,3 77,22 86,79 94,68 107,04 118,79
Ref. Bocal obturator 3 L3520 L3521 L3522 L3523 L3524 L3525
Ref. L3526 L3527 L3528 L3529 L3530 L3531
Oral shutter - Content: the oral shutters present an appropriate The exercise level that causes the lips helps with lip incompetence. Width 3.16 cm. and 68.3 mm length. Comfortable and effective, the To stimulate the orbicular muscle of the lips, lengthen the upper
design to fit the arches and to act as a sheet that prevents mouth - Use: Applied on a nightly basis, shutters are used-sequentially- lip stimulator is helpful in those patients wearing fixed orthodontics lip and close the labial incompetence. Very important is the effect
breathing. The peripheral thickening Ðupper and lower- induce the from permeable to impermeable. The size is selected according .With an oval shape; upper and lower-lip stimulator acts on the repositioning the tongue back. Brief instructions: The patient uses it
patient to exercise the lips. Three types of shutters (permeable, to the measurement of the tooth in the mouth contour between back of the hall on the orbicular muscles. Stimulation causes an at night. The choice of size depends on the mouth measuring tooth
semipermeable and impermeable). There are six sizes of each the maxillary first permanent molars. - Benefits of the product: Its approaching movement of the lips which causes lengthening of contour between the first maxillary permanent molars. Advantages
type. - Purpose of the product: Basically progressively obstruct effectiveness is absolute as long as the causes of mouth breathing the upper lip and lip correction. The lip closure exercises help of product: Comfortable and effective, the lip stimulator is helpful
the air passage through the mouth and promote nasal breathing. have been eliminated by otolaryngologist. repositioning the tongue back. There are six sizes. Product Purpose: in patients with a fixed orthodontics.
MU LTI F U NCTI ON SYS T E M ( M F S ) MULTIF UNCTION SYST EM (M FS)
M U SCL E REL A XA N T
Brand: MFS
B ITE P LANE MF S 1
Characteristics: Internal width of 83 mm. The use is indicated in patients with perioral Characteristics: Very comfortable and effective.
contractures and / or brachycephalics. Can be used in combination with fixed appliance..
Bite Plane
Muscle Relaxant
Size
1 2 3 4 5 6
Size
1 2 3 4 5 6
Internal Length (mm.) 28,8 32,64 36,48 40,32 44,16 48
Internal Length (mm.) 83 93,6 104,2 114,8 125,4 136
Ref. L3538 L3539 L3540 L3541 L3542 L3543
Ref. L3532 L3533 L3534 L3535 L3536 L3537
Interior width 83 mm. For patients with perioral contractures as well permanent molars. Benefits of the product: It is essential to use in
as brachycephalic facial patterns. They can be used in combination patients with perioral contractures as well as brachycephalic facial Interior Width 28.8 mm. It is a plane of elevation above the relevant effectiveness. While acting muscle relaxant, relaxing the
with fixed appliances. With an eight flattened shape, the muscle patterns. They can be used in combination with fixed appliances. bite, a very common clinical use in orthodontics. The bite plate perioral and masticatory muscles, the bite plane creates a dental
relaxant has lateral zones disk shaped and with an vertical dimension The combination of the muscle relaxant and the bite plane form the causes contact of incisors and extrusion of the posterior teeth effect, correcting overbite. Product Purpose: Control of overbite,
upper than the lateral buccal vestibule. There are six sizes. Product appliance to stop bruxism. Product Purpose: Control of overbite, in occlusion. There are six sizes. It is used in combination with muscle relaxation in brachycephalic patterns and a beneficial effect
Purpose: Relax the masticatory muscles, also acting as a muscle. brachiocephalic muscle relaxation patterns and a beneficial effect on the muscle relaxant. The combination of the muscle relaxant on bruxism. Brief instructions: The patient will use it on a nightly
Indicated in the brachiocephalic and / or patients with bruxism habit. bruxism. Brief instructions: The patient will use it on a nightly basis. and the bite plane form the appliance to stop bruxism. Product basis. The selection of the size depends on the muscle relaxant.
Brief instructions: At baseline, the patient will use it during the day at Benefits of the product: The effectiveness of the corrective action Purpose: To alleviate bruxism and its consequences. It corrects Benefits of the product: The effectiveness of the corrective action
home and then start to use it at night. The choice of size depends and palliative overbite bruxism is especially important when they are the overbite. It is indicated, especially in brachycephalic patients. and palliative overbite bruxism is especially important when they
on the mouth, measure tooth contour between the first maxillary combined with fixed appliances. Benefits of the product: It is very comfortable and with very are used combined with fixed appliances.
MU LT IF U NCTI ON SYS T E M ( M F S ) MULTIF UNCTION SYST EM (M FS)
ANTI BRUXISM D E VI CE
Characteristics: The Anti-Bruxism Device, which combines the
Muscle Relaxant and teh Bite Plane si unique in that it relaxes those
muscles associated with Bruxism and at the same time prvents grinding.
Furthermore it may be used simulytaneously with fixed orthodontic
appliances (brackets).
Muscle Relaxant
Size
1 2 3 4 5 6 OP EN B ITE
Internal Length (mm.) 83 93,6 104,2 114,8 125,4 136 Characteristics: Low Cost functional appliance, with a high level of clinical effectiveness, both for
Open Bite Treatments and for patients with a masticatory problems. This product may also be used
Ref. L3532 L3533 L3534 L3535 L3536 L3537 simultaneously with fixed appliances (brackets).
Bite Plane Open Bite

Size 1 2 3 4 5 6 Size 1 2 3 4 5 6
Internal Length (mm.) 28,8 32,64 36,48 40,32 44,16 48 Internal Length (mm.) 38 40 43 46 49 51
Ref. L3538 L3539 L3540 L3541 L3542 L3543 Ref. L3544 L3545 L3546 L3547 L3548 L3549
Interior Width 28.8 mm. It is a plane of elevation above the bite, a very common clinical use in orthodontics. The bite plate causes contact Interior Width 32,64mm. It is a plane of elevation above the bite, a very common clinical use in orthodontics. The bite plate causes contact
of incisors and extrusion of the posterior teeth in occlusion. There are six sizes. It is used in combination with the muscle relaxant. The of incisors and extrusion of the posterior teeth in occlusion. There are six sizes. It is used in combination with the muscle relaxant. The
combination of the muscle relaxant and the bite plane form the appliance to stop bruxism. Product Purpose: To alleviate bruxism and its combination of the muscle relaxant and the bite plane form the appliance to stop bruxism. Product Purpose: To alleviate bruxism and its
consequences. It corrects the overbite. It is indicated, especially in brachycephalic patients. Benefits of the product: It is very comfortable consequences. It corrects the overbite. It is indicated, especially in brachycephalic patients. Benefits of the product: It is very comfortable
and with very relevant effectiveness. While acting muscle relaxant, relaxing the perioral and masticatory muscles, the bite plane creates a and with very relevant effectiveness. While acting muscle relaxant, relaxing the perioral and masticatory muscles, the bite plane creates a
dental effect, correcting overbite. Product Purpose: Control of overbite, muscle relaxation in brachycephalic patterns and a beneficial effect dental effect, correcting overbite. Product Purpose: Control of overbite, muscle relaxation in brachycephalic patterns and a beneficial effect
on bruxism. Brief instructions: The patient will use it on a nightly basis. The selection of the size depends on the muscle relaxant. Benefits of on bruxism. Brief instructions: The patient will use it on a nightly basis. The selection of the size depends on the muscle relaxant. Benefits of
the product: The effectiveness of the corrective action and palliative overbite bruxism is especially important when they are used combined the product: The effectiveness of the corrective action and palliative overbite bruxism is especially important when they are used combined
with fixed appliances. with fixed appliances.
M YOBRACE SIZE S

Myobrace® 2-2

2-2
Anchura Anchura Anchura
del Canino del Canino de la arcada
Profundidad
de la Arcada
Talla Talla
Occluso-Guide Multi-P ADVANTAG ES
Talla Superior Inferior Superior Inferior (línea recta 6-6) (línea recta
anterior-posterior)

(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
1 30.0 22.0 7.0 6.5 55.0 42.0 21/2-3 30
2 31.5 23.0 7.3 6.8 55.0 42.0 3-31/2 35
3 32.5 23.8 7.5 7.0 60.0 48.0 4-41/2 40

4 33.5 24.5 7.7 7.2 60.0 48.0 41/2-5 45
5 35.0 25.5 8.0 7.5 60.0 48.0 5-51/2 50 • 365-day on-line store- 24/7
6 36.5 26.7 8.5 8.0 60.0 48.0 6-61/2 55
7 38.0 28.0 9.2 9.0 66.0 52.0 7-71/2 60
MYOBRACE TALLA APARATO MYOBRACE TALLA APARATO
Infant Trainer T2
4
LA MEDICIÓN DEBE 1 K1, K2 Pequeño
i-3, i-3N Pequeño
T1, T3 Talla 4 • 98% product availability
SER LA SUMA DE T4 Regular
5
LAS ANCHURAS T1, T3 Talla 1 T1, T3 Talla 5 • Secure Payment Site
DE LOS DIENTES A1, A2, A3 Regular
REALES J1, J2 Y J3 T4A
2 6 T4B
T1, T3 Talla 2
T4B2
T1, T3 Talla 6 Check all PRICES and SPECIAL OFFERS
alinear a 1-2 MB1
T4K A1, A2, A3 Grande directly on our websites:
derecha MB2 izquierda K1, K2 Mediano 7 K1, K2 Grande
3 K3
MB3 i-3, i-3N Grande
MB4 i-3, i-3N Mediano
T4 Grande
MB5 i-3H
MB6 T1, T3 Talla 3 T1, T3 Talla 7
MB7
*The other appliances have a medium size between MB4/MB6
B3 FOR CLE AR ALIG N E R S ONLY AVAILABLE B 1 M YO B R AC E F O R B R ACE S ONLY AVAILABLE

IN SPAIN IN SPAIN
Brand: Myofunctional Research

Characteristics: 1 unit Brand: Myofunctional Research
The Myobrace for Braces™ B3 is designed for use in conjunction with upper and lower aligners as Ref. L9306 B1 Myobrace para brackets transp.
well as retainers to improve their effectiveness. The Myobrace® B3 fits over clear aligners to assist
Ref. L9307 B1 Ling Myobrace para brackets transp.
in correcting poor myofunctional habits and lower jaw alignment.
The Myobrace for Braces™ B1 is designed for use in conjunction with fixed braces to improve their effectiveness. The Myobrace®
Ref. L9313 B1 is used when braces are fitted and assists with correction of poor oral habits known to contribute to orthodontic problems.
ONLY AVAILABLE I NFA NT T R A I NER ONLY AVAILABLE

LI P TRAINER IN SPAIN IN SPAIN
Characteristics: To assist development of teeth and jaws during growth. The INFANT
TRAINERª from Myofunctional Research is an active exerciser that encourages your child to chew
Brand: Myofunctional Research correctly while using the jaw muscles. Most importantly, the INFANT TRAINERª makes your child
Characteristics: 1 unit breathe through their nose, it also trains them to swallow and position the tongue correctly. Research
clearly illustrates that correct facial, jaw and dental growth depends strongly on all of these factors.
Ref. L9308 Lip Trainer Blue The INFANT TRAINERª may prevent the need for orthodontic treatment such as braces and extrac-
Ref. L9309 Lip Trainer Pink tions as your child grows older. MRC has a series of integrated TRAINERS for mixed and permanent
teeth to ensure your child develops correctly as new permanent teeth appear from ages 6 to 12 years.
Ref. L9310 Lip Trainer Transparent
Ref. L3150 Infant Trainer Sil. Blue
The Infant Trainer™ is an active exerciser that encourages patients to chew correctly while using the jaw muscles. The Infant
Trainer™ helps patients breathe through their nose and it also trains them to swallow and position their tongue correctly. Research
Ref. L3151 Infant Trainer Sil. Pink
clearly illustrates that correct facial, jaw and dental growth depends strongly on all of these factors. The Infant Trainer™ may
prevent the need for orthodontic treatment such as braces and extractions once the patient grows older. The Infant Trainer™ is Features: The INFANT TRAINERª has several key features to assist the growth and development of your child: 1: The Air Spring
a viable alternative for all parents with children 3 - 5 years old who are familiar with pacifiers but are concerned about the possible allows a gentle, active stimulation to the growing facial and jaw muscles. 2: The Tongue Tag actively trains the child to position their
negative dental impacts associated with pacifier use, thumb sucking, incorrect swallowing and mouth breathing. The Infant Trainer™ tongue and swallow correctly. 3: When in place, the Tongue Guard prevents thumb sucking and subsequent tongue thrusting. This
discourages all these poor habits, and stimulates a child’s jaw to ensure that correct facial and jaw growth is achieved. breaks a serious habit that causes many dental and jaw joint (TMJ) problems in later life.
I N FA NT T RAINER H A R D ONLY AVAILABLE

T R A I NER F O R K I D S ( T 4 K ) S O F T IN SPAIN
ONLY AVAILABLE
IN SPAIN

Characteristics:1: The T4Kª 2007 is thicker overall for better arch development and durability. 2: Offset upper and lower arches
improves molar relationship and prevents splitting. 3: Modified tongue tag area for better tongue placement. 4: Offset upper and lower
arches with Class I bite rather than edge to edge as previously.
Ref. L3152 Trainer For Kids (T4k) Soft Sil.blue
Ref. L6375 Trainer For Kids (T4k) Soft pink
Ref. L3153 Trainer For Kids (T4k) Hard Red
T D
UC DE
OD MEN

PR OM
Improves facial and dental development in the growing child (mixed dentition). Since being introduced in 1992, the Pre-
C
RE
Orthodontic Trainerª (T4Kª) has become the most popular and successful product available from Myofunctional Research Co. The
Ref. L3148 Blue T4Kª is most effective in early mixed dentition for tooth eruption guidance and correction of myofunctional habits. Tooth channels
Ref. L3149 Pink and labial bows guide the erupting/developing dentition into correct alignment and while the tongue tag and lip bumpers treat
myofunctional habits. Base to 1st molars only. Starting is soft (Silicone) and Finishing or Phase 2 is harder (Polyurethane).
TRA I NE R F OR BRACKE TS T4 B T R A I NER P/ C L A S S I I C O R RE C T 4B 2

ONLY AVAILABLE ONLY AVAILABLE
IN SPAIN IN SPAIN

Ref. L3171 Trainer P/ Class II Correc T4b2 Transp
Ref. L3170 Trainer For Brackets T4b Transp
Jaw alignment in combination with fixed orthodontics. The T4CIIª is thicker and higher than the T4Bª making it a more robust
The T4Bª is both protective of oral mucosa on fitting of full fixed brackets and simultaneously treats myofunctional habits and TMD appliance specific for treatment of Class II cases before and during fixed orthodontic treatment. Upper bracket channel and extended
during the orthodontics Ð it is not bulky, easy to wear and speeds up orthodontic treatment and improves stability. It has upper height locks over braces for excellent retention. Can be used if lower braces are fitted. Myofunctional habits associated with Class
and lower bracket channels to go over fixed appliances. Routine use with all newly banded upper and lower braces. Base extends II malocclusion are treated by the T4CIIª premoulded in edge to edge/Class I further assists the correction of Class II malocclusion.
to cover to second molars. Base extends to cover second molars.
ONLY AVAILABLE
IN SPAIN
TRA I NE R T 4A

Characteristics: The T4A™ is a single-size appliance that aligns the anterior dentition while simultaneously re-training the oral musculature.
The T4A™ Phase 2 is best suited to finishing cases where its firmness increases tooth alignment and provide good retention.
Ref. L3168 For aligment phase. 1 T4a soft blue. Regular.

Ref. L3169 For aligment phase. 2 (T4a) hard red. Regular.
Ref. L31681 For aligment phase. 1 T4a soft transparent. Big.
Ref. L31682 For aligment phase. 2 T4a hard transparent. Big.
T1 BWS TRAINER TE E N S WITH BWS
ONLY AVAILABLE
IN SPAIN
Over ADVANTAG ES
products •
•
40 TOP

Characteristics: 1 unit Orthodontic directly on our websites:
The T1 provides habit correction and initial dental alignment. It is
made of soft and flexible material to adapt to a wide range of arch Brands Dontic.com, Dontic.co.uk,
forms and poorly aligned teeth. The soft material allows for better
retention and comfort in the initial stages of treatment. Up to 30% CHEAPER than other Ortho Depots.
Ref. L9312 Lip trainer transparent
J1 MYOBRACE F OR J UN IOR S R E G UL A R ONLY AVAILABLE

IN SPAIN
Ref. L9250
Ref. L9252
Ref. L9325 J1 Blue Regular Ref. L9250 J1 Blue Grande

Ref. L9326 J1 Pink Regular Ref. L9251 J1 Pink Grande
The Myobrace for Kids™ is a three-stage appliance system designed specifically to correct poor oral habits while treating upper and lower jaw deve-
lopment problems. The K2 provides arch development in addition to habit correction. It features Dynamicore™ with a Frankel Cage which assists in
developing the arch form and improving the dental alignment. The K2 is available in three sizes and comes in pink, blue and clear.
MRC has pioneered the use of appliances to correct myofunctional habits in growing children and has proven success in orthodontic correction without
braces. This treatment can also lead to better facial development in growing children. The key to this treatment is correcting the position and function of
the tongue, obtaining correct nose breathing and retraining the oral muscles to function correctly.
Myobrace® appliances effectively train the tongue to position correctly in the upper jaw, retrain oral musculature and exert light forces to align the teeth.
The Myobrace for Kids™ is most effective when a child’s permanent teeth are coming through (ages 5 to 10) and is available in three sizes. Ref. L9254
ONLY AVAILABLE
K1 MYOBRACE F OR KID S IN SPAIN

Ref. L9256 Small blue
Ref. L9257 Small pink
Ref. L9258 Medium Blue
Ref. L9259 Medium Pink
Ref. L9260 Large Blue
Ref. L9261 Large Pink
The Myobrace for Kids™ is a three-stage appliance system designed specifically to correct poor oral habits while treating upper and lower jaw develop-
ment problems. The K1 provides habit correction and is made of flexible silicone to adapt to any arch-form and poorly-aligned teeth. Its flexible nature
also means that it offers improved retention for night-time use.
MRC has pioneered the use of appliances to correct myofunctional habits in growing children and has proven success in orthodontic correction without
braces. This treatment can also lead to better facial development in growing children. The key to this treatment is correcting the position and function
of the tongue, obtaining correct nose breathing and retraining the oral muscles to function correctly.
Myobrace® appliances effectively train the tongue to position correctly in the upper jaw, retrain oral musculature and exert light forces to align the teeth.
The Myobrace for Kids™ is most effective when a child’s permanent teeth are coming through (ages 5 to 10) and is available in three sizes.

K2 M YOBRACE F OR J UN IOR S K 3 M YO B R AC E F O R J U NI O RS
IN SPAIN IN SPAIN
Brand: Myofunctional Research Brand: Myofunctional Research
Ref. L9262 Small blue

Ref. L9263 Small pink
Ref. L9264 Medium Blue
Ref. L9265 Medium Pink
Ref. L9266 Large Blue
Ref. L9267 Large Pink

The Myobrace for Kids™ is a three-stage appliance system designed specifically to correct poor oral
habits while treating upper and lower jaw development problems. The K2 provides arch development
in addition to habit correction. It features Dynamicore™ with a Frankel Cage which assists in develo-
ping the arch form and improving the dental alignment. The K2 is available in three sizes and comes Ref. L9268 Medium blue
in pink, blue and clear.
MRC has pioneered the use of appliances to correct myofunctional habits in growing children and has Ref. L9269 Medium pink
proven success in orthodontic correction without braces. This treatment can also lead to better facial
development in growing children. The key to this treatment is correcting the position and function
The Myobrace for Kids™ is a three-stage appliance system designed specifically to correct poor oral
of the tongue, obtaining correct nose breathing and retraining the oral muscles to function correctly.
habits while treating upper and lower jaw development problems. The K3 provides final alignment and
Myobrace® appliances effectively train the tongue to position correctly in the upper jaw, retrain oral
retention. Its firm polyurethane construction provides excellent tooth alignment and retention. The
musculature and exert light forces to align the teeth.
hollow tongue tag encourages final tongue position. The K3 is available in three sizes and comes in pink
The Myobrace for Kids™ is most effective when a child’s permanent teeth are coming through (ages
and blue.
5 to 10) and is available in three sizes.
ONLY AVAILABLE T 2 M YO B R AC E F O R T EENS ONLY AVAILABLE

T1 MYOBRACE F OR TE E N S
IN SPAIN Brand: Myofunctional Research IN SPAIN
Characteristics: 1 Unit
Ref. L9311 Medium transparent Ref. L9277 Blue
Ref. L9314 Medium blue
The T2 provides arch development and continued habit correction. It features Dynamicore™ to assist
in developing the arch-form which provides more space for the erupting dentition. The T2 is a single-
The T1 provides habit correction and initial dental alignment. It is made of soft and flexible material size appliance. The Myobrace for Teens™ is most effective when a patient has most of their permanent
to adapt to a wide range of arch forms and poorly aligned teeth. The soft material allows for better teeth (ages 10 to 15) and is available in a range of sizes.
retention and comfort in the initial stages of treatment.

T3 M YOBRACE F OR TE E N S T 4 M YO B R AC E F O R T EENS
IN SPAIN IN SPAIN
Brand: Myofunctional Research Brand: Myofunctional Research
Ref. L9278 Size 1

Ref. L9279 Size 2
Ref. L9280 Size 3
Ref. L9281 Size 4
Ref. L9282 Size 5
Ref. L9283 Size 6
Ref. L9284 Size 7
The T3 provides individual tooth alignment in addition to further arch development and habit correction. It features Dynamicore™
to assist in developing the arch-form which provides more space for the erupting dentition. The tooth slots separate and align the Ref. L9285 Regular blue
anterior teeth. The T3 is available in seven sizes.
MRC has pioneered the use of appliances to correct myofunctional habits in growing children and has proven success in orthodontic Ref. L9286 Large blue
correction without braces. This treatment can also lead to better facial development in growing children. The key to this treatment
is correcting the position and function of the tongue, obtaining correct nose breathing and retraining the oral muscles to function
correctly. The T4 provides final alignment of the teeth and jaws. Its firm polyurethane construction also provides excellent retention. The
Myobrace® appliances effectively train the tongue to position correctly in the upper jaw, retrain oral musculature and exert light hollow tongue tag encourages final tongue position. The T4 is available in regular and large. The Myobrace for Teens™ is most
forces to align the teeth. effective when a patient has most of their permanent teeth (ages 10 to 15) and is available in a range of sizes.
A 1 MYOBRACE F OR A D ULTS ONLY AVAILABLE A 2 M YO B R AC E F O R A D U LTS ONLY AVAILABLE

Brand: Myofunctional Research IN SPAIN Brand: Myofunctional Research IN SPAIN
Ref. L9289 Regular purple

Ref. L9290 Large purple
Ref. L9287 Regular purple
Ref. L9288 Large purple The Myobrace for Adults™ is a three-stage appliance system designed specifically to correct poor oral habits while treating upper
and lower jaw development problems. The A2 provides arch development as well as habit correction and dental alignment. It is made
of medium-hardness polyurethane and provides arch development and puts small force on the teeth for improved dental alignment.
The A1 provides habit correction and initial dental alignment. It is made of soft and flexible material to adapt to a wide range of It is available in regular and large. The A2 is made of firm polyurethane, and is suitable for mild malocclusion. The A2‘s firm material
arch forms and poorly aligned teeth. The soft material allows for better retention and comfort in the initial stages of treatment. is designed to be used after the A1, and exerts more aligning forces on anterior teeth.
ONLY AVAILABLE
A 3 MYOBRACE F OR A D ULTS IN SPAIN
Ref. L9291 Small blue 3 cm

Ref. L9292 Small pink 3,40 cm

The Myobrace for Adults™ is a three-stage appliance system designed specifically to correct poor oral habits while treating upper
and lower jaw development problems. The A3 provides final alignment and retention. Its firm polyurethane construction provides
excellent tooth alignment and retention. The hollow tongue tag finalises tongue position and improves habit correction. The A3 is
available in regular and large.
MRC has pioneered the use of appliances to correct myofunctional habits in growing children and has proven success in orthodontic
correction without braces. This treatment can also lead to better facial development in growing children. The key to this treatment
is correcting the position and function of the tongue, obtaining correct nose breathing and retraining the oral muscles to function
correctly.
Myobrace® appliances effectively train the tongue to position correctly in the upper jaw, retrain oral musculature and exert light
forces to align the teeth.
The A3 is made of hard polyurethane and is intended to be used as the final appliance in the Myobrace for Adults™ system. It is
suitable for mild malocclusion, and final stages of alignment and retention.
ONLY AVAILABLE
IN SPAIN
1 -3N MYOBRACE F O R CL A S S III

Ref. L9293 Small yellow
Ref. L9294 Small clear
Ref. L9295 Medium yellow
Ref. L9296 Medium clear Ref. L9293
Ref. L9297 Large yellow

Ref. L9298 Large clear
1 -3 M YOBRACE F OR CL A S S III
Ref. L9299 Small yellow Ref. L9299
Ref. L9300 Small clear
Ref. L9302 Medium clear
Ref. L9303 Large yellow
Ref. L9304 Large clear
1 -3H MYOBRACE F OR C L A S S III
The Myobrace Interceptive Class III™ is a three-stage appliance system designed specifically to correct poor oral habits while limiting
the excessive lower jaw development problems commonly associated with patients who have class III. The Myobrace Interceptive Class
III™ is most effective before a child’s permanent teeth are coming through (ages 5 to 8) and is available in three sizes. The i-3® provides
arch development in addition to habit correction. It features Dynamicore™ with a Frankel Cage which assists in developing the arch
form and improving the dental alignment. The i-3® is available in three sizes, in yellow or clear. The i-3® is aimed primarily at children
5-8 years of age in the late-primary and early-mixed dentition with class III malocclusion. It was designed to limit unwanted lower-jaw
growth by correcting lowered tongue and open mouth posture; problems which are evident in the majority of class III patients. The Ref. L9305
i-3® is not suitable for patients in the permanent dentition.
Over A DVANTAG ES

products •
•
40 TOP

ONLY AVAILABLE
IN SPAIN
LINGUA

Ref. L3172 Lingua Transp.
Train the tongue day and night. Make your fixed appliances more effective & your results more stable. Myofunctional Research Co. has been demonstrating the importance of tongue position and function for close to 2 decades. All appliances carry the philosophy of the
necessity to actively retrain the tongue when treating any malocclusion. This function of the TRAINER Systemª is not just one of its myofunctional training actions, but is one of the primary goals. This brings the possibility of non extraction treatment with better faces and
more stable orthodontics for all patients, and is now accepted by many Orthodontists and Dentists around the world. Increased awareness, on the importance of tongue position to obtain and maintain a natural arch form, has been a welcome wave in the Orthodontic
community. It emphasized that stable arch expansion is possible with the assistance of the tongue.
ONLY AVAILABLE
T MD MYOSA H A R D IN SPAIN
EW
N

Ref. L31816 1 unit
The TMD Appliance™ performs much the same as a TMJ Appliance™, only it is specially designed for patients who require a daytime splint for the relief of TMJ symptoms.
It treats symptoms by decompressing the TM joints through its aerofoil shaped base. The customisable, low-profile design allows for tight and comfortable fit for patients who need to maintain clear speech during the daytime.
ONLY AVAILABLE
MYOSA TMJ IN SPAIN
EW
N
Ref. L31813 1 unit
The Bruxogard™ Soft is a mouldable appliance that fits tightly to the upper arch for increased comfort and retention while sleeping. It is designed for patients who have bruxing issues and are looking for a cost-effective alternative to dental-made appliances. The Bruxogard™
can be fitted in 1 minute by the patient or dentist, and provides a soft, flat-plane splint to protect the dentition and the TM Joints from the effects of bruxing, grinding and clenching.
The Bruxogard™ Soft can be used to effectively manage and reduce bruxing symptoms without time consuming procedures. The appliance can be fitted in less than 4 minutes by either the patient or dental professional, with all fitting and usage instructions included in the pack.
It’s a low-cost initial treatment that’s ideal for initial symptom reduction. The Bruxogard™ Soft is designed for patients who only display signs of moderate bruxing or are less than 12 years of age.
The Bruxogard™ Soft will wear out after a period of time and should be replaced with a new one when this occurs. If rapid wear is a problem, the Bruxogard™ Soft can be replaced with a conventional, full coverage splint made from acrylic, or the Bruxogard™ Hard.
Once patients see the damage inflicted to the Bruxogard™ by their bad habits, they may become more aware of their problem, and motivated to seek a cure.
ONLY AVAILABLE
IN SPAIN
EW
N
TG MYOSA BRUXOG A R D R E G UL A R S OF T

Ref. L31814 1 unit
The Bruxogard™ Soft is a mouldable appliance that fits tightly to the upper arch for increased comfort and retention while sleeping. It is
designed for patients who have bruxing issues and are looking for a cost-effective alternative to dental-made appliances. The Bruxogard™
can be fitted in 1 minute by the patient or dentist, and provides a soft, flat-plane splint to protect the dentition and the TM Joints from the
effects of bruxing, grinding and clenching.
The Bruxogard™ Soft can be used to effectively manage and reduce bruxing symptoms without time consuming procedures. The appliance
can be fitted in less than 4 minutes by either the patient or dental professional, with all fitting and usage instructions included in the pack.
It’s a low-cost initial treatment that’s ideal for initial symptom reduction. The Bruxogard™ Soft is designed for patients who only display signs
of moderate bruxing or are less than 12 years of age.
The Bruxogard™ Soft will wear out after a period of time and should be replaced with a new one when this occurs. If rapid wear is a problem,
the Bruxogard™ Soft can be replaced with a conventional, full coverage splint made from acrylic, or the Bruxogard™ Hard.
Once patients see the damage inflicted to the Bruxogard™ by their bad habits, they may become more aware of their problem, and moti-
vated to seek a cure.
TGH MYOS A B RUXOG A R D R E G UL AR H A R D ONLY AVAILABLE

IN SPAIN
EW
ADVANTAG ES
N


Ref. L31815 1 unit Check all PRICES and SPECIAL OFFERS
The Bruxogard™ Hard can be used to effectively manage and reduce the symptoms of heavy bruxing without the time consuming procedures. The appliance can be fitted in less
than 4 minutes by either the patient or dental professional, with all fitting and usage instructions included in the pack.
It’s a low-cost initial treatment that’s ideal for initial symptom reduction.
The Bruxogard Hard™ is designed for patients who display symptoms of heavy bruxing and who prematurely wear out the Bruxogard™ Soft. Up to 30% CHEAPER than other Ortho Depots.
The Bruxogard™ Soft will wear out after a period of time and should be replaced with a new one when this occurs. If rapid wear is a problem, the Bruxogard™ Soft can be
replaced with a conventional, full coverage splint made from acrylic, or the Bruxogard™ Hard.
Once patients see the damage inflicted to the Bruxogard™ by their bad habits, they may become more aware of their problem, and motivated to seek a cure.
ONLY AVAILABLE M YO C L EA N ONLY AVAILABLE

POWRGARD F OR BR ACE S C L E A R
IN SPAIN IN SPAIN

Characteristics: Powrgard (Unimaxilar)
Mouthguard for braces (Transparent)

Ref. 89803 Single
Ref. 98927 Double
Designed specifically for the athlete with braces and pre-moulded with appliance channels to fit over the braces. Added to this they Brand: Myofunctional Research
can be moulded quite easily to give a tight fit to be retained over the brackets which has always been a problem with mouthguard
for braces.
It comes in two versions, the upper and lower arch which gives protection for both the upper and lower teeth, but does not lock
the jaws in, and the single upper for braces version which is the most commonly used for the athlete with braces.
Ref. L3178 12 packages of 12 tablets.
For the athlete wearing braces double arch for high impact sports, single arch for all other sports. The single arch version is much Tablets used for cleaning devices and trainers.
easier to fit and more comfortable to wear.
1. Inbuilt channel for covering braces prevents soft tissue trauma and guides positioning of mouthguard. Ref. L3179 12 packages of 12 tablets.
2. Tongue tag for correct tongue position.
3. Patented aerofoil shaped base helps prevent impact damage to Temporomandibular Joints and lessens chance of concussion. Tablets used for cleaning devices and trainers.
O RA L SCRE E N
Chi l dre n O r al S cre e n F l a t . P r i m a r y d en t i t i o n ( red ring )

Thumb-sucking or the use of a dummy frequently produce large overbite of the anterior teeth, or
deteriorates an existing retroposition of the mandible. The oral screen can avoid these habits. It can
help to make a change from oral to nasal breathing. – It helps training children with swallowing pro-
blems, habits, or biting / sucking lips. – It can be used as a preventive method, even in cases where
there aren’t signs of malocclusion.

ORAL SCREEN red ring blue ring
SMALL LARGE
FLAT
White rigid L0300 L0301
Yellow rigid L0302 L0303
Ch i l dre n O r al S cre e n F l a t . M i xed d en t i t i o n ( b l u e ring ) Pink rigid L0304 L0305
Green rigid L0306 L0307
Transp. soft L0308 L0309

X = end to end straight line distance

Y = curve length
Oral Screen X Y
Y SMALL (red ring) 4 cm 6 cm
LARGE (blue ring) 4,5 cm 7,5 cm
x
O RA L SCRE E N - RET RUD E D BITE

T h e ora l s cre e n i n chi l d ren a g es 3 t o 5 (red r i n g )
Sucking the thumb usually results in protrusion of the front upper teeth or retrusion of mandible (Cl. II).
Even in these early stages of mixed dentition, the soft transparent oral screen may help patients with a
profound overbite lift the bite during eruption of the molars.
The tongue-piece of this screen advances the mandible. The other objectives of this oral screen are:
- Cure habitual sucking.
- Help the occlusion..
- Restore nasal breathing.
T he O r al S cre e n wi th w i re i n mi xe d d en t i t i o n (B l ue ring)
The Oral Screen in Mixed Dentition (Bluee ring). The objective of this treatment is to break habits and
train the mouth to close freely before starting orthodontic treatment. Oral Screen FOR RETRUDED BITE
red ring blue ring

SMALL LARGE
White rigid L0310 L0311
Yellow rigid L0312 L0313
1 2 3 Pink rigid L0314 L0315
1 This oral screen is for all types of retruded mandibles or protrusion of the front uppers.
Green rigid L0316 L0317
2 Consequences of a continual sucking habit aggravated by biting the lips. Transp. soft L0318 L0319
3 The mandible is guided towards a more neutral occlusion by the tongue-piece. This facilitates and trains the
lips to close properly.
O RA L SCREEN . -OS/ G UI - WIR E , S MA L L

The Oral Screen with wire in children aged 3 to 5 (Red ring). The Oral Screen with wire in mixed dentition (Blue ring)
Sucking the thumb or habitual use of a pacifier may cause an open bite. Interposition of the tongue The treatment is known as "interceptive" given that it depends on breaking the habits formed. In
may also occur every time the child swallows or speaks. This prevents the open bite from correc- these cases, an attempt should be made to use it as much as possible during the day. Straight dis-
ting automatically. In these cases, the Oral Screen with Wire may help close the open bite. Straight tance from end to end 4.5 cm. Length of the curve 7.5 cm.
distance from end to end 4 cm. Length of the curve 6 cm.
X = end to end straight line distance

Y = curve length Oral screen WITH WIRE
Oral Screen X Y red ring blue ring
Y SMALL (red ring) 4 cm 6 cm SMALL LARGE
LARGE (blue ring) 4,5 cm 7,5 cm Transparent rigid L0320 L0321
x
P EA RL/SMALL BALL R E D R IN G OR A L S C R E E N
Specific indications: Transparent and rigid. The peal (a ball), located over the wire, guides the tongue
- Tongue dysfunction. towards the palate. The tongue instinctively tries to play with the ball by spinning it
- Atypical swallowing. around, and that is how the Oral Screen achieves its objective.
- Speech defects. This special Oral Screen is also used exclusively among patients with Down's syndrome
- Problems with salivation due to the open posture of the mouth.. or cerebral palsy to guide the tongue, with its debilitated musculature, towards the
- Exclusive oral respiration. An open palate.
Oral Screen with wire in children ages 3 to 5 (Red ring).
Oral Screen with wire in mixed dentition (Bluee ring).
important note
Before starting an orthodontic
treatment it is important to
eliminate bad habits
Open bite caused by thumb sucking
oral screen WITH BALL

red ring blue ring
SMALL LARGE
Transparent rigid L0322 L0323
An open bite caused for the tongue has been transfered to permanent teeth.
AQ UALIZE R
Aqualizer Ultra Mini
Aqualizer Ultra
12 mm
26 mm
13 mm
Occlusal vertical AQUALIZER ULTRA MINI

30 mm AQUALIZER ULTRA
dimension (for children and small mouths)
High 3mm L3180 L8086
Medium 2mm L3181 L8087
Low 1mm L8085 L8088
Aqualizer consists of two pads full of water communicated between them. To use it you need to put the two pads between molar on both sides. It is a tool that allows the body to find instant functional balance by unravelling the maloclussion it is locked in, making the Aqualizer an
invaluable tool to anyone who is suffering from the effects of TMD. The revolutionary water system makes a perfect balance of the bite at the same time that we start the treatment of the term temporomandibular disorder.
BI TE ST RIP
Permanent chemical display

Indicator (LED)
BITE STRIP KIT

Brand: Up2dent
Microprocessor and electronics Two pre-gelled skin EMG electrodes Characteristics: 3 devices Bite Strip, 5 alcohol pads, 3 wood spatulas, 3 green stickers
(on the back) and use instructions.
Ref. L3182
BITE STRIP
Characteristics: 1 device Bite Strip, 2 alcohol pads, 1 wood spatula, 1 green sticker
and use instructions.
Ref. L3183
BiteStrip¨ is an exact,
Aqualizer consists economical
of two device
pads full of forcommunicated
water single use to between
diagnose them.
bruxism. Theitpatient
To use hastotoput
you need apply
the the
twodevice on the cheek
pads between molarover the sides.
on both Masseter
It is muscle. It consist
a tool that of Two
allows the bodypre-gelled skin functional
to find instant EMG electrodes
balanceand an EMG amplifier
by unravelling that measure
the maloclussion and analyze
it is locked the electromyogra-
in, making the Aqualizer an
phic wavestool
invaluable in real time. who is suffering from the effects of TMD. The revolutionary water system makes a perfect balance of the bite at the same time that we start the treatment of the term temporomandibular disorder.
to anyone
Orthodontic Protectors
RETA INER BRIT E

Brand: Dentsply Raintree Essix
Characteristics: Retainer Brite Cleaning tablets.
Ref. L15985 1 box of 36 tablets
Ref. L15986 1 box of 96 tablets
T D
UC DE
OD MEN
Save time in the office and do not spend time on

PR OM
hygiene issues. Suitable for clean Essix retainers,

C
RE
Hawley, Trainers, Case, etc..
SO N I C CLE ANER
Brand: Poclinic
Characteristics: Cordless sonic cleaner. Clean Essix retainers, Hawley in 15 minutes. Very compact,
measuring 9cm x 10cm. Requires 2 AA batteries (included). 6500 sonic waves per second.
Ref. L7447 1 unit
THERMOFORMING MATERIAL INTRODUCTION
Dontic/Dontalia offers a range of thermoforming materials for the clinical use, also with the high
guarantee of the two well-known brands for this range of products, DENTSPLY Raintree Essix and
Leone.
T H E R M OF OR M I NG M AT ER IAL:
SH E ET S , A P PA RATU S
A ND I NST RUME N TS
index
Range DENTSPLY RAINTREE ESSIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Range Leone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Aligners accesories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Buccal protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
introducción instrumental
Use suggestion of each type of Essix plastics:

Retainers Essix PLUS o Assix ACE
Bruxism retainers Essix C+
Bruxism appliances Essix PLUS o Essix DUAL LAMINATE
Aligners Essix ACE o Essix C+
Temporary anterior bridges Essix DUAL LAMINATE
TMJ splints Essix A+ o Essix C+
Bite planes Essix TRAY RITE
Whitening splints Essix ACE
Anti-snoring appliances Essix A+
ESSI X A+ PLAST IC ES S I X AC E PL A S T I C E SSI X C+ P L AST I C


Characteristics: Transparent material. Supplied with protective
film on both sides. Allows use with acrylic and adhesive agents.
Additional applications with apnea appliances and splints. Not Brand: Dentsply Raintree Essix Brand: Dentsply Raintree Essix
recommended for bruxism. 50 sheets Characteristics: Transparent material. Supplied with protective Characteristics: The retain option for bruxism. Not for use with
film on both sides. acrylic and adhesive agents. For Aligners for bruxism and bite
Ref. planes.
L1771 .080IN VAC 5” 100 sheets
L1774 .080IN 125mm ROUND 100 sheets
Ref.
50 sheets Ref.
L1772 .040IN VAC 5” L1781 .040 120mm. ROUND
L1779 .040 125mm. ROUND
L1773 .040IN 125mm ROUND L1782 .040 IN 125mm. ROUND
50 sheets L1780 .040 SQUARE
L8007 .030IN 125mm ROUND L9582 .030 SQUARE
L1600 .040 5” SQUARE
50 sheets 95123 .030IN 125mm ROUND
ESSI X DUAL LAMIN ATE ES S I X T R AY R I T E MO U T H GUARD MAT E RI AL
*The product is
transparent"

Characteristics: Use to create custom sports mouthguards for
Brand: Dentsply Raintree Essix children and young adults participating in low-contact sports..
Characteristics: Essix¨ Dual Laminate has a hard top surface that
MO U T H GUARD MAT E RI AL
stands mastication pressure while a soft bottom surface provides
Ref. 25 units
patient comfort. Essix¨ Dual Laminate is thermoformed to fabricate Brand: Dentsply Raintree Essix
intra-oral appliances such as TMJ splints, nightguards, and clenchers Characteristics: Clings to the tooth surface. Doesn´t stretch L1574 3mm 5” SQUARE
& grinders. Essix¨ Dual Laminate is suitable to use with bruxers/ like EVA material Ð helps to prevent bleaching material from L1575 3mm 125mm ROUND
grinders. falling into mouth. L1576 4mm 5” SQUARE
12 units
L1577 .4mm 125mm ROUND
Ref.
L1775 2mm. 125mm ROUND 1 package of 50 units
MO U T H GUARD MAT E RI AL
L1776 2mm. 5" RECTANGULAR Ref. Characteristics: Use to create custom sports mouthguards for
L1578 3mm. 5" RECTANGULAR L1777 125mm ROUND .020 children and young adults participating in low-contact sports.
L1784 3mm. 125mm ROUND L1778 5" RECTANGULAR .020IN
Ref. 25 units
L1579 4mm 5” RECTANGULAR
TH E RMOF ORMIN G P L A STIC
F O R A L I G NER S FO R P U SH E RS
Ref. Ref.
H12220 120mm f/Aligners05 H12229 120mm
H12221 120mm f/Aligners08 H12230 125mm
H12222 125mm f/aligners05 H12231 125x125mm f/pusher
H12223 125mm f/aligners08
FO R B RU X I SM
H12224 125x125mm aligners05
Ref.
H12225 125x125mm aligners08
H12232 120mm f/ bruxism
F O R A L I G NER S & R ETA I NER S H12233 125mm f/ bruxism
Ref. H12234 125 x 125 Cuadrado
H12226 120mm aligner&retainer
H12227 125mm aligner&retainer
H12228 125x125mm aligner&retainer
Compatible aligner with all the thermoforming techniques and machines. FEATURES: move-
H12220 THERMOFORMING PLASTIC 120mm f/Aligners05 1 Box 25 units ments up to 0,25, ideal for small corrections of dental pieces. Excellent clearness. Thickness 05
H12221 THERMOFORMING PLASTIC 120mm f/Aligners08 1 Box 25 units ments up to 0,25, ideal for small corrections of dental pieces. Excellent clearness. Thickness 08
Ideal aligner as retainer at the end of the treatment. Movements up to 0,20mm for the
H12226 THERMOFOR PLASTIC 120mm aligner&retainer 1 Box 25 units small details where the 0,80 aligners are too elastic, and the movement is not well defined.
Compatible with LEOCRYL resin. Excellent clearness.
Ideal for pushers as retainer at the end of the treatment. With this plastic we reduce the break
H12229 THERMOFORMING PLASTICS 120mm 1 Box 15 units risk of our retainer. Compatible with all the thermoforming machines. Excellent clearness.
Ideal splint for the patient with bruxism; to avoid the breakage of dental pieces. It is compatible
H12232 THERMOFORMING PLASTIC 120mm f/ bruxism 1 Box 10 units with LEOCRYL making easier the preparation of canine and incisor guide if necessary.
H12222 THERMOFORMING PLASTIC 125mm f/aligners05 1 Box 25 units ments up to 0,25, ideal for small corrections of dental pieces. Excellent clearness. Thickness 05
H12223 THERMOFORMING PLASTIC 125mm f/aligners08 1 Box 25 units ments up to 0,25, ideal for small corrections of dental pieces. Excellent clearness. Thickness 08
H12227 THERMOFOR PLASTIC 125mm aligner&retainer 1 Box 25 units small details where the 0,80 aligners are too elastic, and the movement is not well defined.
H12230 THERMOFORMING PLASTICS 125mm 1 Box 15 units risk of our retainer. Compatible with all the thermoforming machines. Excellent clearness.
H12233 THERMOFORMING PLASTIC 125mm f/ bruxism 1 Box 10 units with LEOCRYL making easier the preparation of canine and incisor guide if necessary.
H12224 THERMOFORM PLASTIC 125x125mm aligners05 1 Box 25 units ments up to 0,25, ideal for small corrections of dental pieces. Excellent clearness. Thickness 05
H12225 THERMOFORM PLASTIC 125x125mm aligners08 1 Box 25 units ments up to 0,25, ideal for small corrections of dental pieces. Excellent clearness. Thickness 05
H12228 THERM PLASTIC 125x125mm aligner&retainer 1 Box 25 units small details where the 0,80 aligners are too elastic, and the movement is not well defined.
H12231 THERMOFORMING PLASTIC 125x125mm f/pusher 1 Box 15 units risk of our retainer. Compatible with all the thermoforming machines. Excellent clearness.
H12234 THERMOFORM PLASTIC 125x125mm f/bruxism 1 Box 10 units with LEOCRYL making easier the preparation of canine and incisor guide if necessary.
P LA STIC RX -1APL35C 1 2 5 E S SIX+
C H EW I ES AL I GNE R

Characteristics: Excellent clarity and durability. Easy to form and trim, Brand: Dentsply Raintree Essix
excellent wear and impact resistance. Accepts acrylics/bonding agents. Characteristics: 10 units. Help patients seat aligners correctly. Chewiesª Aligner
Protective film on both sides. Also use for aligners and temporary bridges. Tray Seaters are the same size as a standard dental cotton roll. Made of soft plastic,
Ref. they're hygienic and easier to use. ( 1 3/8"long x 7/16"wide).
L1785 .035 125mm CIRCLE Ref. L0238 White

L1786 .035 120mm CIRCLE Ref. L0239 Yellow/pineapple
L1787 .040 120mm CIRCLE Ref. L0240 Green/mint
Ref. L0241 Purple/grape
L1788 .040 125mm CIRCLE Ref. L0242 Pink/gum
RETAINE R/ALIGN E R R E MOVE R COMPOSITE ALIGNER BUTTON
Brand: Dentsply Raintree Essix Brand: Dentsply Raintree Essix

Characteristics: 10 units. Help patients remove appliances cleanly and efficiently Characteristics: Manufactured from strong, stain resistant plastic resin. Smooth low profile
design minimizes patient discomfort. Perfect for attaching elastics and other appliances. Can be
Ref. L0275 White
bonded to most plastic aligners with acrylic resin and other standard bonding agents. Packages
Ref. L0276 Blue tro
in bas og 10.
Ref. L0277 Green trop
Ref. L0278 Orange trop
Ref. L1038 Pink trop
Ref. L9586
BRACES (MOUT HGUA R D B L UE ) D O U B L E B R AC ES

Brand: Shock Doctor Brand: Shock Doctor
Characteristics: 1 unit. Characteristics: 1 unit.
Mouthguard
This unique mouthguard has an Ortho-Channel design that immediately conforms to fit both upper and
lower brace brackets for instant comfort and prevention from lacerations. Made with medical-grade
This insta-fit system is specifically designed to conform to upper brace brackets for instant comfort and silicone, this mouthguard is adaptable to changes in mouth structure as teeth adjust throughout the
prevention from lacerations. Made with 100% medical-grade silicone, this mouthguard is adaptable to lifespan of your braces. Ventilation channels have also been placed through the center of the mouthguard
changes in mouth structure as teeth adjust. The Braces Mouthguard outperforms conventional ones to allow for an increase in airflow, which can often be problematic for athletes with braces. This medical-
through the genius combination of shock absorption and fit all rolled into one. this product also meets grade silicone, latex-free product is offered in strap or strapless form. This product also meets NFHS
NFHS wrestling requirements if an athlete has only upper braces. wrestling requirements. Integrated breathing channels. Ultimate custom braces fit. 1 u.
Ref. L2179 Adult Ref. L2181 Double braces (mouthguard) adult

Ref. L2180 Young Ref. L2182 Double braces (mouthguard) young
MOUTHGUARD TRIMMING BUR

PROTE CTOR E S OP RO S E L F F IT
T D
UC DE
OD MEN
PR OM
C
RE
Brand: Opro
Characteristics: 1 unit
Durable outer layer for superior impact protection. Revolutionary designed brace bumper and
unique shortened fins for accurate fit. Air spaces for maximum cushioning and protection. Cradle
for easy fitting.
Characteristics: 5 units. When fabricating sports mouthguards,
use this bur to efficiently achieve smooth edges after trimming
Ref. L3035 Opro Self Fit Gold Ortho Azul
away excess plastic. 2.35mm shank
Ref. L3036 Opro Self Fit Gold Ortho Negro
Ref. L1640
TRI M RIT E RELEASE AG E N T D O S I F Y I NG B OT T L E


Characteristics: 12oz Spray is directed to the mold to ensure clean separation between work mold
and thermoforming plastic. It works with all plastic thermo forming. It is formulated to avoid the chan- Brand: Dentsply Raintree Essix
ge of colour to yellow. Characteristics: 1Ud. Allows an exact rate of water and powder.
Ref. L1660 Ref. L1585
A LGI N AT E CONTAIN E R ES S I X A LG I NAT E R EM OV E R

Characteristics: 1 unit.
It removes residues of alginate and plaster from impression trays, spatulas,
and other dental instruments, quickly and easily without the need to rub.
Brand: Dentsply Raintree Essix Environmentally safe, neutral pH, and biodegradable. It can be clarified on sinks
Characteristics: 1ud For storing alginate and keeping it cool. without pretreatment.
Ref. L1586 Ref. L1587
R EL I A NC E D I A M O ND BU R 129
R E N E W R E N E W SYS T EM
EW
N
T D
UC DE
OD MEN
Ref. L5958
PR OM
C
RE
Instruments
Ref. L5951
Ref. L5958 The 118L has excellent adhesive removal properties. These non-tapered fric-
tion grip burs cut quickly & do not provoke fissures. These burs are the first step in the RENEWª
FINISHING SYSTEM. 1 unit.
Ref. L5951 Point 383. 12 points. Brand: Reliance Orthodontics

The Renew Finishing System Points 383 will remove small residual amounts of adhesive from the Characteristics: A medium abrasion diamond bur recommended for roughening and
tooth surface and will polish the enamel without damage. It's rubberized tapered shape facilitates preparing plastic, composite restorations and metal surfaces. 1 unit
removal of adhesive close to the gingiva.
Ref. L7002
ESSI X BUR ES S I X F R EEZ E S PR AY

ONLY AVAILABLE
IN DONTALIA

Brand: Dentsply Raintree Essix Characteristics: 10oz. It is used to cool after forming plastic or thermoplastic. For avoiding plastic
Characteristics: 1 unit. 1ud bur for cutting plastics easily and effectively. Use with malformation. If it is not used, the lingual or palatal edges can arise. It can also be used to increase
a hand straight piece. Maximum speed 10.000 flexibility in thermal arches.
Ref. L1588 Ref. L1590
CA ST R E MOV ING TO OL 8 I NC H U NI V ER S A L S C I S SO RS
Instruments
Brand: Dentsply raintree essix

Characteristics: 1 unit. Brand: Dentsply Raintree Essix
It is used below the distal edge to lift the appliance model and ensure integrity of plastic and avoid Characteristics: Great for quickly cutting excess plastic and stiffer materials. Stainless steel.
breaking the mold. Air dry sterilization. Serrated tips. Handles for easy handling. 1 unit.
Ref. L1591 Ref. L1592
LA BORATORY CUTTE R A N D C L A D E S M AYO S C I S S O R S

Brand: Dentsply raintree essix Characteristics: 1 unit. 1 Scissors of size (5 _ inches). Ideal for trimming labial lines at
Characteristics: 1 Knife and 25 blades. Perfect for cutting distal ends in Essix applian- Essix appliances leaving the minimum number of irregular edges. The curve of the scissors
ces and for cutting windows in aligners (aligners) to allow movement of teeth. follow the curve of the arch. Air Dry sterilization or chemical sterilization.
Ref. L1593 Ref. L1594
ACCENTUATOR TOO L PO L I S H B RU S H ES SAW DRI L L FO R CU T T E R/T RI MME R
Instruments
Characteristics: Ideal for polishing Essix appliancesÕ edges. For
using with cordless Dremel; Maximum speed 5000rpm. 12 units.
per packet.
Brand: Dentsply Raintree Essix Ref. Brand: Dentsply Raintree Essix
Characteristics: 1 unit. L1649 HEAVY POLISH BRUSHES Characteristics: You can cut Essix appliances with this high qua-
It is used to guide the plastic interproximal spaces. Air Dry sterili- L1650 MEDIUM POLISH BRUSHES lity and one-piece tool. Head Size: 10mm; Thickness of 0.5 mm.
zation or chemical sterilization. Maximum speed 10,000 rpm. 1 unit.
L1651 FINE POLISH BRUSHES
Ref. L1595 Ref. L1762
EDGE POLISHE R - SET OF 3
Over ADVANTAG ES

products •
•
40 TOP


Characteristics: 3 units. For polishing appliances' edges. For use Up to 30% CHEAPER than other Ortho Depots.
with cordless Dremel or slow hand piece; Maximum speed
10,000 rpm.
Ref. L1596
INSTRUMENTS INTRODUCTION
Range
You will find more than 150 Orthodontics instruments.
A wide range that will help with the daily treatments.
Brands
A huge brands range to choose:
Proclinic
Bestdent
Hu-Friedy
Leone
Komet
LM
Intensiv
Martín
Dentronix
Yamaura (YDM)
SDC
G&H
I NST RUM E N TS
contents
Distal end cutters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Ligature cutters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Hard wire cutters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Bend pliers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
How pliers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Wire forming pliers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Weingart pliers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Cinching pliers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Step pliers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Tweed pliers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Crimping pliers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Aligners pliers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Bands instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Instruments for brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Ligation instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Organizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Burs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Stripping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Retractors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Photographic mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Cephalometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Box retainers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Patiente wax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Distal End
Cutters
T D
T D
UC DE
UC DE
OD MEN
OD MEN
PR OM
PR OM
C
C
RE
RE
Distal End Cutters
Max. Max.
.021 x .025” .021 x .025”
LONG-HANDLED DISTAL END CUTTER WITH

SAFETY HOLD
DISTAL END CUTTER WITH SAFETY HOLD
Brand: Hu-Friedy
Brand: Hu-Friedy Characteristics: Can easily cut all types of wires ranging from
Characteristics: Pins and Ligatures up to .021 x .025". Archwire .012" (.30 mm) to .021" x .025" (.53 mm x .64 mm). Handle 11,5cm.
safety hold. 10 cm handle.
Ref. L5050 Ref. L5051
Max.
Hold: .020”
Cut: .030”
Max.
.026”
.022 x .028”
Max.
.021 x .025” FLUSH CUT DISTAL END CUTTER WITH HOLDER
Brand: Hu-Friedy
Characteristics: Cuts and holds wire distally flush to
the buccal tube or bracket while reducing debondings.
Designed for all types of wire up to a maximum of .020"
(.51 mm).
Ref. L5077
FLUSH CUT NO HOLD DISTAL END CUT 678-102 SILICONE TIPS FOR FLUSH CUT AND HOLD DISTAL
END CUTTER DISTAL END CUTTER WITH SAFETY HOLDER
Brand: Hu-Friedy
Characteristics: 3 Pack of silicone inserts for L5077 Flush Brand: Yamaura Dental Corporation (YDM)
Characteristics: An exceptional universal cutter for all types of
Cut and Hold Distal End Cutter. Characteristics: Tungsten carbide tips.
wires up to a maximum of .021" x .025" (.53 mm x .64 mm).
Ref. L9583 Ref. L5092 3 units. Ref. L3313
note: On purchasing your Hu-Friedy orthodontic pliers through Dontic or Dontalia, the manufacturer offers a one-year guarantee against cutting defects and a lifetime guarantee against manufacturing defects.
Distal End Cutters
CUTTING PLIERS LX-1

Brand: Proclinic
Ligature Cutters
Characteristics: Distal cutter, with wire holding device, TC Tip
12.4 cm Proclinic
Max.
.022 x .028”
DISTAL END CUTTER WITH SAFETY HOLDER

Brand: Leone
Characteristics: The particular design of this cutter allows distal 678-113 SLIM FLUSH CUT DISTAL END CUTTER
end archwires be cut in the patient mouth safely. It cuts the wire
Brand: Hu-Friedy
and the safely holds the loose distal end. Maximum cutting capacity:
rectangular wire up to .022Óx.028Ó (0,56 x 0,71 mm); round wire Characteristics: Designed for all types of wire up to a maximum
up to .020Ó (0,51 mm); twist wire up to .016Ó (0,41 mm). of .021" x .025" (.53 mm x .64 mm).
80343
Ref. L5009 Ref. L5027
Ligature
Cutters Max.
.014”
LIGATURE CUTTER WITH SPRING

Brand: Yamaura Dental Corporation (YDM)
Characteristics: Tungsten carbide tips. This special pliers makes

678-700 LINGUAL DISTAL END CUTTER H-F work easier for all orthodontists because it is provided with a
spring just below the central joint. The spring keeps the tips open
Brand: Hu-Friedy
whenever the pliers are at rest and the tips only join to cut when
Characteristics: Uniquely designed for lingual treatment, cuts
the orthodontist makes a light pressure.
hard wires up to .018" (.45 mm).
Ref. L5038 Ref. L3312
The word "max" means the maximum wire width that it can be used with each plier
T D
UC DE
OD MEN
PR OM
C
Ligature Cutters
RE
Max..015” Max..012” Max..012”

Soft ligature wire Soft ligature wire Soft ligature wire
MINI LIGATURE CUTTER MICRO LIGATURE CUTTER

Brand: Hu-Friedy Brand: Hu-Friedy
LIGATURE CUTTER
Characteristics: Designed to cut soft wire pins and ligature wires Characteristics: Designed to cut soft wire pins and ligature
Brand: Hu-Friedy up to .012" (.30 mm). Slim profile is a plus in difficult to access wires up to .012" (.30 mm). Ultra slim profile is a plus in the most
Characteristics: Designed to cut soft wire pins and ligature areas. Handle 10cm difficult to access areas. Handle 10cm.
wires up to .015"(.38 mm). Handle 10 cm.
Ref. L5052 Ref. L5053 Ref. L5055
15º
Max.
Max. .012” .012”
Soft ligature wire
LONG-HANDLED LIGATURE CUTTER 678-107L MICRO LIGATURE CUTTER, 15_ ANGLE

LIGATURE CUTTER
Characteristics: Designed to cut ligature wires up to .012" Characteristics: Designed to cut soft wire pins and ligature
wires up to .012" (.30 mm). 15¡ offset tip with ultra slim profile is Brand: Yamaura Dental Corporation (YDM)
(.30 mm). Ultra slim profile is a plus in the most difficult to access Characteristics: Tungsten carbide tips.
areas. a plus in the most difficult to access areas.
Ref. L5047 Ref. L5075 Ref. L3314
We’ve supplied more than
8,400 ortho professionals
in the last year
Ligature Cutters
LIGATURE PLIERS TC 12CM.

Brand: Proclinic
Ligature Cutters
Max..012”
Soft ligature wire
MICRO LIGATURE CUTTER

Brand: Hu-Friedy
Characteristics: Ligature cutter with reduced tip dimension.
Designed to cut soft wire pins and ligature wires up to .012"
(.30 mm).
Ref. 80349 Ref. L5076
Ligature Cutters Ligature Cutters
LIGATURE PLIERS TC CUTTING PLIERS LX-95

0,4 MM. Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: Angle ligature cutters 13 cm
Brand: Proclinic
LUGATURE CUTTER MICRO THIN TIP SLIM H-F

Brand: Hu-Friedy
Characteristics: Same as L5076, 13% smaller; maximum wire
size .012" (.30 mm).
Ref. L5028 Ref. 80348 Ref. 80344
Thick Wire Cutting Pliers

678-701 LINGUAL LIGATURE CUTTR HU-FRIEDY 900-753 LIGATURE CUT PLIERS
Brand: Hu-Friedy Brand: 3M Unitek
Characteristics: Uniquely designed for lingual treatment, cuts soft wire pins and liga- Characteristics: 1 unit. Straight-back designed to cut soft wires. Sharp pointed diamond-honed
ture wires up to .012" (.30 mm). tips to cut ligature wire. Cutting capacity: Maximum soft wire up to .014 in. diameter.
Ref. L5039 Ref. L9225
Cutting Pliers
Thick Wire WIRE-CUTTERS FOR
THICK WIRE
Cutting Brand: Proclinic
Pliers
Ref. 8091
pliers
CUTTING PLIERS FOR

THICK WIRE - RUBBER
Thick Wire Cutting Pliers
HANDLE
Brand: Proclinic
BEST
SAVINGS
BEST
SAVINGS
T H K WI RE CU T T I NG P L I E RS RU B B E R
THICK WIRE CUTTING PLIERS
H ANDL E B D
Brand: Bestdent
Brand:Bestdent
1 unit
1 unit
Ref. 80313 Ref. 8092 Ref. 80314
15º
Max.
Max. 1,5 mm.
.022 x .028”
Max.
.022 x .028”
STRAIGHT HARD WIRE CUTTER HARD WIRE CUTTER, 15_ OFFSET HEAVY-DUTY HARD WIRE CUTTER
Brand: Hu-Friedy Brand: Hu-Friedy Brand: Leone
Characteristics: Designed to cut hard wires up to .022" x Characteristics: Designed to cut hard wires up to . 56 mm x Characteristics: For hard wires up to 1,5 mm.
.028" (.56 mm x .71 mm). Handle 10 cm. .71 mm. (022" x .028"). Handle 10 cm.
Ref. L5011
Ref. L5057
Ref. L5056
Wire Forming
Pliers
Wire Forming Pliers

Max. Max.
.030”(0,76 mm.) .020”
BEGG LONG-TIPPED PLIERS WITH GROOVE

ANGLE PLIERS, 678-304 Brand: Hu-Friedy
Brand: Hu-Friedy Characteristics: Long-tipped pliers with groove. Max .020". On
Characteristics: Max .030" (0.76 mm). On purchasing your purchasing your Hu-Friedy orthodontic pliers through Proclinic, the
Hu-Friedy orthodontic pliers through Proclinic, the manufacturer manufacturer offers a one-year guarantee against cutting defects
offers a one-year guarantee against cutting defects and a lifetime and a lifetime guarantee against manufacturing defects. The word
guarantee against manufacturing defects. The word Max indicates Max indicates the maximum wire thickness that can be used with
the maximum wire thickness that can be used with each plier. each plier.
Ref. L5041 Ref. L5042
Max.
.040” (1 mm.)
Max.
.020”
ADAMS PLIERS, 678-320
Brand: Hu-Friedy
OFFSET PLIERS WITH CENTRAL BLADE, 678-305
Characteristics: Max .040" (1 mm). On purchasing your Hu-Friedy
orthodontic pliers through Proclinic, the manufacturer offers a one- Brand: Hu-Friedy
year guarantee against cutting defects and a lifetime guarantee aga- Characteristics: These pliers allow you to bend and cut the wire
BEGG PLIER WITH CENTRAL CUTTER
inst manufacturing defects. The word Max indicates the maximum without having to use two different pliers. On purchasing your
Brand: Yamaura Dental Corporation (YDM) wire thickness that can be used with each plier. Achieves precise Hu-Friedy orthodontic pliers through Proclinic, the manufacturer
Characteristics: Maximum wire capacity 0,56 mm (.022''). 90¼ angles and modifications in orthodontic appliances. For wire offers a one-year guarantee against cutting defects and a lifetime
Cuts to 0,50mm ( .020'') up to .040". guarantee against manufacturing defects.
Ref. L3302 Ref. L5084 Ref. L5089
pliers
ANGLE PLIERS
Brand: Proclinic
Wire Forming Pliers
Characteristics: Plier de Angle 13 cm.

9,5 (handle) x 17 (open handle)
x 4 (open tips) x 1,25 (tips)
Max.
.032” (0,8 mm.)
LONG-POINT OFFSET PLIERS, 678-326

Brand: Hu-Friedy
Characteristics: Especially useful for forming loops and omegas. BIRD-BEAK PLIERS, ANGLE
On purchasing your Hu-Friedy orthodontic pliers through Proclinic, Brand: Leone
the manufacturer offers a one-year guarantee against cutting Characteristics: Flat, round beak. Essential for working round
defects and a lifetime guarantee against manufacturing defects. wire up to .032 (0.80 mm) in diameter. Max .032" (0.8 mm).
8066
Ref. L5090 Ref. L5002
pliers
YOUNG PLIERS FOR

WIRE
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: Young, loop & arch
forming pliers, 13 cm Proclinic
O'BRIEN PLIERS, 678-311

Brand: Hu-Friedy
Characteristics: These pliers allow you to bend and cut the wire
without having to use two different pliers. On purchasing your
Hu-Friedy orthodontic pliers through Proclinic, the manufacturer
ANGLE PLIERS 1339 offers a one-year guarantee against cutting defects and a lifetime
Brand: Martin guarantee against manufacturing defects. 80345
Characteristics: Angle pliers: 12cm
Ref. 0790 Ref. L5093
Wire Forming Pliers

Max. round .030" Rect.
.021x.025
Max. round .056"
OFFSET PLIERS WITH TUNGSTEN CARBIDE INSERTS (DE134) HEAVY WIRE ADAMS PLIERS (DE135L)
Brand: Dentronix Brand: Dentronix
Characteristics: Max. round wire .030Ó Rect. wire .021x.025. The word Max indicates the Characteristics: Max. round wire .056". The word Max indicates the maximum wire thickness
maximum wire thickness that can be used with each set of pliers. High level of wire control with that can be used with each plier. Pliers with tungsten carbide inserts. Ideal for customising Adams
serrated surface on the square tip. One conical tip and one square tip. clasps, other types of clasps and wire bending. Two square tips.
Ref. L5110 Ref. L5112
ADVANTAG ES

Max. Check all PRICES and SPECIAL OFFERS

.022” x .025” directly on our websites:
V-STOP PLIERS, 678-321
Brand: Hu-Friedy
Characteristics: To place stops in steel and Ni-Ti archwires. Max .022" x .025"
Ref. L5044
pliers
EW
TORQUE PLIER
N
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: Individual torquing plier with angles
marked for any rectangular wire. Male and Female pliers
needed for use.
Wire Forming Pliers
Ref. L8111 Female

Ref. L8112 Male
Max.
.022”
NANCE PLIERS, 678-319

Brand: Hu-Friedy
Characteristics: NANCE pliers. Max .022"
Ref. L5043
EW
N
Max. Rect.
.022x.025''
TORQUING INSTRUMENT WIRE.019X.025

.021X.025/.027
Brand: Leone
TORQUE PLIERS WITH KEY 1U
Characteristics: 1 unit. "A device consisting of two components
TORQUING PLIERS (DE261B) Brand: G&H WIRE to easily apply torque to a portion of arch wire in proximity of a
Characteristics: specific bracket. The instrument with the U end is used to mark out
Brand: Dentronix
Designed to place torque in a specific section of the archwire and maintain the selected portion of the arch wire. The other ins-
Characteristics: Max. rect. wire .022"x.025". Male. The word Max
(single tooth control) without distorting the remainder of the trument is used for firmly keeping the rectangular wire and placing
indicates the maximum wire thickness that can be used with each
wire. The key is designed to torque the section between holding the desired torque degrees. Thanks to the presence of a laser mar-
plier. Allow torquing of any rectangular wire. beaks without extending past the contact points of the beaks ked protractor, it is possible to check the degrees of torque given.
and will engage easily without transfer of torque to adjacent One instrument end is for arch wires .019”x.025”, the other for
Ref. L5113 Male teeth. Works with all wires. .021”x.025”/.027”".
Ref. L5114 Female Ref. L6309 Ref. L8033
Wire Forming Pliers

Max. round wire .022"
Rect. wire .0215"x0215. Max.
.022”x .025”
Max.
.020”
DE LA ROSA PLIERS
Brand: Dentronix
Characteristics: With groove. The word Max indicates the
maximum wire thickness that can be used with each plier. Pliers OPTICAL LOOP-FORMING PLIERS, 678-323
to contour wires. On the grooved version, the grooves measure
.026, .018 and .022". The non-grooved version allows the wire Brand: Hu-Friedy
Characteristics: Allows loops to be easily adjusted within the JARABAK PLIERS, 678-301
to be contoured at any point on the pliers. Especially useful for
making lingual retainers, Hawley bows or simply to expand or mouth with maximum patient comfort. Forms and adjusts all types Brand: Hu-Friedy
constrict the wire. of loops. Max .022"x .025" Characteristics: Jarabak Pliers. Max .020".
Ref. L5115 Con Ranuras
Ref. L5116 Sin Ranuras Ref. L5086 Ref. L5040
pliers
THREE-POINTED
PLIERS
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: Three-pointed pliers.
Max.
.030”(0,76 mm.)
DE LA ROSA PLIERS 678-317 HOLLOW CHOP PLIERS - HU-FRIEDY

Characteristics: For bending all sizes of wire. Handle 10 cm. Characteristics: For bending all sizes of wire. Handle 10 cm. Max .
Max .030" (0.76 mm) 0,76mm (.030"). Same as L5058 with reduced radius.
8098
Ref. L5058 Ref. L9210
pliers
THREE-POINTED
PLIERS FOR FACIAL
Wire Forming Pliers
ARCHWIRE
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: Special plier for making omega-loops in non-
preformed facial archewires. Allows each archwire to be adjusted Max.
according to each patient's need. .030”(0,76 mm.)
BEST
SAVINGS
THREE-JAW PLIERS
A DERE R PLIE R 3 PRON G B E S TD E N T Brand: Hu-Friedy
Brand: Bestdent Characteristics: Exceptional ability to grip wire while bending.
1 unit 8099 Handle 10 cm. Max .030" (0.76 mm)
Ref. 80320
Ref. L5066
Max.
.036” (0,90 mm.)
Max.
.030” (0,76 mm.)
678-312 ORTO BEND 3JAWS PLIERS HF ADERER THREE-JAW PLIERS

THREE-JAW NI-TI BENDER
Brand: Hu-Friedy Brand: Leone
Brand: Hu-Friedy Characteristics: Tips are rounded for ease of contouring light Characteristics: For wire up to .036" (0.91 mm).
Characteristics: Pliers designed especially for bending Ni-Ti wires up to .030" (.76 mm).
archwires. Max .030" (0.76 mm)
Ref. L9101 Ref. L5005
Ref. L5085
pliers
PLIERS ADERER N.25 How Pliers

Brand: Proclinic
How Pliers
STEEL WIRE STRAIGHT LENGTH 016X016 35CM
Brand: Martin
Characteristics: Aderer pliers 1234A 12cm
80341
Ref. 0788
Max.
.030” (0,76 mm.) Max.
.030” (0,76 mm.)
HOW STRAIGHT PLIERS HOW OFFSET PLIERS

HOW OFFSET PLIERS
Brand: Hu-Friedy Characteristics: Serrated tips for better grip. Handle 10 cm. Characteristics: Rounded, serrated tips at a 45¼ angle. Gripping
Characteristics: Tips offset by 40¼ for better access. Handle 10 Max .030" (0.76 mm) tips measure 1/8" (3.2 mm).
cm. Max .030" (0.76 mm). Ref. L5008
Ref. L5061
Ref. L5062
pliers
STRAIGHT HOW PLIERS

14,5 CM.
How Pliers
Brand: Proclinic
How pliers, 14.5 cm, straight Proclinic
KIM PLIERS ND-419-22159

Brand: Yamaura (YDM) HOW STRAIGHT PLIERS
Characteristics: Maximum wire capacity .016"x.022". Cuts to
Brand: Leone
.020". Autoclavable (up to 135¡C)
Characteristics: Rounded, serrated and straight tips. Gripping
Ref. L3316 tips measure 1/8" (3.2 mm). 80346
Ref. L5007
pliers
Arch-Forming
PLAIN POINTS
Pliers
PLIERS
Brand: Proclinic
Max.
.036” (0,9 mm.)
LINGUAL ARCH-FORMING PLIERS, 678-309

Brand: Hu-Friedy
Characteristics: To bend wire for lingual archwires up to .036"
80350 (0.91 mm). Handle 10 cm.
Ref. L5070
Weingart
Pliers
T D
UC DE
OD MEN
PR OM
C
Weingart Pliers
RE
Max.
.030” (0,76 mm.)
WEINGART PLIERS
FINE-POINTED WEINGART PLIERS, 678-202 Brand: Leone
Brand: Hu-Friedy Characteristics: Classic design. With rounded points to gua-
Characteristics: Narrower tips for easier access. Handle 10 cm. rantee total safety in the mouth. Useful for debonding ceramic
Ref. L5060 brackets.
Ref. L5006
Max.
.030” (0,76 mm.)
LONG-HANDLED WEINGART PLIER 678-201L

678-501 WEINGART ULTRAFINA THIN H-F
Brand: Hu-Friedy
Characteristics: Versatile utility pliers with serrations. Tapered Brand: Hu-Friedy
WEINGART PLIERS, 678-201
32¡ angular design is convenient for placement and removal of Characteristics: Versatile utility pliers with serrations. 20% slim-
Brand: Hu-Friedy archwires. mer at tip as compared to L5059. Useful for placement and removal
Characteristics: Offset design for easy work within the mouth. of archwires.
Handle 10 cm. Max .030" (0.76 mm) Ref. L5048
Ref. L5059 Ref. L5029
Cinching
pliers
Cinching Pliers
678-702 LINGUAL WEINGART PLIERS 90¡ H-F

678-702 LINGUAL WEINGART PLIERS HU-F Brand: Hu-Friedy
Brand: Hu-Friedy Characteristics: Uniquely designed for lingual treatment; versatile
Characteristics: Uniquely designed for lingual treatment; versatile utility pliers with serrations. Useful for placement and removal of
utility pliers with serrations. Useful for placement and removal of archwires.
archwires.
Ref. L5100 Ref. L5101
CINCHING / DISTAL BENDING PLIER
Brand: G&H Wire

Características: Plier allowing the orthodontist to make light
wire arch adjustments for inter-oral use without removing the
arch wire from the mouth. Narrowness of beaks permits the CINCH BACK PLIERS / DISTAL BENDER
engagement of the instrument on the arch wire in the inner bracket 678-502 HAMMERHEAD CINCHING NITI SLIM HF
distance and between the teeth and the arch wire. Tips are at 90¡ Brand: Hu-Friedy
Características: Pliers to cinch back or bend NiTi archwires
angles from the plier handle to permit access to the arch wire in Characteristics: For improved posterior access; maximum wire
up to .022"x.028" behind the molar tube. Ideal design for
making adjustments in the labial lingual direction. Ideally useful in size .025" (.64 mm); NiTi wire only.
maximum patient comfort and ease-of-use by the clinician. Can be
the lingual area.
used in any quadrant, directly inside the mouth.
Ref. L5033
Ref. L6311 Ref. L24087
Wire Forming Pliers

678-704 CINCHING NITI LINGUAL PLIERS HF 678-704 CINCHING NITI LINGUAL PL SERRATD 678-506 CINCHING SLIM INSTRUMENT HU-F
Brand: Hu-Friedy Brand: Hu-Friedy Brand: Hu-Friedy
Characteristics: Pliers Lingual Hammerhead NiTi. Wire: maxi- Characteristics: Pliers Lingual Hammerhead NiTi jagged. Characteristics: 1 unit. Bends archwire distal to the 1st or 2nd
mum dimension <0 0.25 " Wire: maximum dimension of <= 0.025 " molar; maxium wire size .021"x.025" (.53 mm x 64 mm).
Ref. L5103 Ref. L5104 Ref. L5037
Step
Pliers
perfect for
cinching
DO UBLE-ENDE D D IS TA L - E N D A RC H WIR E
BEN DER
Ref. L0942 INTRAORAL STEP DETAILING PLIER 0,5MM
Stainless steel. New model of one of the most useful instruments in orthodontics. Now Brand: Dentronix
available with two ends, with an .018" opening at one end and a .030" opening at the Characteristics: For detailing steps 0.5mm
other. This design allows both small- and large-diameter archwires to be bent more accu-
rately. Allows access to distal ends of archwires for bending (cinching) or straightening
(uncinching). Given its length, it can even reach third molars. Ref. L5108
Tweed pliers
STEP PLIERS
Brand: Hu-Friedy
Characteristics: Double-sided offset beak permits bayonet bends on
DETAILING STEP PLIERS INTRA 0,75MM wires up to .022" x .025" (.56 mm x .64 mm). Pliers create a right-hand or
Brand: G&H left-hand step-up or step-down at 3/4mm, 1/2mm or 1mm.
INTRAORAL STEP DETAILING PLIER 1MM Characteristics: Allows first and second order bends intra-orally
without removing the entire archwire. The plier has a universal step- Ref. L03028 3/4MM 678-341
Brand: Dentronix
up and step-down. 0,75mm offset. Ref. L7000 1/2MM 678-340
Characteristics: For detailing steps 1mm
Ref. L7001 1MM 678-342
Ref. L5109 Ref. L6310
pliers pliers
Tweed
Pliers TWEED PLIER N.7 TWEED PLIER 13CM.
Ref. 80352 Ref. 80351
Tweed pliers
Max.
.022” x .025”
Max.
.022”x .028”
TWEED PLIERS
OMEGA LOOP-FORMING PLIERS, 678-303
Brand: Leone RECTANGULAR ARCH-FORMING TWEED PLIERS,
Characteristics: Designed to form loops in round and rectangular Brand: Hu-Friedy SHORT TIPS
wire up to a maximum of .022"x.028" (0.56 x 0.71 mm). The cylin- Characteristics: For forming precise, .045", .060" and .075" (1.14
Brand: Leone
drical beak has three sections: .045" (1.14 mm), .060" (1.52 mm), mm, 1.52 mm and 1.91 mm) omega loops. Handle 10 cm.
Characteristics: For square or rectangular wire. With bevelled work
.075" (1.90 mm). Ref. L5067 angles to prevent wire scoring.
Ref. L5003 Ref. L5068 1Tip. Ref. L5004
0,64 mm. 1,78 mm. 1,27 mm.
Max. Max. Max.

.022”x .025” .022”x .025” .022”x .025”
RECTANGULAR ARCH-BENDING PLIERS (TWEED),

678-308 TWEED ARCH-BENDING PLIERS (1.27 MM/.050
TWEED ARCH-BENDING PLIERS (0.64 MM/.025 TIPS), 678-307
Brand: Hu-Friedy
TIPS), 678-307S Characteristics: To bend rectangular wire. Tip width of .070" Brand: Hu-Friedy
Brand: Hu-Friedy (1.78 mm). Handle 10 cm. Characteristics: Designed to make all types of bends in archwires.
Characteristics: Designed to make all types of bends in archwires.
Ref. L5083 Ref. L5069 Ref. L5082
pliers pliers
Aligners
PLIERS FOR CRIMPING- Pliers
EW
CLOSING SURGICAL
N
Instruments
HOOKS CRIMPING PLIER

Characteristics: Designed especially for "crimping" or Characteristics: Designed especially for crimping or closing
closing surgical hooks, stops, posts, etc. surgical hooks, stops, posts etc. Easy access for posteriors.
Ref. L8113
Ref. L0883
T D
AD TO
UC DE
O
OD MEN
AC C
ST DU
PR OM
DE RO
C
RE
P
THE HOLE PUNCH 6MM PLIERS 678-803

THE VERTICAL PLIERS 678-801 Brand: Hu-Friedy
Brand: Hu-Friedy Characteristics: Creates half-moon cutouts for relief of clear aligners around bonded
Characteristics: Emphasizes over-correction of rotations by producing an indentation at the buttons used for elastics. Nips away plastic to provide soft tissue clearance to prevent aligner
mesial or distal line angles on the facial and/or lingual of a specific tooth. impingement of tissue.
Ref. L03024 Ref. L03025
T D
T D
UC DE
UC DE
OD MEN
OD MEN
PR OM
PR OM
C
C
RE
RE
Instruments
THE TEAR DROP PLIERS 678-800 THE HORIZONTAL PLIERS 678-802
Characteristics: Creates a notch at the gingival margin of clear aligners anywhere elastic hooks Characteristics: Produces an indentation to accent individual root torque. Enhances retention
are required within the arch. Provides a reservoir to hold the elastics in place as the aligner is of either clear aligners or retainers by placing an indent into a toothÕs undercut or below a
seated, permitting easier manipulation of elastics by the patient. bonded attachment.
Ref. L03026 Ref. L03027
I M S PLIE R LUBRICA N T S P R AY - IL S I M S PL I ER PENET R AT I NG O I L - I PS

ADVANTAG ES


Characteristics: 236 ml. To prevent corrosion. To be used after Characteristics: 236 ml. For corroded pliers. To be used after Up to 30% CHEAPER than other Ortho Depots.
cleaning. cleaning.
Ref. L5135 Ref. L5136
thermal instrument band adapter
THERMAL INSTRUMENT MERSHON BAND

FOR NITI ARCHWIRES ADAPTER
Instruments

Characteristics: STAINLESS STEEL.
Fill the instrument's tank with water
and leave it in the freezer. Once the
water has frozen, it is ready for
use. Its compact design allows for
precise activation at specific points
on the thermal NiTi archwire.
BEST
BAND P U SH E R ME RSH O N SAVINGS
Ref. L0865 Ref. 8086 Brand: Bestdent
Ref. 80310
band adapter Mordedor / adaptador de bandas Mordedor / adaptador de bandas
BITE STICK BAND

PUSHER
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: Autoclavable metallic point.
BITE STICK WHITE SOFT 1U

Brand: G&H WIRE
Characteristics: This High Heat Bite Stick has a serrated stain-
less steel insert for positive contact without slipping. Compatible
with any conventional sterilization method including Dry Heat up
B I T E ST I CK / B AND ADAP T E R
to 350ºF / 177ºC
Ref. L0337 Brand: Leone
Ref. L6306 Ref. L5014
Band Instruments Band Instruments

Band Instruments
Band Instruments
BAND REMOVING PLIERS
Brand: Leone
Characteristics: Necessary for removal of posterior bands. A
plastic padded tip and a sharp removing beak allow, with a slight
B A ND - R EM OV I NG PL I ER S , 6 7 8 - 2 0 7
pressure, high precision band removal. 678-503 SLIM BAND REMOVING PLIERS H-F
Brand: Hu-Friedy
Ref. L5013 Pliers Brand: Hu-Friedy
Ref. L7432 Replacement pad P1453-00 Ref. L5063 Plier Characteristics: Slim band removing pliers with tapered
Ref. L5064 Replacement pad beak providing better access. 21% thinner and more tape-
Ref. L9504 3/16" (4.8 mm) Replacement Pads for red than L5063.
The plastic occlusal tip allows you to use minimum force to remove L5063 Posterior Band Removing Pliers
the band. 6 units Ref. L5034
BA N D PUSHER/DRIV E R
Band Instruments
Ref. L1250
BAND SEATER/CURETTE
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: This double-ended instrument simplifies cement cleanup and band adaptation. The seating
tip is serrated on 4 sides and the end. The curette is used to check for gaps between the band and tooth and
Ref. L5118 to remove excess cement.
Brand: Leone
Characteristics: Band pusher / driver with mechanism to adjust
seating pressure between 80 g and 1000 g. For easy placement and
adjustment of bands.
Ref. L1250 Offset tip
Ref. L5117 Replacement offset tip
Ref. L6025
Ref. L5118 Straight tip
Ref. L5119 Replacement straight tip
Instruments for Brackets Instruments for Brackets

PL I E RS FO R LO O P B RACK E T P L ACE ME NT
POSTERIOR BRACKET PLIERS FOR

PLACING TWEEZERS POSITIONING ANTERIOR
Instruments for Brackets
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: Bracket placing tweezers. Stainless steel. Allows
easy placement of brackets and other attachments on posterior BRACKETS
teeth. Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: Compatible with any type of bracket, double- or
single-width. Automatic fixation to the bracket, releasing only when
the pliers are squeezed.
Brand: ASA
Medidas: Direct bonding bracket holder 13,5cm
Ref. L0945
Ref. 8087
Ref. 96876
A N TERIOR BRACKE T P L AC E R 1 U B R AC K ET PL AC ER 678- 504 SL I M DI RE CT B O ND B RACKT

T WE E Z E RS
Brand: G&H WIRE

Characteristics: Stainless Steel reverse action bracket placer
Brand: Hu-Friedy
provides positive grip on brackets and other attachments during
Brand: Yamaura Dental Corporation (YDM) Characteristics: Slim tipped bracket tweezers with tapered tail to
bonding procedures. Squeeze to release. Engage the opposing end
Characteristics: Position Caliper Brackets with gauge and aid in bracket manipulation.
of the anterior instrument in the bracket slot for final positioning.
curette.
Ref. L6308 Ref. L5035
Ref. L3303
Instruments for Brackets Instruments for Brackets
BUCCAL TUBE TWEEZERS REVERSE ACTION

Brand:
Características:
Proclinic
Insert the two Þne tips into the tube opening and
BUCCAL TUBE TWEEZERS
release tweezer tips. The tweezers' force grips the tube. Once the tube is in Brand: Proclinic
position, they are squeezed again to remove the tips from the tube. Características: These tweezers also grip the tube until the tube is
bonded. One tip is inserted inside the tube opening and the other grips the
exterior surface. Once the tube is in position, the tweezers are squeezed to
remove the tips from the tube.
Ref. L6028 Ref. L6029
SLIM BUCCAL TUBE BONDER

Instruments for Brackets OFFSET BRACKET REMOVER, 678-220L
TWEEZERS HU-FRIEDY
CURVED BRACKET
REMOVAL PLIERS
Brand: Proclinic
Características: For removal of anterior and posterior brackets.
Angled tips for easy posterior access.
Brand: Hu-Friedy
Characteristics: Especially designed for posterior brackets, with
the tips of this remover having easy access for bracket removal.
Brand: Hu-Friedy Ideal for use with metal and aesthetic brackets.
Characteristics: The ultra slim working ends of these tweezers
are ideal for proper and effective buccal tube bond placement by Ref. L5046
allowing the practitioner to hold the buccal tubes reversely when
the buccal tubes are to be bonded. note: On purchasing your Hu-Friedy orthodontic pliers through
Dontic or Dontalia, the manufacturer offers a one-year guarantee
Ref. 8097 against cutting defects and a lifetime guarantee against manufac-
Ref. L5099 turing defects.
3M U NIT E K INST RUME N T F OR BR ACKE T U NI T EK D EB O ND I NG I NS T RU M ENT 9 0 0 - 8 5 0 BRACKET-REMOVING PLIERS, 678-219

REMOVAL
Debonding / Debanding Pliers
Brand: 3M Unitek
Characteristics: Place the wire over any bracket wing, position
the instrument so that it is over the bracket, gently squeeze the
handle until the two contact surfaces are balanced over the tooth
Brand: 3M Unitek Brand: Hu-Friedy
and squeeze more until the bracket lifts from the tooth. This kit
Characteristics: Debonding tool designed for the removal of Characteristics: For steel, ceramic and plastic brackets.
includes a replacement wire, an Allen key and the removal tool.
traditional Non Self-Ligating 3M Unitek Metal and Ceramic Bracket Handle 10 cm.
Ref. L0297 Systems.
Ref. L9321 Replacement wires for L0297 Ref. L9221 1 unit Ref. L5065
DIRECT BOND BRACKET REMOVING PLIERS

pliers
BAND REMOVING PLIERS

Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: Band removing pliers, 13,4cm
Brand: Leone
Characteristics: Guarantee maximum patient comfort. The two
sharp tips fit under the bracket tie-wings, removing the bracket on
applying slight pressure. 80347
Ref. L5012
678-703 LINGUAL BRACKET REMOVING PLIERS A D H ES I V E- R EM OV I NG PL I E RS, 678- 206
Debonding / Debanding Pliers

Brand: Hu-Friedy
Characteristics: Hu-Friedy adhesive-removing pliers.
Brand: Hu-Friedy
Characteristics: Uniquely designed for removal of lingual brackets. Ref. L5078 Plier
Ref. L5079 Plastic tip for pliers 678-014A
Ref. L5102 Ref. L5087 Blade for pliers 678-001
ARCHWIRE REMOVAL INTRUMENT SLOT
ADVANTAG ES


Brand: 3M Unitek Brand: 3M Unitek Dontic.com, Dontic.co.uk,

Characteristics: 1 Unit. Archwire Insertion Instrument in Smartclip Characteristics: 1 Unit. Instrument for inserting arches in
Brackets and Clarity SL with Slot 018 Smartclip and Clarity SL brackets with slot 022. Up to 30% CHEAPER than other Ortho Depots.
Ref. L9230 .022 Ref. L9229 .018
804-160ARCHWIRE REMOVAL INSTRUMENT LOTUS PLUS CLIP OPEN/CLOSE

TWEEZER
Instruments
Brand: Adenta
Characteristics: Easy Opening: To open the Lotus Plus bracket clip, place the straight arm
in the clip opening, and the curved arm in the under tie-wing area and squeeze. The tool will
fully open the Lotus Plus bracket without the worry of accidental bracket conversion. Secure
Closure: To close the Lotus Plus bracket clip, place the straight arm at the base of the clip and
Brand: 3M Unitek the curved arm in the under tie-wing area and squeeze.
Characteristics: 1 Unit Ref. L24166

Ref. L9228
INSTRUMENT OPEN AND CLOSE CARRIERE ARCH DIRECTING & CLIP CLOSING TWEEZER
BRACKETS
EW
N
Brand: Adenta
Characteristics: Secure Closure To close the Lotus Plus bracket clip while simultaneously direc-
Brand: Ortho Organizers ting the archwire, place the notched arm on the archwire and the other arm at the base of the clip
and squeeze.
Characteristics: 1 Unit
Ref. L8025 Ref. L24167
positioning gauge
UNI VE RSAL BRACK E T- POSITION IN G G AUG E
UNIVERSAL
BRACKET HEIGHT
G AU G E
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: Universal stainless steel height gauge. The only
instrument Gauge: 4 heights:3.5 mm, 4 mm, 4.5 mm and 5 mm.
Ref. Color Medida BEST

L5020 Green 2-2,5 mm SAVINGS
L5021 Red 3-3,5 mm
L5022 Blue 4-4,5 mm
L5023 Purple 5-5,5 mm
L5024 Bag of 4 positioning gauges
B RACK E T PO SI T I O NI NG GAU GE
Brand: Bestdent
Brand: Leone
Characteristics: Made of anodised aluminium and stainless steel. Ref. 8096
Ref. 80318
Autoclavable. Used with both .018 and .022 slot brackets.
U N I VE RSAL BRACK E T H E IG H T positioning gauge

GAU GE
ALUMINIUM BRACKET POSITIONING GAUGE

Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: Incorporates a slot guide for placement into the bracket slot 3.5, 4, 4.5 or 5 mm from
the occlusal surface to correctly position brackets during bonding. Can be sterilised up to 250¼C / 460¼F.
Brand: Leone
Characteristics: Universal stainless steel height gauge. An instru-
ment to measure the height of bracket slots. Gauge: 3.5 mm, 4
mm, 4.5 mm and 5 mm. Ref. L6026 1 unit .018”
Ref. L5025 Ref. L6027 1 unit .022”. 15 cm.
caliper
BRACKE T HEIGHT G AUG E WITH P E N
DENTAL CALIPER /
DIGITAL MICROMETER
Orthodontic Instruments: Miscellaneous

Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: Stainless steel calibrator. Fine points for measuring
up to 10 cm.
BEST
Brand: Zand Gauges SAVINGS
Characteristics: 8 gauges.
Ref. L0882
Measure the desired height in millimetres from the incisal border and marks the
tooth with graphite before placing the bracket. This allows the bracket slot to be
aligned mesio-distally and inciso-gingivally. Set of 8 guages that include 3.5 mm, 4
mm and 5 mm for anterior and posterior teeth. The posterior guages are angled for
GAU GE / DE NTAL CAL I P E R
easier access. Cold-sterilizable. Measure the desired height in milimetres from the Ref. 8088
incisal border and marks the tooth with graphite before placing the bracket. This Brand: Bestdent
allows the bracket slot to be aligned mesio-distally and inciso-gingivally. Set of 8
guages that include 3.5 mm, 4 mm and 5 mm for anterior and posterior teeth. The
posterior guages are angled for easier access. Cold-sterilizable.
Ref. 80256
DENTAL CALIPE R / D IG ITA L MICROME TE R D ENTA L C A L I PER / D I G I TA L M I C RO M ET ER
slim tips
Precision to
1 one-hundredth of a mm
Brand: Mestra
Ref. 4233
Indispensable for precision jobs in the clinic and laboratory. Includes:

- A digital screen that greatly facilitates reading the measurements.
- Precision to 1 one-hundredth of a mm
Brand: Leone - An automatic zeroing button.
- Fine tips to allow easy entry into the most narrow spaces.
Characteristics: Double tips. Specifically for internal and external - A button to select measurements in millimetres or in inches.
measurements. - A calibration certificate
- Case
Ref. L5026 - Two batteries (one already installed and the other for replacement)
DOUBLE LIGATURE DIRECTOR G&H D I NA M O M ET ER - F O RC E G AU G E
ADVANTAG ES



Brand: Leone
Brand: G&H WIRE

Characteristics: High precision gauge for measuring tensile and Dontic.com, Dontic.co.uk,
compression forces exerted by springs and elastic for maximum
Characteristics: Has one offset tip and one angled tip for range of 16 oz (0,4536 kg). It is calibrated with 1 oz single line and
complete oral access. 4 oz double line increments. Up to 30% CHEAPER than other Ortho Depots.

Ref. L6307 Ref. L1254
GUIDE FOR LIGATURES AND STRAIGHT ARCHWIRES

Brand: Proclinic
Straight
Curved
Ref. 8094 Straight

Ref. 8093 Curved

67 8-7 06 LINGUAL LIG ATUR E D IR E CTOR H U- F R

Brand: Hu-Friedy

Characteristics: Lingual ligation guide.
Wire: Maximum size: <= 0.021 "X 0.25"
LIGATURE GUIDE CURVED BESTDENT

Brand: Bestdent
Ref. L5106
CURVED Ref. 80315
6 78 -707 LINGUAL LIG ATUR E D IR E C US H A P E H F

Characteristics: U-shaped ligature lingual guide. Wire: maximum dimension of <= 0.021 "x0.25"
STRAIGHT Ref. 80316
BEST
SAVINGS
Ref. L5107
A P P L I C ATO R F O R ELASTIC LIGATURES APLICATOR BESTDENT

Brand: Bestdent
E L A S T I C L I G AT U R E S
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: Applicator for elastic LIGATURES.
BEST
SAVINGS
Ref. 8095
Ref. 80317
ADVANTAG ES
LI GAT URE DIRE CTOR A N D S C R A P E R
Brand: Hu-Friedy
Characteristics: Double curette instrument at one end and guide the other bands. Note: When you purchase your curette
Hu-Friedy orthodontic through Proclinic, the manufacturer offers a lifetime warranty if there is a manufacturing defect.


Ref. L5091

note: On purchasing your Hu-Friedy orthodontic instruments through Dontic or Dontalia, the manufacturer offers a lifetime guarantee
against manufacturing defects.
Ligation Instruments Ligation Instruments
MATHIEU PLIERS FOR

METAL LIGATURES
BAND SEATER/CURETTE Brand: Proclinic
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: This double-ended instrument simplifies cement cleanup and band adaptation. The seating tip is serrated on 4 sides
and the end. The curette is used to check for gaps between the band and tooth and to remove excess cement.
Ref. L6025 Ref. 8089
Ligation Instruments Ligation Instruments
MATHIEU LIGAT URE P L IE R B E S TD E N T

Brand: Bestdent MATHIEU NEEDLE MATHIEU PLIER
HOLDER 14CM SLIM TIPS
Brand: Proclinic
BEST Brand: Proclinic Characteristics:Fine tips and serrated to facilitate ligatures placement
SAVINGS
Characteristics: Mathieu needle holders, 14 cm
Ref. 80257 Ref. 80455 Ref. L6030
6 7 8 - 7 0 5 M AT H I EU L I NG UA L T W EEZ ER S H U - F R P L I E RS FO R E L AST I C RE T RACTO RS

MATHIEU PLIE RS F OR ME TA L L IG ATUR E
TI ES, 678-330
Brand: Hu-Friedy
Characteristics: Uniquely designed for lingual treatment; slimmer
tip makes this ideal for gripping and placing elastic auxiliaries.
Characteristics: Narrow tips. Characteristics: For use with radio opaque separators L1951.
Ref. L5045 Ref. L5105 Ref. L5001
T W I S T ER F O R M ETA L L I G AT U R E T I ES CO O N ME TAL L I GAT U RE - T Y I NG P L I E RS,
678- 211
PLIERS FOR ELASTIC

RETRACTORS
Brand: Proclinic
Brand: Leone
Ref. L5015
Brand: Hu-Friedy
Characteristics: The most popular pliers for tying metal ligatures.
100% stainless steel. Insert the pigtail of the short metal ligature
tie and press the button. Makes positioning and ligation of the
Ref. 8090 Ref. L5080
ligature tie easier.
ST E RILISATION CA SSE TTE S T EI NER L I G AT U R E- T Y I NG PL I ER S , 6 7 8 - 2 2 2

EW
IMDINORT H - 8 BL UE
N
note: On purchasing your Hu-Friedy orthodon-

tic instruments through Dontic or Dontalia, the
manufacturer offers a lifetime guarantee against
manufacturing defects.
Brand: Hu-Friedy
Brand: Carl Martin Characteristics: Ideal for tying stainless steel ligature wires up to
Characteristics: To tie ligatures. Stainless Steel .0,38 mm (.015Ó).
Ref. L8080 1 unit Ref. L5081
M ETHACRYLATE PLIE R S R ACK

Ligation Instruments P L I E RS H O L DE R
Dimensions:
Height 140 mm,
Width 200 mm,
Depth 165 mm.
ALUMINIUM AND
PLASTIC PLIERS RACK
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: Designed especially for orthodontic pliers.
Aluminium rods with plastic ends. For approximately 20 instruments
(instruments not included.
11.5 cm high
x 24 cm wide
x 10 cm deep
Brand: Leone
Characteristics: Perfect for pliers, tweezers and other hand ins- Brand: Proclinic
truments. Plexiglass. Characteristics: Pliers Holder with three bars allows pliers to be
Ref. L6032 placed on all three.
Ref. L2120 Ref. L0224
PL I ER S H O L D ER P L I E RS H O L DE R
PLIE R RACK S IL ICON E F E E T
EW
Measurements:
N
102.5 mm high x 100 mm diameter.

Measurements:
98 mm high
x 235 mm wide
x 165 mm deep..

Characteristics: White methacrylate pliers rack with space for 7
Brand: Martin pliers, vertical tubes for 7 hand instruments or similar instruments Brand: Ortho Technology
and tray. Characteristics: Clear methacrylate pliers rack.
Ref. L8084 Ref. L5030 Ref. L5031
STERI L ISATION CAS SE TTE S T ER I L I S AT I O N C A S S ET T E I M 5 2 0 0 - O R ST E RI L I SAT I O N CASSE T T E I M9209- O R

I M DI NORTH-8
Organizers
Brand: Hu-Friedy
Characteristics: With two trays that lie on top of one another
when closed. Holds 6 pliers, 1 Mathieu pliers and 3 hand instru-
ments. Comes with rail in selected colour. Dimensions in closed Brand: Hu-Friedy
Brand: Hu-Friedy position: 152 mm x 203 mm x 38 mm. Also available with rails Characteristics: With two trays that lie on top of one another
Characteristics: Holds 6 pliers and hand instruments. Comes in other colours (grey / white / orange / yellow / purple) on when closed. Holds 6 pliers, 1 Mathieu pliers and 3 hand instru-
with rail in selected colour. Dimensions when closed: 290 mm x special order. ments. Comes with rail in selected colour. Dimensions in closed
184 mm x 32 mm. Also available with rails in other colours (grey, position: 152 mm x 246 mm x 38 mm. Also available with rails in
white, orange, yellow, purple) on special order. Ref. L5126 Red. other colours (grey / white / orange / yellow / purple) on special
Ref. L5127 Blue. order.
Ref. L5124 Blue. Ref. L5128 Green.
Ref. L5131
Green.

ROLL U P IN S TRUME N TS ORG A N IZER

BU R RE MOV E CO MPO SI T E 118S
EW
1U RE L I ANCE
N
Ref. L8030
Ref. L8029
Ref. L8031
Brand: Hu-Friedy
Characteristics: Organizer to keep and carry instruments. You can keep
guides, tweezers and pliers.
Ref. L8029 5 Ref. L5911 1 unit.
Ref. L8030 10 The #118S is a special 18 fluted bur designed for controlled removal of bulk bon-
Ref. L8031 15 ding adhesive after the brackets have been removed. These burs are the first step in
Ref. L8032 25 the RENEWª FINISHING SYSTEM.
BURR S F OR F.G . COMPOS ITE R E M OVA L
Brand: Komet
Characteristics: Box of 5 units
FG Contra-angle
Burrs / Stripping
5780
5781
Burrs for removing residue from the labial/vestibular portion.

T D
UC DE
Non-cutting tip to avoid

OD MEN
damaging gums. ref. 5779 H22AGK.314 L mm 4,7 For use with motor (FG)
PR OM
C
ref. 5778 H22AGK.204 use with counter-angle (CA)

RE
Burrs for removing residue from the labial/vestibu-

lar portion. For removal of residual cement once Safety shoulder to avoid
brackets or bands have been removed. Diamond the formation of
or tungsten carbide instruments for removing cracks.
cement residue without damaging the enamel ref. 5781 H22ALGK.314 L mm 8,3 For use with motor (FG)
once orthodontic bracket and band treatment is ref. 5780 H22ALGK.204 use with counter-angle (CA)
complete. Thanks to their special tooth design,
these burrs gently remove cement residue without
damaging enamel after orthodontic treatment.
Their spiral blades are especially appropriate for ref. 5783 H379AGK.314 L mm 4,2 For use with motor (FG)
removing soft material quickly and precisely. These
burrs are used with little pressure, thus allowing for ref. 5782 H379AGK.204 use with counter-angle (CA).
the removal of very fine layers with minimal heat
generation. They have blade-free tips so as to not
damage the gums and a safety bevel to eliminate
groove formation. For use with counter-angle (CA).
5782
CELLO STRIPPING KIT
CELLO STR IP P IN G KIT

Brand: LM
Ref. 4278
STR IP S F OR CELLO H AN D LE
Brand: LM
Characteristics: Stripes for cello handle (ref. 4278)
50 units.
Thickness 1 side = 0,12 mm
Thickness 2 side = 0,18 mm
Smoth side = 0,07 mm
Ref. 4279 ONE-SIDED STRIPS 2 mm. FOR CELLO HANDLE
Ref. 4280 ONE-SIDED STRIPS 3 mm. FOR CELLO HANDLE
Ref. 82565 TWO-SIDED STRIPS 3 mm. FOR CELLO HANDLE
Ref. 4281 CUTTER/PLIERS FOR PLASTER MODELS
Ref. 99913 2 sides 3 mm with flat metal on the middle
For stripping in posterior and anterior areas but, given its elongated shape, is especially useful for stripping posterior areas as it easily reaches the the molars. For
use primarily in orthodontics for polishing contacts and stripping prior to placing bands, etc. Other uses include: Prophylaxis - for removal of plaque in the contact
zone. - when finishing interproximal surfaces, the band acts as a paste applicator. Restoration - finishing of interproximal and contact surfaces. - finishing of dental
dam or Aesthetic and Prosthetic matrix - finishing of laminates, fillings and cement seams of crowns
stripping
STRIPPING
Brand: Proclinic
Stripping
1 HA NDLE
Ref. L6970
1 S IDED
Characteristics: Thickness of one-sided strips: 0.1 mm.
Ref. L6971 4 mm.
Ref. L6972 6 mm.
Ref. L6973 8 mm.
S T R I P P ING DOUB LE-S IDED

Brand: Proclinic Characteristics: Two-sided strip thickness: 0.2 mm.
Characteristics: Operated manually to guarantee perfect control. For use with
one- or two-sided strips. The incisal guide prevents cutting soft tissue. Kit includes Ref. L6974 4 mm.
a Handle and 6 double-sided 4-mm strips. Handle and strips are sterilizable in an Ref. L6975 6 mm.
autoclave, dry air or in the cold. Length of strips: 12 cm. 12 units Ref. L6976 8 mm.
EW
ADVANTAG ES
N

LI GHT NING STRIP S • Rapid deliveries
Brand: G&H Wire • Track your order
Characteristics: 12 units • 98% product availability
1 sided: 0,21 mm width x 15 cm de length • Secure Payment Site
2 sided: 0,30 mm width x 15 cm de length
Ref. L2104 1 side 4 mm Check all PRICES and SPECIAL OFFERS

Ref. L8056 1 side 6 mm directly on our websites:
Ref. L2101 2 sides 4 mm
STRIP P IN G : RECOMMENDATIONS
1. Place the selected strip/file on

the 0.8 mm length KAVO EVA 61
LRG head with simple pressure:
KIT ORTHO-STR IP
Stripping
The maximum recommended
Brand: Intensiv velocity is 10,000 to 20,000 RPM
Characteristics: 4 strips:90, 40, 25 and 15 microns in bluee counterangle.
(0.408 mm- 0.159 mm- 0.128 mm and 0.111 mm). 2. Place the desired position with
the thread of the head rotated in
Ref. L0190 position by 360º.
3. Carefully guide the head and file
ORTHO-STR IP R EP LACEMENTS towards the space in which you
Characteristics: Strips replacement wish to work with a rocking
movement in a buccal-lingual and
Ref. L0191 90 microns (0,408 mm.)
surface direction;
Ref. L0192 60 microns (0,272 mm.) never force the file.
Ref. L0193 40 microns (0,159 mm.) 4. Irrigate the file with sufficient water so that the diamond does
Ref. L0194 25 microns (0,128 mm.) not become obstructed or dulled. This allows the abrasiveness of
Ref. L0195 15 microns (0,077 mm.) the cut to be maintained.
5. Care and cleaning of the file is undertaken as with any normal
diamond instrument.
HAND-PIECES AND CONTRA-ANGLES:

Ortho Strip can be usedwith the following hand-pieces and contraangles.
T D
UC DE
Specially designed for use with the EVA handpiece (Kavo EVA 61 LRG). For: _Opening interdental spaces (such as before placing Kavo 61LRG Kavo 61 LG NSK Ti50L Sirona T04L
OD MEN
orthodontic bands) _ Shaping and polishing enamel. The enamel surface is left with fewer grooves and less abrasion than in the case Kavo 2061 CHC
PR OM
of the tungsten or diamond burrs used for the same purpose. 60 seconds of use with each of the Ortho-Strip dimensions is sufficient Stroke 0,8mm Stroke 0,8mm Stroke 1,4mm Stroke 0,4mm
C
RE
to achieve an optimal surface. RECOMMENDATIONS: 1.- Place the selected strip/file on the 0.8 mm length KAVO EVA 61 LRG head Max 20.000rpm max 10.000rpm
with simple pressure: The maximum recommended velocity is 10,000 to 20,000 RPM in blue counterangle. 2. - Place the desired posi-
tion with the thread of the head rotated in position by 360¼. 3. - Carefully guide the head and file towards the space in which you Sirona T11l W+H Wa- W+H Wa-
wish to work with a rocking movement in a buccal-lingual and surface direction; never force the file. 4. - Irrigate the file with sufficient Profin 67/0.4TL Profin 67/0.4TL Profin
water so that the diamond does not become obstructed or dulled. This allows the abrasiveness of the cut to be maintained. 5. - Care Stroke 1,1mm Stroke 0,4mm Stroke 1,1mm
and cleaning of the file is undertaken as with any normal diamond instrument Max 20.000rpm max 20.000rpm
STRI P PING
SINGLE-SIDED ORTHO-STRIP STRIPS KIT

Brand: Intensiv
Ref. L0243
REPLACEMENTS EVA SYST ORTHO STRIP

Characteristics: 1unit. single-sided.
Ref. L0244 OS40L 40 µm Left
Ref. L0247 OS40R 40 µm Right
STRI P PING
ADVANTAG ES
INTER P ROX IMAL STR IP P ING SYSTEM 100% satisfaction or your money back.
Brand: SDC
Stripping
Replacements - Blister of 3 files of the same thickness. Double-sided

(90). The mechanical stripping system is a thin, flexible tool that
facilitates the contouring of enamel and will reduce many types of
dental materials. It enables the reduction of the interproximal tooth • Free Product Returns
structure, correcting inadequate space. Single-sided files are perfect for • 30 days to change your mind
situations where you want to reduce tooth
structure on one side only without affecting the adjacent tooth. • Rapid deliveries
Advantages: - Reduces discomfort and possible trauma to soft tis- • Track your order
sues. - Easily inserted into the interproximal space - Stainless steel files
with diamond surface - Durability and flexibility - Cooling technology
creates minimal heat and eliminates the need for water. - 5 thicknesses • Secure Payment Site
available for a precise finish. - Single- or double-sided files - Colour-
coded for easy identification after sterilisation. - Universal files Ð
Work with KaVo and NSK EVA system handpieces. Check all PRICES and SPECIAL OFFERS
LEFT-SIDED RIGHT-SIDED
90 L5214 Dontic.com, Dontic.co.uk,
40 L5211 40 L5216
STRIPPIN G
EW
N
SDC-IRS G5-PRO LIGN KIT INTRO WITH NSK

Brand: SDC SDC-IRS KIT ORTHO
Characteristics: 1kit=1 handpiece SDC-NSK Ti Max X55 Water, 1x G5-ProLign 0.1, 0.2,
0.3, 0.4, 0.5 2 side + 1 x 0.1 y 0.2 1 side; 1 x CombiStrip Ultra fine + 1 x Combistrip fine, 1 x Brand: SDC
G5-UltraSoft; 1 x kit measuring gauge set 5 pieces; 20 x shank G5 Characteristics: 1kit= G5 ProLign Set, +1xCombiStrip (ref.L5245)+1xCombiStrip (ref.
L5246), 1x Kit Measuring gauge set, 5pcs (ref.L5252) +20xhandle G5
Ref. L5254 Ref. L5227
G5-ProLign strips are especially suitable for safe, precise, minimally invasive orthodontic preparations. Safe and
comfortable treatment. Excellent tools with perfectly calibrated thickness strips, for controlled interproximal reduc-
tion. Handpiece SDC-NSK Ti Max X55 Water reduction 4:1, strole 1,4. (Micromotor setting speed: 40«000rpm, Quantity: 4 ProLign (calibrated strips 2 side), 2 Prolign (calibrated strips 1 side), 2 CombiStrip (shaping angle strips (UF
Recommended working speed: 10«000 rpm) + F)), 1 Measuring gauge 5 (super fine polishing), 5 shank (universal attachment)
STRI P PING S T R I PPI NG
G5-PROLIGN SET DOUBLE SIDED (4U.)

G5-PROSTRIP SET DOBLE CARA (3U.)
Brand: SDC
15/25/40
Characteristics: Set two-sided. 4 units: G5-ProLign
Brand: SDC
(0.10/0.20/0.30/0.40 mm)
Characteristics: Set two-sided. G5-ProStrip (15/25/40 micron).
G5-ProLign strips are especially suitable for safe, precise, mini-
New interproximal reduction strips with separate shank, for more flexibility.
mally invasive orthodontic preparations. Safe and comfortable
Stripping
The click mechanism allows the bendy file to be attached and removed really
treatment. Excellent tools with perfectly calibrated thickness
quickly and easily. G5-ProStrip set two-side (15/25/40 micron)
strips, for controlled interproximal reduction. G5-ProLign set two-
side(0.10/0.20/0.30/0.40 mm) Ref. L5237
Ref. L5228
G5-PROSTRIP SET (6U.)
G5-PROLIGN SET (7U.) Brand: SDC
Brand: SDC Characteristics: Set 6 units: All G5-ProStrip + 1 G5-UltraSoft
Characteristics: Set 7 units: All G5-ProLign+ 1 G5-UltraSoft. Ref. L5238
G5-ProLign strips are especially suitable for safe, precise, minimally
invasive orthodontic preparations. Safe and comfortable treatment. G5-PROSTRIP SET+G5 ULTRA SOFT 2 SIDE
Excellent tools with perfectly calibrated thickness strips, for controlled Brand: SDC
interproximal reduction.All G5-ProLign + 1 G5-UltraSoft Characteristics: Set 4 units
Ref. L5963
Ref. L5229
G5-PROSTRIP 15 MICRAS (3U.)
G5-PROLIGN 3 UNITS Brand: SDC
Brand: SDC Characteristics: 3 Units
Characteristics: 3 Units Ref. L5239 G5-PROSTRIP Two side coated15 micron
Ref. L5230 G5-PROLIGN 0.10 mm. Two side
Ref. L5240 G5-PROSTRIP Two side coated 25 micron
Ref. L5231 G5-PROLIGN 0.20 mm. Two side
Ref. L5232 G5-PROLIGN 0.30 mm. Two side Ref. L5241 G5-PROSTRIP Two side coated 40 micron
Ref. L5233 G5-PROLIGN 0.40 mm. Two side Ref. L5242 G5-PROSTRIP One side coated 15 micron
Ref. L5234 G5-PROLIGN 0.10 mm. One side Ref. L5243 G5-PROSTRIP One side coated 25 micras
Ref. L5235 G5-PROLIGN 0.20 mm. One side
S T R I PPI NG
G5-ULTRASOFT (3U.)
Brand: SDC
Characteristics: 3 units. Ultra thin, high-gloss polishing after inter-
proximal reduction, restorations, or for prophylaxis treatments.
Excellent tools for high-gloss polishing of interproximal areas and
subgingival surfaces, will effectively gloss the enamel surface.
natural.
Ref. L5247

Stripping
KIT COMBISTRIP (6U.)

Brand: SDC
Characteristics: 6 units:3xUltra-Fine + 3xFine
CombiStrip
Ref. L5244
COMBISTRIP ULTRAFINA (3U.)

Brand: SDC
Ref. L5245 G 5-SHANK ( 4U.)
Brand: SDC
COMBISTRIP FINA (3U.) Characteristics: The G5-Shank is a newly developed universal blade holder for use in combination
Brand: SDC with all G5 instruments.
Ref. L5246 Ref. L5236
POLYSOFT ULTRAFINE (25U.)

Brand: SDC
Characteristics: 25 units: Ultra-Fines
L5248
Ref. L5248
POLYSOFT EXTRAFINE (25U.)

Brand: SDC
Characteristics: 25 units: Extra-Fine
L5249 Ref. L5249
POLYSOFT FINE (25U.) L5252 L5224

Brand: SDC
Characteristics: 25 units: Fine
MEASURING GAUGES KIT 5 THICKNESS ORTHO STRIPP
L5250 Ref. L5250
Brand: SDC
Characteristics: 1 unit: 5 widths. 5 different thicknesses to measure the IPR space.
POLYSOFT MEDIUM (25U.)
Brand: SDC Ref. L5252
Characteristics: 25 units: Medium
L5251
Ref. L5251 MEASURING KEYS GUIDE GAUGES FOR STRIPPING - 9
GAUGES
Brand: SDC
High-gloss polishing after interproximal reduction, restorations, or for prophylaxis treatments. PolySoft is a thin polyester strip with Characteristics: 1 SET OF 9 GAUGES FROM 0.05mm TO 0.5mm.
ultra-fine abrasive coating on one side. Excellent for high polishing and finishing of interproximal areas and subgingival surfaces, will For measuring interdental space before and after stripping. Autoclavable.
effectively highgloss enamel, composites, and cements.
Ref. L5224
STRI PPING S T R I PPI NG ST RI P P I NG
Stripping
KI T I PR DISTANCE CON TROL 8 TH IC KN E S S
Brand: Leone -Intensiv
Characteristics: 1 u. Manual stainless steel instrument for the
ORT H O ST RI P O P E NE RS DO U B L E SI DE D
measurement and control of tooth distances heated during IPR D O U B L E- S I D ED O RT H O - S T R I PS K I T Brand: Leone -Intensiv
protocols Brand: Leone -Intensiv Characteristics: 3 pieces
Ref. L9519 8 units Ref. L9520 1 kit Ref. L9521
STRI PPING S T R I PPI NG
ADVANTAG ES


D O U B L E- S I D ED O RT H O - S T R I PS Dontic.com, Dontic.co.uk,
O RTHO ST RIP COAR S E D OUB L E SID E D
3 P I ECE S Up to 30% CHEAPER than other Ortho Depots.
Brand: Leone -Intensiv Ref. L9523 40 micron
Ref. L9522 Ref. L9524 15 micron
APPROX OPENER. 80 MICRON ORTHO STRIP MANUAL BIG/MEDIUM GRAIN ORTHO STRIP MANUAL WIDE/EXTRATHIN GRAIN
Stripping

Características: 3 u. Brand: Leone -Intensiv Brand: Leone -Intensiv
Ref. L9598 6 strips. Ref. L9599 6 strips.
Ref. L9600 One side
Ref. L9601 Two sides
Protocol I.P.R Orthodontic Stripping. Manual metallic strip with diamon and perforated Protocol I.P.R Orthodontic Stripping. Manual metallic strip with diamon and perforated
Manual metallic serrated strip for the opening of the closed contacts between teeth handle for the final polish of interproximal enamel. Two handles for a better fastening handle for the final polish of interproximal enamel. Two handles for a better fastening
during orthodontic therapy. It is designed for the manual opening of the narrow contact at the treatment. Sterizable. Thick grain 80 micron / Medium grain 40 micron at the treatment. Sterizable. Thin grain 15 micron / Extra thin grain 08 micron
points. It is serrated on one side 8 micron.
INTENSIV SWINGLE W/CONTRA-ANGLE NO LIGHT

EW

Characteristics: Contra-angle with light, Ortho Strips OS40, OS25, OS15 Ortho Strips Opener, Ortho Strips Course. + IPR Distance Control. Oscillating
N
movements 0,9mm; 20.000 oscillations with 40.000 rpm- 12 fixed positions (each 30¼ over 360¼). Free movement for the positioning of the Ortho-
Strips in the desired position. Fixed position for the use of Ortho-Strips files for the IPR procedure. Advantage: 20.000 oscillations per minute.
Ref. L9527
INTENSIV SWINGLE W/CONTRA-ANGLE LIGHT

Characteristics: Contra-angle with light, Ortho Strips OS40, OS25, OS15 Ortho Strips Opener, Ortho Strips
Course. + IPR Distance Control. Oscillating movements 0,9mm; 20.000 oscillations with 40.000 rpm- 12 fixed
positions (each 30¼ over 360¼). Free movement for the positioning of the Ortho-Strips in the desired position.
Fixed position for the use of Ortho-Strips files for the IPR procedure. Advantage: 20.000 oscillations per minute.
Ref. L9525
INTENSIV IPR SET STAINLESS STEEL TRAY LIGHT

Characteristics: Oscillating movements 0,9mm; 20.000 oscillations with 40.000 rpm- 12 fixed positions (each 30º over 360º). Free movement for the positioning of the Ortho-Strips
in the desired position. Fixed position for the use of Ortho-Strips files for the IPR procedure. Advantage: 20.000 oscillations per minute. Autoclavable tray. 1 sterilizable tray, 1 contra-
angle, 1 Ortho-Strips KL-OS080P (L9521), 1 Ortho-Strips KLOS80C (L9522), 1Ortho-Strips KL-OS60 (L10212) , 2 Ortho-Strips KLOS40 (L9523), 1Ortho-Strips KL-OS15 (L9524),
1 AproxOpener KL-AO2018DS (L9601), 1 AproxOpener KL-AO2018OS (L9600), 1 IPR-Distance Control KL-IPR-DC010, 1 IPR-Distance Control KL-IPR-DC015, 1 IPR-Distance
Control KL-IPR-DC20, 1 IPR-Distance Control KL-IPR-DC40, 1 IPR-Distance Control KL-IPR-DC50, 2 Ortho -Strips Manual Coarse, Medium KL-OSM8040 (L9598), 2 Ortho -Strips
Manual Fine/Extrafine KL-OSM1508.
Ref. L8135 with light

Ref. L8136 without light
STRI P PING
SU NSE T ST RI P
EW
Brand: Gestenco
Stripping
Single-sided L8090 L8091 L8092 L8093
Type Super Fine Fine Medium Coarse
Thickness 0.08 0.10 0.13 0.18
Use with handle L8089. Sunset stripTM Versatile single-sided Sunset stripTM are perfect for
contouring and nishing composite restorations.
Double-sided L8094 L8095 L8096 L8097

Type Super Fine Fine Medium Coarse
Thickness 0.11 0.15 0.21 0.30
Use with handle L8089. Sunset stripTM Versatile single-sided Sunset stripTM are perfect for
contouring and nishing composite restorations.
ONDULATING WEDGE
Brand: SDC
Ref. L5220 Ondulating wedge width orthofILE
Ref. L5221 Ondulating wedge med orthofile
Ref. L8089 Handle
Ref. L5222 Ondulating wedge tight orthofile
O ’ ST RIPPE RS
O 'STRIPPE RS KIT FIL E S

Brand: Komet
Characteristics:Set of files containing 1 each of (from L5942 to L5945).
Ref. L5941
REP UE STOS LIMAS

Ref. L5942 OSIM 1 x 0,30 mm (Single-sided)
Ref. L5943 OS1F 1 x 0,15 mm (Single-sided)
Ref. L5944 OS2F 1 x 0,30 mm (Double-sided)
Ref. L5945 OS2M 1 x 0,45 mm (Double-sided)
D I A M O ND S T R I PP D I S C 8934A.900.100 KO ME T
Brand: Komet
Komet has developed a reliable solution for safe and efficient oscillating stripping. The new 60¼ oscillating segment disc is ideal
thanks to its size: with a radius of 1.4 cm and a pivoting angle of 30¼, it can even be used in very tight spaces. No disc-guard
Characteristics: 1u
is needed. Compared to rotary discs with full radius and diameters of up to 2.2 cm, which must be used with a disc-guard, the
segment disc offers the best conditions for stripping in hard-to-reach areas. Its patented design in terms of oscillating segment discs
results in an innovative instrument that leads to convincing treatment results thanks to its optimal vision and excellent grinding
Ref. 84700 Diamond disc 1x0,15mm(max 30000min -1/rmp)
efficiency. Ref. 84701 Diamond disc 3x0,15mm(max 25000min -1/rmp)
retractors retractors
CHEEK RETRACTOR WITH CHEEK RETRACTOR

AUTOCLAVABLE LINGUAL DEPRESSOR WITH TONGUE DEPRESSOR
Retractors
Brand: Proclinic 4 cm
Characteristics: 1 Separator. 8,6 cm 3 cm
8,2 cm
3,5 cm
9,3 cm
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: Autoclavable 121¼C
Ref. L0331 1 unit. Small (2,5 cm x 7,75cm) Ref. L1903 Small (3cm x 8,2cm)
Ref. L0332 1 unit. Medium (3,5 cm x 9,3 cm) Ref. L1902 Larg (4cm x 8,6cm)
retractors
C H EEK R E T RACTO R W/E X T E NSI O NS
7 cm
3,5 cm
3 cm
EXTRA-ORAL CHEEK
R E T R A C TO R Desde
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: Cheeks retractor with internal tongue to separate cheeks from teeth. Small.
Brand: G&H Wire
Characteristics: Soft material for patient comfort.Full function design. Includes handles which may be
Ref. L0333 Disposable. Small. 10 u.
held by the patient. Effective for intra. 1u
Ref. L0334 Autoclavable. Small. 1 u.
Ref. L6344
retractors
S M I L E- R A DAR CH E E K RE T RACTO R
EW
N
CHEEKS RETRACTOR AUTOCLAVABLE
Retractors
Ref. L1893
5,5 cm
Ref. L1900
3,25 cm 3,8 cm
3,4 cm
Brand: G&H Wire

Characteristics: The Smile Radar retractor comes with an application that the patient can download
to a smartphone which will allow the professional to follow the treatment progress of the patient
Brand: Proclinic without having to visit the dental office, saving time and enabling better appointment management. The
Characteristics: Autoclave 121ºC application together with use of the retractor will guide the patient to take the correct photos and will
remind the patient to take the photos every two weeks. All photos can be saved to be able to follow
Ref. L1900 Small (3,4cm x 3,25cm) the treatment and see its evolution, and are sent to the doctor.
Ref. L1893 Medium (3,8cm x 5,5cm) Ref. L8126 1 unit
Over ADVANTAG ES

products •
•
40 TOP

retractor
AU TO C L AVA B L E P H OTO L I P R E T R A C TO R
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: Retractor autoclavable.
Ref. L0338 Small (6,75 cm x 3,6 cm)

Retractors
Ref. L0339 Medium (7,25 cm x 4,5 cm)
6,75 cm
3,6 cm
CHEEK RETRACT PHOTO 2SIDE DOUBLE-END CHEEK RETRACTOR

AUTO 2U

Características: Take intra-oral photos without an assistant. Elongated ends allow unrestricted
access to anterior and posterior regions in the mouth. Autoclavable. Measurements: 4,44 x 16,5 x 5. Brand: G&H Wire
Características: 2 units.
Ref. 2 units Large, Autoclavable to 250¡ F, Clear, 2 pcs/box
L9584 Adult. measurement: 4,44 x 16,5 x 5
L9585 Small. measurement: 3,2 x 15,25 x 3,8 Ref. L2178 Adult
retractor
L I P P H OTO R E T R A C TO R 3,25 cm
Retractors
2,5cm
3,25cm
17,5 cm
17,5 cm
14,5 cm
4,7cm
2,5cm 4cm
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: Autoclavable 121¼C
Ref. L1897 Small (4cm x 14,5cm x 3,25cm)

Ref. L1896 Medium (2,5cm x 17,5cm x 2,5cm)
Ref. L1895 Large (4,7cm x 17,5cm x 3,25cm)
retractor
ADVANTAG ES
DOUBLE-ENDED AUTOCLAVABLE LIP 100% satisfaction or your money back.
RETRACTORS FOR PHOTOGRAPHY, MEDIUM
Brand: Proclinic • 365-day on-line store- 24/7
Characteristics: A small end and a medium end. Autoclavable. 2 units. • Free Product Returns
3,5 cm
2,5 cm

15,5 cm
L0340 Up to 30% CHEAPER than other Ortho Depots.
RE TR ACTOR N OL A
4cm
L3321
ADJUSTABLE CHEEK RETRACTORS
Keeps the cheeks back and fully exposes both dental arches.
13,75cm
TONGUE GUARD
Retractors
Holds the tongue in place and allows the patient to continue swallowing.
4,25cm
LOW- OR HIGH-VOLUME BILATERAL SILICONE TUBING 5cm
Precisely directs saliva flow and ensures unrestricted evacuation
for a totally dry environment.
L3320
L3323
L3322
13,75cm
T D
UC DE
OD MEN
Fully Exposes Dental Arches The System completely

PR OM
C
isolates the dental arches to create an unobstructed Brand: Great Lakes Orthodontics
RE
field. Full access to both arches promotes efficient use Characteristics: This single unit cheek retractor provides full view and maximum access to both den-
of chair time and effective results. Enhances Patient tal arches. Can be cold sterilized or autoclaved.
Comfort The self-adjusting, open design of the ton-
Ref. L3320 A d u l t wh i te . 1 u n i t
gue guard allows the patient to continue swallowing
and promotes relaxation. The smooth surface of the Ref. L3321 K i d re d . 1 u n i t
appliance prevents soft tissue irritation. Easy to Use Ref. L3322 S i l i co n e tu b e s. 1 0 u n i ts
The System is easy to assemble and can be inserted Ref. L3323 L ow vo l u m e ad apte r s.
and used by a single operator. Available in large and
small sizes. All parts are autoclavable but can be cold Ref. L3324 To n g u e g u ard f o r ad u l t wh i te . 2 u n i ts.
sterilized. Ref. L3325 To n g u e g u ard f o r k i d re d . 2 u n i ts.
PI G EO N C H EEK R ET R AC TO R
GINGIVAL LIP RETRACTOR
Brand: G&H Wire

Características: 2 units. Lip Retractor made of autoclavable plastic, ideal for occlusal photography
as it holds the lips out of the way during photo sessions or bonding. 2_" Diameter. Autoclavable Max Brand: Yamaura Dental Corporation (YDM)
Temperature = 248 ºF (120Cº). 2 units.
Characteristics: Ergonomic Retractor. Sterilizable.
Ref. L3315 Extrasmall
Ref. L2099 Adult
Ref. L3301 Small
Ref. L2100 Child
Ref. L3300 Medium
retractor retractor
SINGLE SIDED RETRACTOR PHOTO OCCLUSAL RETRACTOR

AUTOCLAVABLE
Retractors
AUTOCLAVABLE
5,7 cm
5 cm
13,2 cm 12,2 cm
4,7 cm 3,25 cm
16 cm
16 cm

Characteristics: Autoclavable 121¼C Characteristics: Autoclavable 121¼C
Ref. L1905 Small (3,25cm x 12,2cm) Ref. L1892 Small (5cm x 16cm)
Ref. L1904 Large (4,7cm x 13,2cm) Ref. L1891 Medium (5,7cm x 16cm)
retractor retractor
COMBEE LIPS PHOTO RETRACTOR OCCLUSAL FOR RETRACTOR

LARGE AUTOCLAVABLE AUTOCLAVABLE
16,5 cm
3,5 cm 7,5cm
6,4cm
16,5cm
7,5 cm 16,5cm
Brand: Proclinic
Brand: Proclinic Characteristics: Autoclavable 121¼C
Characteristics: Autoclavable 121¼C Ref. L1898 Small (6,4cm x 16,5cm)
Ref. L1890 Large (7,5cm x 16,5cm x 3,5cm) Ref. L1907 Large (7,5cm x 16,5cm)
retractor
SHORT DOUBLE OCCLUSAL 17

cm
RETRACTOR SMALL
Retractors
4 cm
15 cm
3 cm
11 cm
4 cm 3 cm
6 cm
EEZ O C C L U S A L PH OTO L I P RE T RACTO R

Brand: Proclinic Brand: Ortho Technology
Characteristics: Autoclave 121ºC Características: Retractor for occlusal photogrpahs with innovative design. Its curved
handle helps retract lips. Sterilisable at 134¼C. 1 unit.
Ref. L1899 Short (3cm x 11cm x 4cm)
Ref. L1901 Long (3cm x 15cm x 4cm) Ref. L24088
Tongue holding part
Tongue holding part

Handle
16 cm Lip part
m
9c
AU TO CLAVABLE CH E E K R E TR ACTOR WITH

TO NGUE RESTRICTO R C H EEK R ET R AC TO R - D O U B L E- END ED
Brand: G&H Wire Brand: Yamaura Dental Corporation (YDM)
Characteristics: Designed for maximum vision in any treatment. Characteristics: Retracts cheeks, lips, and tongue for maximum visibility and patient comfort. -Suitable for dental aesthe-
Lips and cheeks are retracted simultaeously while the tongue tic instruction, in-office bleaching and bracket wearing in orthodontic treatment. *Non-Autoclavable- Avoid dry heat sterli-
is blocked. Soft material with light forces qhich ensure patient zation and ultraviolet sterilization
comfort. Autoclavable at 127ºC. 2 units.
Ref. L3308 Narrow (16 cm x 9 cm)
Ref. L2107 Ref. L3309 Wide (17 cm x 9,5 cm)
SPA NDE X CHEEK R E TR ACTOR C H EEK R ET R AC TO R W I T H WI RE
b: 4,5cm
Ref. L0876
m
,5c
Retractor
a: 4
13,5cm
c: 9cm
18,75cm
Characteristics: 2 units. Cheek and lip retractor
• Allows a free view and working field
• Ideal for treatment of anterior teeth
Brand: G&H Wire
• Made of non-reflecting plastic
Characteristics: Autoclavable and sterilizable in dry air. Adjustable tension. 1 separator.
• Autoclavable
Ref. 0819 Child. (a: 3,7cm - b: 3,25cm - c: 7,25cm) Ref. L0876 Child.
Ref. 0801 Adult. (a: 4,5cm - b: 4,5cm - c: 9cm) Ref. L0875 Adult.
retractor
R ET R AC TOR CH E E K /L I P
CHEEK RETRACTOR WITH

DISPOSABLE LINGUAL DEPRESSOR
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: With Lingual depressor.
Disposable. Available in 2 sizes
2,7cm
6,7c
m
Brand: G&H Wire

Characteristics: A classic design providing comfortable cheek retraction while blocking the tongue.
Sold Individually. Autoclavable (125¡C - 257¡F Maximum Temperature).
Ref. L0329 10 units. Small (6,7cm x 2,7cm)
Ref. L0330 10 units. Medium (9cm x 3,25cm) Ref. L2173
retractor
O PT R AG AT E C H EEK R ET RACTO R
LIP RING COLD STERILIZABLE

Retractor
5cm
4cm
OP TR AG ATE CHEEK RETRACTOR ASSORTM EN T

5,8cm 8cm Brand: Ivoclar-Vivadent
Characteristics: 40u regular+ 40u small
Ref. 6561 80 units
OP TR AG ATE CHEEK RETRACTOR KIT REGULAR

Ref. 6562 80 units
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: Cold Sterilizable OP TR AG ATE CHEEK RETRACTOR KIT SM ALL
Ref. 6563 80 units
Ref. L1906 Small (4cm x 5,8cm)
Ref. L1894 Large (5cm x 8cm) Optragate: Specially designed to ensure the maximum separation of teeth from the lips and cheeks when placing composites.
I NSTRUME NTAL DE ORTOD ON C IA : MISC E L Á NEA R ET R AC TO R S F / PH OTO DO U B L E E NDE D 2U
M I R RO R H A NDL E
Brand: G&H Wire
Characteristics: Durable aluminum: easy cleaning and sterilizing. The strength to hold the mirror
is applied by turning the handle. The part that connects to the mirror has silicone inserted, ensuring
that the mirror does not slide. It can be rotated to the desired angle. Autoclavable. Handle length
12cm. Brand: Ortho Technology
Características: Sized to comfortably fit most adults and children ¥ Durable
ST EE L MI RROR H A N D L E 1 U plastic design ¥ Will not turn cloudy ¥ Lightweight construction ¥ Suitable for most
types of posterior photography ¥ Autoclavable up to 121¡C
Ref. L6313 1 Unit
GL AS S MI RRO R HA N D L E 1 U Ref. L2463 1 pair per pack
Ref. L6312 1 Unit
BLACK INT RAORAL P H OTO BAC KG ROUN D PH OTO MI RRO R O CCL U SAL ANGU L ADO
BU C C A L PH OTO G R A PH I C M I R RO R
S TAI NL E SS ST E E L
40mm
8,89 cm 8,26 cm
90mm 5,68 cm 4,5 cm 7,04 cm
Mirrors
90mm

30mm
Características: The Black background or contrast is the
Brand: YDM
essential tool for dental photography to distinguish the parts.
Characteristics: Autoclavable (up to 135¡C).Use of stainless steel
Ref. L3307 Small antertior avoids breakage, allowing long term use of the mirror. Bended
design for keeping fingers out of your clinical photographs. Ref. L6038
Ref. L3305 Large anterior
Ref. L0024
Ref. L3306 Posterior Our angled occlusal mirror is double-ended to accommodate both small and large patients.
A N G L E D STA IN L E S S S T EEL
EW
Brand: Bestdent
N
EW
N
Ref. 75854
Ref. 75856
Ref. 75855
Ref. 75857 P H OTO MI RRO R ADU LT O CCL U SAL

Brand: G&H Wire
Characteristics: Manufactured of 3mm float glass for
Ref. 75854 OCCLUSAL MIRROR (ROUNDED) - ADULT & CHILD (Measurements: 18x7x5,5) BEST distortion-free surface and double-side coated with chromium
Ref. 75855 OCCLUSAL MIRROR -ADULT & CHILD (Measurements: 18,5x 7,3x6,5) SAVINGS for maximum reflectiveness. Dimensions: 6.8cm x 9.7cm (at
Ref. 75856 OCLUSAL & BUCCAL MIRROR - ADULT (Measurements:18,25x6,20x2,75) widest point).
Ref. 75857 OCLUSAL & BUCCAL MIRROR - CHILD (Measurements: 17,5x5,70x2,75) Ref. L2174 1 unit
P HOTO MIRROR STAIN L E SS STE E L
oclusal lingual lateral

ref. L6034 ref. L6036 ref. L6035
Mirrors
4,25 cm
5,4 cm
14
10 ,7
,47 cm 14
7,69 cm
Ref. L6034 Oclusal. 1 unit cm 3,84 cm ,7
3
cm
Ref. L6036 Lingual. 1 unit
Ref. L6035 Lateral. 1 unit 3,5 cm
6,4 cm 4,21 cm
Ref. L6037 Assorted. 3 units
These photographic mirrors offer the maximum durability. This highly polished stainless steel surface cannot
chip, crack or peel - double sided for maximum life. The mirror has polished, rounded edges for patient
comfort and is compatible with autoclave sterilization.
M O UTH MIRROR
9,9
cm
6,8 cm
8,1 child occlusal
cm ref. 7887
5,7 cm
5,8 cm adult occlusal
ref. 7886
4,7 cm
3,8 cm
15
15 cm
,1 5,4 cm
cm
Ref. 7886 ADULT OCLUSAL SURFACE. 1u

lateral lingual
Ref. 7887 CHILD OCLUSAL SURFACE. 1u ref. 7889 3,2 cm ref. 7888
Ref. 7888 LINGUAL SURFACE. 1u 4,1 cm
Ref. 7889 BUCCAL SURFACE. 1u

Ref. L6033 Assorted. 4 units
DI NA MOMET E R / F ORCE G AUG E A RT I C U L ATO R F O R O C C U L S I O N ACE TAT E T RACI NG PAP E R

W I TH D IAL C O NS T RU C T I O N
Instruments
Characteristics: Measures the force of coil springs and elastics. Brand: Yamaura Dental Corporation (YDM) Characteristics: 1 x 100-sheet tablet. 203 X 254 mm. Paper
1 unit Characteristics: For Construction Bite thickness: 0.076 mm
Ref. L3310 Ref. L3304 Ref. L0937
TYPO DONT T E E TH PROT R AC TO R / G O NI O M ET ER / TO OT H P L AST I C T RE ASU RE

T EM PL AT E CH E ST FO R T E E T H
Brand: Yamaura Dental Corporation (YDM) Brand: Hager & Werken

Characteristics: 28 units. Education tool to learn the appropriate Characteristics: 100 units different colours.
Brand: Leone
orthodontic force and result of the teeth position. Also used for Ref. L0227
practice of placing the brackets and ligatures. Metal tooth root for Characteristics: With a millimeter scale on three sides and a
quick heat conduction. Ballard-Wylie diagram. Also used for Ricketts. Case with tooth shape. It is specially designed to keep strange or fallen teeth. They came
in different colours to catch the attention of Perez Mouse.
Ref. L3311 Ref. L2060
D EN T URE B OXES 76 mm
82 mm
29 mm
42 mm
Boxes & Cases
72 mm
72 mm
ref. 6859
ref. 4106
ORTHODONTIC P LATES BOX (2 5 UN ITS) economic package
ORT H O DONTI C & D E N T U R E BOX ref. 6981
Characteristics: Variety of colors. Smaller. Small box, suitable for delivery of orthodontic applian-
economic package ces. Toxic plastic boxes for storing and transporting orthodontic appliances. Made of attractive
Characteristics: 25u.
colors with matching string included. An original way to deliver the work to the small patient and
Ref. 4106 Cordless, with ventilation ducts. 25 u helpful for the child because he doesnÕt lose it. Presented in 25u bag. With ventilation holes.
Ref. 41062 Cordless, without ventilation ducts. 10 u Ref. 6859 Cordless, with ventilation ducts. 25 u
Ref. 6981 With string and ventilation ducts. 25 u Ref. 68592 Cordless, without ventilation ducts. 25u
M O DEL STORAGE B OX Installation instruction: PRODUCT

ONLY AVAILABLE AT:
www.dontalia.com
www.dontalia.de
m
10,0 c
26,8 cm
7,4 cm
Characteristics: Contiene 100 units. Order models easily and in very little space with these model boxes.
26,8cm long x 10cm wide x 7,4cm high. - Boxes folded for easy storage
- stores 3 complete models (Upper and Lower) in each box
Ref. L1000 - Boces may be stored on top of each other, saving space
- Size of each box: Length 26.8cm /Width 10cm / Height 7.4cm
BEST
SAVINGS
76 mm
Boxes & Cases

29 mm
82 mm
42 mm
72 mm
RETA I NER BOX ES 72 mm

Brand: Bestdent
Ref. 68594 Small. Mix of colors (Red, Green, Pistachio green, Blue, Fuchsia, Orange).
Package measures: 31cmx10cmx16cm.Boxes measures: 29mmx76mmx72mm.

Ref. 68593 Large.Mix of colors (Red, Green, Pistachio green, Blue, Fuchsia, Orange).
Package measures: 33cmx13,5cmx17cm. Boxes measures: 42mmx82mmx72mm.
EW
N
Ref. L5821 Ref. L5824

Ref. L5820
HO LSTE R F OR MO UTH G UA R D
Characteristics: 1 unit.
Ref. L5820 Emoji
Ref. L5821 Smiling
Ref. L5822 Flash Kukuxumusu Ref. L5823
Ref. L5823 How Nice Emoji
Ref. L5824 Darth Vader Star Wars Ref. L5822
MODEL BOX WITH PLASTIC CASE DE NTO B OX I I WH I T E

Brand: Mestra PRODUCT
ONLY AVAILABLE AT:
INTERIOR PLASTIC DRAWER www.dontalia.com
m
23,5 c www.dontalia.de
31
m
23,5 c
cm
Boxes & Cases / Waxes
8 cm
26
,5
cm
ref. L0226
6 cm ref. L0225
Brand: Hager & Werken

Characteristics: Designed to maximize intra-oral exposure for
Characteristics: 9.5 cm long x 11.5 cm wide x 7 cm high. any treatment procedure.Lips and cheeks are retracted simulta-
neously while the tongue is blocked. Soft material and gentle force
Ref. L0225 Low
insures patient comfort. 2/pack. 10 units
Autoclavable (127°C - 260°F Maximum Temperature)
Characteristics: 9.5 cm long x 11.5 cm wide x 7 cm high.
Ref. L0226 High Ref. 99979
Boxes
EM B R AC E L I P PROT EC TO R WH I T E O RT H O DO NT I C WAX
TRANSPARENT BOX FOR

Cut the required length.
TRANSPORTING MODELS
WITH PLASTIC CASE
It is placed on the brackets.
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: 9.5 cm long x 11.5 cm wide x 7 cm high
Ref. L0881 10 units

T D
UC DE
OD MEN
Th e l i p pro te c to r i s pl a ce d ove r th e
PR OM
bra c k e ts i n o rd e r to pre ve nt th e l i ps a n d Brand: Hygenic

C
RE
c h e e k s f ro m r u bbi n g th e bra c k e ts. Spe c i a l l y

u s e f u l fo r mu s i c i a n s a n d o th e r s w h e n Characteristics: Cylindrical bars 15 cm in length. White.
i r r i tati o n may be a pro bl e m. I ts l ow pro f i l e 48 bars.
Ref. L0223
e n s u re s mi n i mu m d i s co mfo r t. Ref. L0212 Box of 48 Bars of Wax.
Wax
SI L I CO NE B RACK E T
GI SH Y GO O
PATIENT WAX 5 BARS

Brand: Proclinic
T D
UC DE
Characteristics: Ideal for reducing irritation caused by braces. Given to the
OD MEN
patient with instructions on how to apply the wax over the bracket wings. Economic package.
PR OM
Available with or without scent. 25 units
C
With or without scent.
Waxes / Silicones
RE
Ref. L0430 Scent-free, white
Brand: Opal Orthodontics
Ref. L0431 Cherry-flavoured, red
Characteristics: 5gr.
Ref. L0432 Apple-flavoured, green
Ref. L0433 Mint-flavoured, green Ref. L9692
Silicone
GI SH Y GOO 1X 5GR + OPA L P IX (3 2 P IX)
S I L I C O N E F O R PAT I E N T
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics: 25 boxes of 5 bars of silicone. Superior in quality than wax, it stays longer
in the bracket.
Characteristics: Set 1 syringe x 5gr, 1 box with 32 pix and use instructions.

Ref. L0033
Gishy Goo™ Silicone Bracket Relief Aid. It is a flavored, thixotropic, silicone elastomer that holds firmly to brackets and wires. It comes
in a syringe with two barrels. One barrel has a white activator material. The other has a light yellow base material. A pea sized amount of
Gishy Goo Is dispensed by the patient Into their hand, then mixed and applied to bracket or wires at the point of Irritation. The product Ref. L0336
sets in two minutes and stays in place for up to 12 hours.
UTILITY WAX B OX ES O F NAT U R A L WAX ST I CK S

mint scent
Waxes
economic package
Brand: G&H Wire Brand: Leone

Characteristics: 75 u. These wax strips are excellent for post-dam and peripheral Characteristics: 10 boxes with 5 sticks each.
lining impression trays. Strip dimensions: 3/16" x 11". 75 strips per box. Ref. L2111 10 boxes
Especially for orthodontic use. Natural composition. Harmless, no side effects if

Ref. L2163 swallowed. Mint flavoured. Used on brackets to protect lips from possible cuts.
patient wax
ADVANTAG ES
DISPENSER FOR 100% satisfaction or your money back.

PAT I E N T WA X B OX E S • 365-day on-line store- 24/7
Brand: Proclinic • Free Product Returns
Characteristics: 1 dispenser. Organises waxes and silicones for patients.
Waxes not included. Height 21 cm / width 32 cm / Depth 11 cm. • 30 days to change your mind

Ref. L0335
SP LI NTS EV ER S T I C K FI B E RGL ASS

R ETA I NER
T D
UC DE
OD MEN
PR OM
C
Retainers / Ribbonds
RE
Characteristics: 2 12-cm strips.
Ref. L0879
Ideal for: - Retention in the upper and lower arcade - Retention of diastemas - Posterior anchoring. A revolutionary concept in lingual
M ETA LLIC SPLINTIN G G R ID S retainers. Each Everstick tape incorporates a thousand strands of fiberglass, compacted with a preimpregnated photocurable adhesive.
Allows for easy and fast adaptation in the patient's mouth. The tape is malleable and sticky, two characteristics for an adjusted adapta-
Brand: Nichrominox tion and a positive retention during photocuring. 1. The tape is cut to the necessary length. 2. A small amount of additional adhesive is
applied and it is placed in the mouth. 3. The light is passed over the tape to create a low-profile retainer. With Everstick you save time
Characteristics: Box of 10 units (1m). Composite adhesion. and money: - Only requires one patient visit - It is not necessary to make folds beforehand. - Does not require impressions - Does
not require a model. Other advantages: - Unlike with other retainers, the Everstick can be even be used with brackets still in place. -
Made of stainless steel alloy 304 L Indicated for long-term retainer patients - Cleans easily - Anti-allergic (does not contain metal) - Ideas aesthetics for: - Retention in
the upper and lower arcade - Retention of diastemas - Posterior anchoring. Each container includes 2 12-cm strips. Each strip has an
Ref. 6355 effective diameter of 0.75 mm. Length 12 cm.
SP LI NTS
RI B B O ND T H M SU RT I DO
Reccomended for: Brand: THM
Aesthetics splints Characteristics: 68 cm
Periodontal splins
Ref. 6871 Orthodontics retainers Ref. 6870
Space maintainers
Temporary bridges
Endodontic post-and-core build-up RI B B O ND T H M O RT H O DO NT I C
Stabilization post-trauma
Maryland bridges
Characteristics: 68m of fibre 1mm + scissors + sample

+ model and instructions.
Ref. 6871
Ref. 6870
RI B B O ND H T M
Characteristics: 68 cm.
Reinforcement fibre ribbons ideal for a wide variety of dental applications. The
exclusive combination of patented fabric and very strong fibres provides a fracture
- It has no shape memory and does not fray when cut or shaped. - Chemical bond:
proven bonding to methyl methacrylate and to Bis-GMA resins. - Thinner and a better
Ref. 6872 2mm
strength unsurpassed by any other reinforcement. - Super Strong: made with plasma-
treated, high molecular weight and very strong polyethylene fibres, identical to the
modulus of elasticity than any other fibre. Recommended for: Aesthetic splints,
periodontal splints, orthodontic retainers, space maintainers, temporary bridges,
Ref. 6873 3mm
ones used to make bulletproof vests. The fibres are so hard they require special
scissors to cut them (included in the introductory kit). - Patented fabric: Leno type
endodontic posts and cores, post-trauma stabilisation Ref. 6874 4mm
weave prevents fracture propagation through multidirectional force transmission. Ref. 6875 Orthodontic, 1 mm
ORTHODONTICS ADHESIVES INTRODUCTION
Range
You will find a wide range of Adhesives and Accesories that will help on the daily orthodontics
treatments.
Brands
A huge brands range to choose:
3M Unitek
Leone
Reliance Orthodontics
G.C.
Vivadent
O RTH O D O N TI C S A D H E S I V E S A ND ACCE S OR IE S
contents
Primers, Conditiones, Sealants and Etching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

Light cure adhesives for brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Self cure adhesives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Bands adhesives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Light cure adhesives for lingual retainers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Indirect bonding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Mini molds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
FI RST (1ST) & F INAL P ROP H Y P UMIC E 2 0 0 U LED PRO SEAL SEALANT WITH FLUOR 6ML FUJI ORTHO ACONDICIONADOR
Adhesives & Bonding Material

Characteristics: 6 mL
Ref. L5902 400 gm.
Ref. L5899
No mix light cure sealants that resist toothbrush abrasion. Contain a UV fluorescing Brand: G.C
200 sterile cups for individual patients use. Pre-mixed. Just open & apply with pro-
agent for easy monitoring of sealant coverage. Can be used under any light cure, che-
phy cup. Improved Bond Strength. No Added Chemicals: No flavoring, fluorides
mical cure or dual cure paste system. Ref. 98922 23,8 mL
or oils which could leave a film that may inhibit or weaken the bond.
TRANSB ON D XT P R IME R 7 1 2 - 0 3 4 TRANSBOND PLUS 712-090 SELF-ETCHING PRIMER 100 APPLICATORS
Brand: 3M Unitek
T D
UC DE

OD MEN
Ref. 2562 6 mL
PR OM
C
RE
T D
UC DE
OD MEN
Co mbi n e s Etc h a nt a n d Pr i me r i n a s i n g l e s te p.
PR OM
Fo r ms a mi c ro bo n d a d h e s i o n w i th th e s u r f a ce o f
C
RE
th e e n a me l. Le s s e n a me l l o s s th a n w i th tra d i ti o n a l Brand: 3M Unitek

e tc h i n g s. Co nta i n s f l u o r i d e. S ave s ti me a n d mo n e y Characteristics : 100 units Self-etching Primer + 10 brushes.
R eq uir ing o nly a thin, u n ifo r m film o n ea c h to o t h , by re pl a c i n g th e n e e d fo r e tc h a nt, pr i me r a n d
Tran sb o ndª X T Pr imer i s 3M U n itek' s reco m m en d ed br u s h e s. Si n g l e d o s e e n s u re s pro d u c t co n s i s te n c y Ref. 2578 100 units+ 10 brushes.
ch oice whe n yo u need a wet t in g a gent t h at p er- a n d avo i d s th e e va po rati o n pro bl e ms th at o cc u r
for m s re lia bly. Ref. L02750 20 units
w i th tra d i ti o n a l me th o d s.
Dontalia
P L AST I C CO NDI T I O NE R (P L )
KIT TRANSBOND 712-021 MIP MOISTURE INSENSITIVE
T D
UC DE
OD MEN
PR OM
C
RE
KIT TRANSBOND 712-021 MIP MOISTURE INSENSITIVE Brand: Reliance Orthodontics

Brand: 3M Unitek
Moisture tolerant primer bonds in moisture (water Ref. L1234 10 mL
or saliva) without compromising bond strength Ref. L03022 6 mL transbond mip primer, 1 light sensitive well,
with a single coat over contaminated tooth sur- 20 disposable wells, 1 brush holder, 60 brush tips
The Reliance Plastic Appliance Conditioner is intended for use as a conditioner of
face when used with moisture tolerant adhesives. plastic brackets or acrylic appliances in preparation for bonding with any adhesive,
Compatible with all 3M Unitek light cure adhesives. sealant or cement. It can also be used to condition a composite restoration or
Ref. L02751 6 mL acrylic jacket prior to bonding and to rebond a bracket impregnated with adhesive.
UNIT E ADHESIVE 5 G (3 U.) - 7 0 4 0 4 8 -
ADVANTAG ES


Brand: 3M Unitek
Characteristics : 3 syringes x 5 g . No-mix adhesive for direct bonding. Can be used for bonding polycarbonate brackets. Cures chemically
Ref. L9322
PO RCELAIN CONDIT ION E R PR I M ER F O R A ES T H ET I C B R AC K ETS MAX I MU M CU RE FI L L E D

Characteristics : 8 cc Brand: Leone
Ref. L5964 Characteristics : 1 unite.
Ref. L2110 Characteristics : 7gm
For bonding to Ceramic Crowns. Reliance Porc-Etch™ & Porcelain Conditioner are
intended for use in the preparation of glazed dental porcelain for bonding. The Porc-
Etch™ will prepare porcelain surfaces for the application of Porcelain Conditioner. TO BE USED WITH LEONE aesthetic brackets. Primer for Leone Direct Bond Ref. L11428 Maxi Cure Filled Sealant A 7gm X1
Porcelain Conditioner is a silane coupling agent which chemically unites with the silicon aesthetic brackets. Essential for bonding Direct Bond fibreglass and Natura brackets.
in the porcelain and the acrylic in chemical, light cure and dual cure adhesives. Applied to the base of the bracket before bonding with the composite. Ref. L11429 Maxi Cure Filled Sealant B 7gm X1
P RO SEAL - PHOTOC UR A B L E SE A L A N T M A X I M U M C U R E R ED C A P 7 G . RE SI N FL U O RI DE SE AL ANT A

Characteristics : 6mL
Ref. L1232 Ref. L11416 Sealer (Part A - Red Stopper) Fluoride
Ref. L5953 Maximum cure 20 gm sealant A Brand: Reliance Orthodontics
Enamel demineralisation can be an unwanted side effect during orthodontic treatment
with fixed appliances. Pro Seal is the world's leading product in preventing this demi- Ref. L11417 Sealer (Part B - Red Stopper) Fluoride Characteristics : 7gm
neralisation. 100% Polymerisation: Pro Seal is the first sealant that will set completely
without an oxygen inhibited layer. This creates a smooth, hard surface that prevents Ref. L5954 Maximum cure 20 gm sealant A
leakage, protects the enamel and makes material cleanup easier. Resists toothbrush Ref. L11430
abrasion. Releases fluoride. Contains a fluorescent agent for easy monitoring of sealant Maximum Cure® Sealant will set in a thin layer. A unique catalyst
coverage. No mixing. Universal application - can be used with any photocurable, self- system prevents oxygen interference during polymerization. Unsurpassed Bond Strength - Excel® is a highly filled adhesive that provides maxi-
curable or no mix adhesive. The whole labial or lingual tooth surface can be sealed. REFRIGERATION REQUIRED mum bond strength in a thin film. Bonding Resin with fluoride.
P RI M ER/ACID/ETCHIN G PO RC EL A I N ETC H 7 G M
U NI DO SE
ASSU RE P L U S

Ref. L8109 Unidose Assure Plus 50u
Ref. L8110 Unidose Assure Plus 100u
T D
UC DE
Now in convenient 0.20ml caplets for easy cleanup.
OD MEN
One caplet can be used for two full arches (32 teeth).
PR OM
C
Assure Plus All Surface Bonding Resin will increase
RE
adhesion to normal, atypical, dry or slightly contaminated
Brand: Reliance Orthodontics enamel AND NOW ZIRCONIA AND ACRYLIC TEMPS WITHOUT
Characteristics : Reliance Porc-Etchª & Porcelain Conditioner ADDITIONAL PRIMERS. This universal bonding agent bonds to
Brand: Reliance Orthodontics are intended for use in the preparation of glazed dental porcelain metal restorations AND NOW PORCELAIN without hydrofluoric
Characteristics : Primer/Acid/Etching for use with Reliance for bonding. The Porc-Etchª will prepare porcelain surfaces for acid. Can be used with any light or chemical cure system. Assure
Adhesive products. the application of Porcelain Conditioner. Plus All Surface Bonding Resin will bond to the following surfaces:
Fluorosed, Deciduous, Bleached or wet normal and atypical enamel,
Ref. L0216 Refill 9 gm Ref. L8137 Porcelain Etch 7gm Dentin / Cementum, Gold, Amalgam, Stainless Steel, Composite
Ref. L2177 Bottle 9 gm Ref. L8138 3 mL restorations, Acrylic temporary / pontic teeth, Porcelain
A SSU R E PLUS BOND IN G R E S IN A S S U R E ( U NI V ER S A L R ES I N B O ND I NG ) ASSU RE WI T H FL U O R SY RI NGE 5 GR
Brand: Reliance Orthodontics Brand: Reliance Orthodontics

Brand: Reliance Orthodontics Characteristics : 5 gm
Characteristics : 6cc
Characteristics : 6cc
Ref. L5947 Ref. L5893
Ref. L5891
Assure Plus All Surface Bonding Resin will increase adhesion to normal, atypical, dry Assure paste is also hydrophilic, therefore it can also be applied to a dry or slightly
or slightly contaminated enamel AND NOW ZIRCONIA AND ACRYLIC TEMPS Assure Universal Bonding Resin will increase adhesion to normal, atypical, dry or contaminated surface. The smooth cohesive paste viscosity allows for easy applica-
WITHOUT ADDITIONAL PRIMERS. This universal bonding agent bonds to metal slightly contaminated enamel. This universal bonding agent bonds to metal restoration to any style bracket base insuring maximum mechanical retention. Excess flash
restorations AND NOW PORCELAIN without hydrofluoric acid. Can be used with tions without additional primers. No drying or light curing required and can be used is easily cleaned from the periphery of the bracket base. The Assure paste is the
any light or chemical cure system. with any light or chemical cure system. first orthodontic adhesive to bond chemically to stainless steel.
AT LAST !
One Bonding Resin for All Intraoral Surfaces!
Assure Plus All Surface

®
Bonding Resin Bonds To:
Enamel
Dentin
Porcelain
Metal
Composite
Zirconia
NOW AVAILABLE in Disposable

UNIDOSE Dispensers!
• No Dispensing!
• No Cross Contamination!
• Enough Material For Two Full Arches!
For more information, contact…
(800) 323-4348 • (630) 773-4009 • Fax (630) 250-7704

www.RelianceOrthodontics.com
BO ND ALIGNER SY R IN G E 1 .5 G R + 5 TIP S PER F EC T A S M I L E PA S T E L I G H T ( 1 U. ) B E NDA B RU SH (250U.) RE L I ANCE

Primers, Conditioners, Sealants and Etching

Characteristics : 4 g. Perfect A Smile bonds to any clear ther-
Brand: Reliance Orthodontics moplastic aligner, no conditioner or preparation is needed
Ref. L5903 1,5 gr. + 5 tips Brand: Reliance Orthodontics
Ref. L8041 Light Ref. L5904 250 per pack
Clear light cure adhesive to adhere metal, ceramic or plastic attach- Ref. L9595 Medium
ments to any aligner plastic.
Ref. L8040 Dark 1 1/2" Disposable Bonding Brushes
ETC HING GE L ORTH OP H OSP H OR IC S EL F PR I M ER C A RT R I D G E R EF I L L ME TAL P RI ME R 8ML

Ref. L5955 8 mL
Ref. L5912 1 unit For bonding to Gold, Stainless Steel and Amalgam. Reliance Metal Primer is
Ref. L5905 Bottle 18gm Etchant Gel intended for use as a conditioner of metal surfaces for bonding with an adhesive.
Minimize waste! Simply push, mix and apply. Mixing well cover will keep unused Reliance Metal Primer will create a chemical bond between precious and
Ref. L5906 Bottle 9gm Etchant Gel solution fresh and protected from light for up to 6 hours. nonprecious metals and an adhesive.
T R A NS B O ND X T 7 1 2 - 0 3 5 K I T 2 SY R I NGE S + P RI ME R New Pac k ag ing
Light cure adhesives

note
Other Transbond products:
Transbond Primer .............................................................270
Transbond Self- Etching Plus (lollipops)............................270
Transbond MIP Primer Hidrophyle...................................272
Transbond XT in tips.........................................................278
Transbond Plus for bands..................................................284
Transbond LR for Lingual Retainers..................................285
T D
UC DE
OD MEN
PR OM
C
S i ng le - component photoc urable
RE
Brand: 3M Unitek or thodonti c composi te.
Characteristics : 2 Syringes x 4 g + 6 mL Primer and accessories. I nd i c ated for bond i ng metal and cerami c
Ref. 2501 brac k ets.
T R A NS B O ND PL U S 7 1 2 - 1 0 1
TRAN S B ON D XT 7 1 2 - 0 3 6 - 4 R E PL AC EM ENT SY R I NG ES
PI NK C O LO U R - C H A NG E 2 SY RI NGE S
T D
UC DE
OD MEN
PR OM
C
RE
Brand: 3M Unitek
Brand: 3M Unitek
Characteristics: Photopolymerizable one-component orthodontic composite. Ref. L02754 2 syringes x 4g. Does not include primer. Ref. 2562 must be added to the order.
Indicated for bonding metal and ceramic brackets. Ref. L24174 4 syringes x 4g. Color Changing: Easier flash clean-up.
Versatile: Bonds ceramic and metal brackets.
Ref. 2596 Ref. L9580 25 u.
T RANSB O ND T M 712- 046 LV

TRAN SB ON D XT 7 1 2 - 0 3 0 C A P S UL E K I T
Characteristics : 25 Capsules (0.2 g each). Box of 25 capsules x 0.2 g

+ 6 mL Transbond XT Primer + 1 adhesive-dispensing gun
+ 1 brush handle + 60 brush tips.
Ref. 2551
TRA NSBOND X T 71 2 - 0 3 1 C A P S UL E R E P L ACE M ENTS Brand: 3M Unitek

Ref. 2560 25 Capsules x 0,2 g. Ref. L03023
Transbondª Supreme LV Low Viscosity Light Cure Adhesive is a flowable orthodon-

T D
UC DE
tic adhesive advantageous for indirect bonding or wherever a flowable light cure
OD MEN
adhesive may be indicated. This adhesive represents the latest addition to the
PR OM
growing Transbond Adhesive family that offers high quality bonding solutions over
C
The viscosity of Transbond XT adhesive was designed to prevent a complete spectrum of orthodontic applications. Transbond Supreme LV adhesive
RE
flows when dispensing from the syringe, but stays in place without slumping or run-
adhesive run-on and bracket skating with the potential to save money ning prior to light curing. Convenient metal syringe tips help you accurately dispense
and reduce adhesive waste. 3M Unitek's adhesive-filled capsules and the desired amount of adhesive without waste or run-on, making it economical as
dispensing gun also allow for easy application, offering control and well as practical. - Indirect bonding or direct light- cure applications- Nanofillers for
excellent strength, flow and wear properties- Efficient, low-waste syringe dispenser-
convenience. Compatible with all 3M Unitek primers
SEA LA NT LIGHT BON D G OTO A D H ES I V E SY R I NG E

Characteristics : GoTo is a light cure adhesive with superior handling properties. It does not
allow bracket flotation once placed on the tooth or during flash removal. A fraction of the retail
Brand: Reliance Orthodontics cost of leading, competitive light cure pastes!
Ref. L1235 LBS3F 3cc Reliance Ref. L8145 1 syringe x 4gr

Ref. L5909 7 cc with Fluoride Ref. L8144 25 Capsules x 0,2 g.
LIGHT BON D
T D
UC DE
OD MEN
PR OM
C
RE
LI GHT BOND REGUL A R KIT WITH F L UOR

Characteristics : Kit Jeringas Bonds Chemically To Metal: Pad Lock was
developed to increase adhesion to even the finest screen mesh bases. The
paste contains a monomer that bonds chemically as well as mechanically
to metal bracket bases improving adhesion. Fluoresces: Pad Lock Paste will
fluoresce when illuminated with any ultraviolet black light. gama Reliance

Ref. L02151
KI T LI G HT BOND LB E P F (5 0 - 7 7 7 - 0 0 )
Characteristics : 20 adhesive paste (4 syringes x 5 g) + 6 mL Sealant L I G H T B O ND F L U I D O W I T H F L U O R
(2 jars of 3 mL) + 9 g Etching Primer + Disposable brushes + Spatulas SY R I NG E 5 G R
+ Mixing block. Characteristics : Light Bond Thin Paste in 5 gm Push
Ref. L0218 Syringes medium viscosity Syringe With Fluoride L I GH T B O ND T H I N PAST E SY RI NGE FL U O RI DE
Ref. L5898 Ref. L5938 5gr
Ref. L0215 Syringes high viscosity
Ref. L5907 Bottle 24 gm L I G H T B O ND T I PS W I T H F L U O R I D E Ref. L5946 5g (11u)
Characteristics : Light Bond is a photo initiated adhesive
- Photocurable Adhesive that offers the operator unlimited working time to position
- Fluoride-releasing brackets and clean flash. Light Bond will bond to any enamel, L I GH T B O ND FI L L E D SE AL ANT W/FL U O R
- High viscosity porcelain, composite or metal surface, when properly condi-
- With enamel-protecting sealant Characteristics : 3cc
tioned.
- Does not require refrigeration
- For use with metallic, plastic and ceramic brackets Ref. L5952 5gr (11 tips) Ref. L5917
F UJI O RTH O LC H EL I O S I T O RT H O DO NT I C
Brand: G.C. Brand: Ivoclar Vivadent

Ref. 4617 15 g powder and 6.8 mL liquid Characteristics : 3 2.5-g syringes
Ref. 46170 6,8 mL Ref. 3214
Ref. 46171 40 gm
Ref. 46172 50 u.
T D
UC DE
Composite orthodontic monocomponente fotopolimerizable. Highly translucent material, perfect for

OD MEN
cementing metallic and aesthetic brackets. After etching the enamel with phosphoric acid (37%), the
PR OM
T D
Heliostat Orthodontic is applied between the tooth and enamel surfaces.

C
UC DE
RE
OD MEN
Photocurable resin-reinforced glass ionomer adhesive Indicated for bonding orthodontic brac- Advantages: - No mixing required. - The adhesive allows the bracket to be positioned over the surface of
PR OM
kets and bands Fuji Ortho releases fluoride, protecting against calcifications and cavities. Fast
C
the tooth without time restrictions. - The exceptional translucency ensures a complete bond when expo-
RE
and easy application even in wet fields, no need to dry the tooth. sed to the curing light.
PA D LOCK

Characteristics : Pad Lock¨ is intended for use as a fluorescing, light cure orthodontic bracket adhesive.
Product features: maximum bond strength to fine metal mesh bases. -Bonds all metal, ceramic and plastic
brackets. -Immediate archwire placement. -Ease of removal.
Ref. L5950 Economy Push Kit. 20gr adhesive paste (4 syringes x 5gr)
+ 6cc sealant + 9gr etching + disposable brushes + Blog
Ref. L5923 Economy Push Kit with fluor.
Ref. L5892 Pad lock in push syringe. 1 syringe.

RESI L IE NCE K IT INTRO A D H E S IVE B R ACKE TS
ADVANTAG ES


Characteristics : 1 x 3,5 gm syringe adhesive, 1 x 3ml sealant, 5 bonding brushes, 1 x instruction sheet Up to 30% CHEAPER than other Ortho Depots.
Ref. L2435
P HASE II

Characteristics : Phase II paste and sealant are formulated with a monomer that contains fluoride
and will not reduce bond strength. The highly filled paste provides a strong mechanical bond with
all types of metal and ceramic bracket bases. All plastic and fiber filled brackets will bond chemica-
lly to Phase II when conditioned with Reliance Plastic Conditioner.
Ref. L5928 Phase II kit-screw with fluor

Ref. L5929 Phase II kit-jar-fluoride
Ref. L5930
P HASE Phase CU
II DUAL R EA-jar with fluor. 1 Kit.
II Paste
Ref. L5931 Phase II Paste B-jar
Ref. L8129 1 syringe and 6g paste A with fluoride

Ref. L5921 Phase II Dual Cure paste a-jar-fluor
CONCISE ORTH OD ON TIC S
Brand: 3M Unitek
Characteristics : 18 g paste A + 18 g paste B, 12 mL resins A and B,
9 mL liquid acid and accessories.
Ref. 2517
Characteristics: 18 grams
Ref. L02761 Concise adhesive paste A (red label)
Ref. L02762 Concise adhesive paste B (blue label)
T D
UC DE
OD MEN
Based on 3M's innovative adhesive technology, Conciseª

PR OM
Orthodontic Chemical Cure Adhesive has been a leader

C
in performance and reliability for more than three deca-

RE
des. Features:-Two-part resin and paste system- Low fai-

lure rate -Cures chemically-Reliable bond strength
FUJI ORT HO S I NG L E- C O M PO NENT O RT H O DO NT I C CO MPO SI T E ADH E SI V E

Brand: Leone
Brand: G.C. Characteristics : Kit containing 1 x 3g syringe + 1 x 14g liquid activator + 1 x 9g etching gel + 40 brushes
Characteristics : 1 unit and accessories.
Ref. 4635
Ref. L2062
Resin-reinforced Glass Ionomer Adhesive Indicated for bonding orthodontic brackets and bands Self-curing. Excellent bonding,
even in a wet environment. Simple bracket and band removal without fractures in the enamel or decolouration. Long-term fluoride Self-curing adhesive. Application kit: 18 g paste A + 18 g paste B, 12 mL resins A and B, 9 mL liquid acid + accessories. Fast and
release. easy application. No mixing of components. It is possible to correct the position of the bracket up to 20 seconds after application.
Archwire can be placed five minutes after bonding.
RELY A B ON D
RELY A BOND SYR IN G E S

Ref. L0217 14 g adhesive paste (4 syringes x 3.5 g)
+ 16 g Primer + 9 g Etching agent
+ disposable brushes + Spatulas + Mixing block.
RELY A BOND KIT TIP S WITH F L UOR

Ref. L5894 14g Paste in tips, 16 g Primer, 9 g etching agent and brushes
Ref. L8134 Syringe 3.5 gr

Ref. L5896 14 gm Rely-a-Bond Paste in Preloaded Tips
Ref. L02156 14 gm Rely-a-Bond Fluid in 1 syringe x 3,5 gm
Ref. L9581 16 gm Rely-a-Bond Primer With Fluoride. For all brackets materials

gama Reliance
- "No-Mix" Adhesive - With enamel-protecting sealant
- Fluoride-releasing - Does not require refrigeration
- High viscosity - For use with metallic, plastic and ceramic brackets
REF IL L . PA STE ULTR A B A N D

LOK SY R IN G E
ADVANTAG ES

gama Reliance • Rapid deliveries

Ref. L5914 Ultra Band-Lok 5 gm Blue Syringe
Ref. L5915 Ultra Band-Lok 5 gm clear Syringe
• Single Paste System - No wasteful mixing • Light Activated - No working time constraints • No Mixing • All Purpose
T D
UC DE
Cement - Ultra Band-Lok® can also be used to bond large acrylic appliances and as an occlusal build-up material.
OD MEN
When bonding the appliances you must first etch the enamel surface. • Bonds to Metal - Ultra Band-Lok® will bond
PR OM
C
chemically to stainless steel bands. Removal is all in one piece with cement in the appliance
RE
BA ND LOK NAT URAL C E ME N T KIT B AND- LO K SY RI NGE 6GR (1U )

Characteristics : Band-Lok is a two paste dual-cure adhesive
Characteristics : 4 x A Paste, 4 x B Paste, IFU, mixing pad and spatulas
intended for use as a band cement.
Ref. L8026 Band-Lok¨ is a two paste dual-cure adhesive intended for use as a band cement
Ref. L8027
MULT I-CURE GI 712 - 0 5 0

T R A NS B O ND PL U S 7 1 2 - 0 8 0 RE SI L I E NCE - P H OTO CU RAB L E
CEM ENT F OR BAND (KIT)
B A ND - A D H ES I V E K I T B AND CE ME NT
T D
UC DE
OD MEN
PR OM
C
RE
Brand: 3M Unitek
Ref. L02758 Powder (35 g), Liquid (25 g),
1 Spoon, 2 Mixing Blocks.
Brand: 3M Unitek
POW D E R 35 G REPL ACE ME N T Characteristics : 5 Syringes (4 g each) + 50 disposable dispenser tips.
Ref. L02759 35g. Ref. 2572
LI Q UI D 25 G REPLAC E ME N T
Ref. L02760 25g. Brand: Ortho Technology
T D
UC DE
Characteristics : Resilience PHotocurable Cement for bands

OD MEN
• S i n g l e pa s te fo r e a s y d i s pe n s i n g and bite openers. Blue.

PR OM
3M Unitek offers an effective solution for exclelent band retention. This material fills the
• B l u e co l o r fo r i n i ti a l a n d f i n a l c l e a n - u p
C
voids between the anatomy of the tooth surface and the band, minimizing wash out during Ref. L2440 5 gm syringe
RE
the lifetime of the band. The Unitekª Multi-Cure Glass Ionomer Band Cement also provides • N o - mi x ba n d a d h e s i ve
a sustained fluoride release during treatment. Ref. L2437 6 syringes x 5 gm
FUJI O RT HO PAST E R E F IL L T R A NS B O ND PL U S F / B A ND S I NT RO D U C TO RY KI T
Brand: G.C.
Ref. 46469 Dispenser
Ref. L5139 Fuji ortho paste refill.
2 x 13.3 g Paste Pack cartridges
Modified glass ionomer resin for orthodontic bonding of bands and simpler applications. Fuji
Ortho is the first orthodontic cement available as a paste cartridge.
- The dispenser pack allows the cement to be distributed quickly and with greater precision,
thus minimizing waste.
- Guarantees an optimal handling time for a 3m-thick film, a working time of 3 minutes 30 Brand: 3M Unitek
seconds and a hardening time of 3 minutes. Characteristics : Light cure. Single paste for easy dispensing. Blue color for initial and final clean-up. No-mix band adhesive.
- The blue colour of the paste facilitates and speeds up identification of residual cement.
- Does not contain nitric acid.
- Perfect bond in a wet environment with high fluoride output.
Ref. L8004 1 syringe x 4g, 10 ea. disposable tips
F LOW TA I N
TRA NSBOND LR 712- 0 3 8

FO R LINGUAL RETAI N E R S

Brand: 3M Unitek Brand: Reliance Orthodontics
Characteristics: 25 capsules (0.2 g each), 6 mL Transbond XT Primer, Dispenser Gun,
Handle and 60 brushes. Ref. L1233 1 x 1.5 gr syringe with 10 tips.
Ref. L02752 Ref. L5908 Flowtain syringes tips 10u
TRA NSBOND LR 712- 0 3 8 F OR L IN G UA L R E TA INER S Ref. L1295 Flowtain LV. 1 x 1.5 gr syringe with 10 tips.
Characteristics : 25 capsules x 2 g Ref. L1240 The tips provided are easily injected into lingual
surfaces and across fiber splints. 10 tips.
Ref. 2579
Flow Tain is a photocurable composite with a low modulus of elasticity, thus making
T D
T D
UC DE
UC DE
it ideal for use with lingual retainers, fibres and other splinting materials as it is not as
OD MEN
OD MEN
Adhesives specially indicated for lingual retainers. With a very simple application, it
PR OM
PR OM
allows the adhesive to be shaped and finished around the lingual retainer wire in order stiff and brittle as conventional composites. The material is highly polishable, which
C
C
reduces wear. Using the tips provided with the syringe allows injection onto lingual
RE
RE
to achieve maximum patient comfort. As with the Transbond XT, the working time is
extended in order to ensure optimal placement and minimize product waste. surfaces and through splints.
RESI L IENCE LOW VIS C OS ITY LC R F O R R ETA I NER

Characteristics : Resilience Low Viscosity Light-Cure Flowable
Composite adhesive features a precision controlled syringe which
prevents overflow and run-on. It ensures accuracy as it flows easily
R EL I A NC E L I G H T C U R E
into difficult areas, but is reliable not to slump or run until light
curing occurs. The disposable tip provides precise application, R ETA I NER SY R I NG E
accessibility, and control resulting in excellent aesthetics. It is Characteristics : L.C.Rª is a flowable, light cure orthodon-
dependable, strong, and more resistant to shock and stress. It can tic adhesive intended to be used within an orthodontic, R EL IANCE L I GH T CU RE
be used in many ways such as bonding lingual retainers, Invisalign® dental or pediatric dental office for the bonding of lingual R ETAI NE R T I P S SY RI NGE
attachments, occlusal build-ups for opening a posterior bite, indi- retainers, creation of occlusal buildups and for retention of
rect bonding, and much more! Contains fluoride to help protect thermoplastic aligners.
Characteristics : L.C.R. 5 gm Paste in Preloaded Tips Syringe (0,45gr)
against potential decalcification.
Ref. L2438 1 x 2gr Ref. L11427 5gr Ref. L5901
RE L I ANCE E XCE L RE GU L AR RE SI N B
RE LIA N C E E XCE L R E G UL A R KIT

Characteristics : 2 syringes of 6 g each of Paste A (Catalyst) + 2 syringes of 6 g each
of Paste B (Base) + 7 g Resin A + 7 g Resin B + 9 g Primer (Etching) + Mixing brus-
hes + Spatulas + Mixing block
Ref. L0235
Ref. L8130 Excel Regular paste A syringe 6gr
Ref. L8131 Excel Regular paste B syringe 6gr
T D
UC DE
OD MEN
Indirect bonding and bonding of acrylic devices and palatal expanders require additional
time that is not possible with conventional composite or mixture-free systems. Excel
PR OM
C
(Regular) hardens in 3 minutes, allowing the professional sufficient time to mix the pastes,
RE
apply the mixture to the apparatus, position it in the mouth and clean off any excess
material. The paste (Regular) has a low viscosity in order to allow easy flow from the syringe
to the base. The liquid paste does not disturb placement of any apparatus and allows for
easy cleaning of excess material. The entire process can be carried out at room temperature Brand: Reliance Orthodontics
by mixing the two pastes in equal parts on a paper or glass block. Ref. 98462 7 gr
TRA NSBOND IDB K IT 7 1 2 - 1 2 0 SONDHI INDIR ECT 712-070
Brand: 3M Unitek SONDHI INDIR ECT 712-070 KIT W ITHOUT V ID EO

Characteristics: The 3M Transbondª Product Portfolio is known
for offering uncompromising quality and reliable Performance. Brand: 3M Unitek
Transbondª IDB Pre-Mix Chemical Cure Indirect Bonding Characteristics: Resin A (10 mL), Resin B (10 mL), 2 Handles (1 white, 1 orange),
Adhesive will adhere to that legacy and introduces flexibility within 60 brushes, Mixing area with two wells.
the product line. The product can be used with Lingual or Labial
Ref. L02755 Kit without video
Indirect Bonding Systems.
Ref. L8003 1 10 g bottle Part A, 1 10 g bottle Part B, Ref. L02756 Resina A 10 mL
200 Applicators, 20 Disposable Wells Ref. L02757 Resina B 10 mL
TRA N SBOND X T 712- 0 3 2 D ISP E N S E R G UN

M I NI M O L D I NSTAL L AT I O N K I T
T D
UC DE
OD MEN
PR OM
C

RE
Ref. L0866 1 Kit of 18 molds (3 of each type) + 2 handles.
Brand: 3M Unitek
NOW ALSO INCLUDES THREE UNITS OF THE NEW MOLD FOR MAKING BUCCAL TUBES.
Ref. L02753
FLEXIBILITY. UTILITY. VERSATILITY. AVAILABILITY.

You will always have buttons and other accessories available using the light-bond adhesive. For Lingual Buttons, Bonding Retention Wires, Bite Correction, Habit Control and
Emergency Brackets. Instructions for use for the different molds available: Etch and prepare the surface of the tooth according the adhesive manufacturer's instructions. Then,
follow the following instructions according to the mold that you wish to use.
MI N I MOLD K IT F OR
LI N GUAL BUTTONS 1. Measure the length of the wire that you want to use, cut and have it prepared.
2. Insert the mold in order to bond the wires in the handle.
3. Fill the mold with the Photocurable adhesive.
4. Position the wire over the teeth and place the mold over the wire so that the wire enters the slot. First start with
the most central teeth and then proceed distally.
5. Light-cure with the lamp between 5 and 20 seconds according to the type of lamp you are using.
7. There are two size mold for bonding wires. 8. For use with wires up to .020".
Instructions for use for the different molds available:

M I NI MOLD K IT F OR B ITE C OR R E C TION
1. Etch and prepare the surface of the tooth according the adhesive manufacturer's instructions.
2. Then, follow the following instructions according to the mold that you wish to use: 1. Moisten the bite-correction
This mold has a ramp shape in order to progressively
mold with water and then insert it into the handle. 2. In order to ensure that the ramps have the same height, it is
correct the bite. You will always have buttons and
other accessories available using the light-bond adhe- recommended that you use a bracket altimeter (as seen on page 119 of this catalogue), marking the lingual portion
sive. The Mini Molds are for making Lingual Buttons of the central teeth where you wish to place the upper part of the ramp.
and Emergency Brackets, Bonding Retention Wires, 3. Fill the mold with the Photocurable adhesive.
Bite Correction and Habit Control. 4. Lightly press the mold onto the tooth.
5. Light-cure with the lamp between 5 and 20 seconds according to the type of lamp you are using.
M I NI MOLD KIT F OR MA KIN G B R ACKE TS
1. Etch and prepare the surface of the tooth according the adhesive manufacturer's ins-
tructions.
2. Then, follow the following instructions according to the mold that you wish to use:
1. Insert the mold in order to bond the wires in the handle. 2. Fill the mold with the
Photocurable adhesive.
3. With light pressure, place the mold over the piece by positioning the mold over the tooth.
Brand: G&H Wire 4. Remove the mold, opening and twisting at the same time in order to avoid damaging the
bracket.
Ref. L0870 1 Kit of 10 Mini Molds + Handle.
MI N I MOLD KIT F OR BON D IN G R E TE N TION WI R E
1. Measure the length of the wire that you want to use, cut and have it prepared.
2. Insert the mold in order to bond the wires in the handle.
4. Position the wire over the teeth and place the mold over the wire so that the wire enters
the slot. First start with the most central teeth and then proceed distally.
5. Light-cure with the lamp between 5 and 20 seconds according to the type of lamp you
are using.
7. There are two size mold for bonding wires.
8. For use with wires up to .020".
Ref. L0867 Small 1 Kit of 10 Mini Molds + Handle.
Ref. L0868 Large 1 Kit of 10 Mini Molds + Handle.
M I NI MOLD KIT F OR H A B IT CON TROL
1. Moisten the habit-control mold with water and then insert it into the handle.
3. With light pressure, place the mold over the piece by positioning the mold over the tooth.
4. Photocure with the lamp for between 5 and 20 seconds according to the type of lamp
you are using.
Ref. L0871 1 Kit of 10 Mini Molds + Handle.
HA NDLE F OR MINI M OL D S
Brand: G&H Wire

Ref. L0873 1 Handle.
I M P RE SSION TRAYS
PRODUCTS
ONLY AVAILABLE AT:
www.dontalia.it ADVANTAG ES
Instruments
Brand: G&H Wire
Characteristics : G&H Wire Disposable Impression Trays • 30 days to change your mind
are rigid color-coded anatomical plastic trays with perforation • Rapid deliveries
strips that offer economical use and disposability. Long handles
provide sure grip while retention slots secure alginate without
need for adhesives. • 98% product availability
UPPER LOWER • Secure Payment Site
Size Ref. Ref.
Red 1 L8036 L8037 Check all PRICES and SPECIAL OFFERS
Orange 2 L7006 L8038 directly on our websites:
Blue 3 L6348 L6345
Green 4 L6349 L6346
Yellow 5 L7007 L8039
L6350 Up to 30% CHEAPER than other Ortho Depots.
Purple 6 L6347
I MP RESSION T RAY O RTO COE A LG I NK I D - H I G H EL A S T I C ALGI NAT E

PRODUCT
ONLY AVAILABLE AT:
www.dontalia.it
Upper Ref.
Orange 2 L7006
Yellow 5 L7007
50 u.
Brand: G.C.
Characteristics : With edges and drilled
Lower Ref. Upper Ref.

22 4353 7 4350
24 4354 9 4351 Brand: Major
28 4355 14 4352 Characteristics : 450 g.
Ref. 6937
O RTHOFAST O RT H O PR I NT
PRODUCT PRODUCT
ONLY AVAILABLE AT: ONLY AVAILABLE AT:
www.dontalia.it www.dontalia.it
ADVANTAG ES

Instruments


Brand: Pierre Roland
Characteristics : 500 g. Fast set in 45 sec. Antináuseas. Brand: Zhermack Up to 30% CHEAPER than other Ortho Depots.
. Characteristics : Vainilla flavour. 500 g. Fast set in 45 sec.
Ref. 1959 Ref. 6950
LEO CRYL A L U M I NU M OX I D E 5 0 MI CRO N WH I T E

PRODUCT PRODUCT
ONLY AVAILABLE AT: ONLY AVAILABLE AT:
Brand: Leone
Characteristics : 60 g of clear powder and 45 mL of clear liquid A.
Ref. L1860 Leocryl Clear A
TRA NSPARE NT PIN K B

Characteristics : 60 g of clear powder and 45 mL of transparent pink liquid B
Ref. L1861
Brand: Danville
Specifically for orthodontic use with either doughing or 'salt-and-pepper' techniques. The special composition of the liquid enables Characteristics : Applications: Bonding & cavity prep. General use, metal, porcelain, acrylic, non-
careful processing, without starting the polymerisation process (exothermic reaction) which would cause an undesired evaporation metal surfaces.
of the monomer. Use of a hydroflask or pressure pot is suggested for polymerisation at 40¡C with a pressure of 2.5 atm for 20
minutes. This gives hard and perfectly finished appliances that cannot be manufactured using other methods. Ref. L2148
alginate tastes
O RT H O DO NT I C PRODUCT
ONLY AVAILABLE AT:
P L AST E R www.dontalia.it
O RTO GU I X
E CO - PACK
A LG I N AT E TA S T E S
Laboratory
Brand: Proclinic
Ref. TASTE CAPACITY

7935 BANANA 60 mL
7936 CHERRY 60 mL
7937 CHOCOLAT 60 mL
7938 STRAWBERRY 60 mL
Alginate tastes good with new flavors for alginate Proclinic. Specially designed for the use with alginate, this Brand: Protechno
unique concentrated product helps patients to be more comfortable (especially the younger ones). Patients love
the taste. No sugar. Add 5 to 7 drops of flavor to the water for each measure of alginate. Ref. 4373 6 bags of 2kg
Plaster G LO SS FO R P L AST E R
S NOW- W H I T E PRODUCT M O DE L S PRODUCT
PL A S T ER 2 ONLY AVAILABLE AT: ONLY AVAILABLE AT:
ORTHODONTIC PLASTER
Brand: Proclinic
Characteristics : Extrawhite.
PRODUCT
ONLY AVAILABLE AT:
www.dontalia.it
Desde
Brand: Leone
Characteristics : Essential to guarantee your plaster models have a
Brand: KERR gloss finish. It gives models a shiny plastic surface, highlighting the finest
Characteristics : Extrawhite, fast harden (3’ a 5’). Type I details and protecting the model over the course of time.
Ref. 0159 Can of 4Kg. Ref. 0334 Can of 4,5kg.
Ref. 0199 Can de 25Kg. Ref. 0337 Package of 20kg Ref. L0976 1 x 0.5-litre unit.
rubber base mold articulator

PL A S T I C M O D EL B A S ES T 3 0 6 1 - 0 0
RUBBER BASE PLASTIC

MOLD UPPER A R T I C U L ATO R
Instruments

Characteristics : Made of rubber. For quick clean construction Characteristics : Clean and useful for containing and presen-
of models. With these base formers a firm seating is achieved in ting dental correction patterns
the articulator with no cutting or sawing. S = Upper I = Lower
Brand: Leone
Characteristics : These model bases are made of impact resis-
tant, white plastic, with posterior hinges to keep the model in
occlusion. Square corners conform to international standards
and uniform height makes the models to be comparable over
the time an in all perspectives. For correct diagnosis and control
during treatment. L0220
Ref. L0221 Upper Ref. L2063 Package consists of: 100 upper bases, 100 lower
Ref. L0222 Lower bases and 2 position plates with guide rails and labels
CUTTE R/PLIERS F O R P L A STE R MOD E L S S AW B L A D ES SI LV E R SO L DE R
Brand: Mestra
Brand: Mestra Characteristics : 70 mm blades with 10 teeth each cm. Designed Characteristics : Cadmium- and lead-free for dental applications.
Characteristics : 1 unit. Used to manage and cut plaster models. for use with the saw handle (ref. 4231). Facilitates cutting plaster Diameter: 0.79 mm. (0.031") Length: 185 cm. Weight: 7.78 g (1/4
models, such as in the Set-Up process. Troy Ounce) 1 1.85-m spool
Ref. 4230 Ref. 4232 5 u. Ref. 7830 1 1.85-m spool.
FLUX O RT H O D O NT I C S O L D ER
Instruments
Brand: Leone
Brand: Leone Characteristics : 10g. Solder in rod form, 1 mm in diameter. For all orthodontic soldering work.
Characteristics : 30gr Cadmium-free. 55% silver. Low melting point: 600¼C. Pack of approx. 10g.
Ref. H04367 Ref. L7427
LI NGUAL T UBE /SHEATH B A L L C L A S PS
Characteristics :
- Includes a distal notch to help fix the archwire in the tube Characteristics : Excellent accessories for removable and fixed appliances. The hard tempered spring
- Includes a central window to facilitate hygiene maintains its shape for a snug fit. Length: 3.8 cm. 100 units.
- For use with Palatal, Goshgarian and Quad Helix bars.
- For soldering to the lingual surface of bands. Ref. L6039 ,028” / 0,71mm
Ref. L6040 ,032” / 0,81mm
Ref. L0496 5 units Ref. L6041 ,036” / 0,91mm
CONVE R S ION TA B L E
FDI SYSTEM OF TOOTH NUMBERS Weight Conversion

1 g. = 1000 mg. = 0,0353 ounces
1 kg. = 1000 g. = 2,2046 pounds
UPPER 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
Medidas, pesos y conversiones
ounces = 28,35 g.
LOWER 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 1 pounds = 16 onze = 0,4536 kg
Conversion table for lengths Temperature Conversion

Table
mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches ºC ºF
0,0254 0,001 0,4318 0,017 0,8382 0,033 1,2192 0,048 1,6256 0,064
-40 -40
0,0508 0,002 0,4572 0,018 0,8636 0,034 1,2446 0,049 1,6510 0,065
-30 -22
0,0762 0,003 0,4826 0,019 0,8890 0,035 1,2700 0,050 1,6764 0,066
-20 -4
0,1016 0,004 0,5080 0,020 0,9144 0,036 1,2954 0,051 1,7018 0,067
-10 +14
0,1270 0,005 0,5334 0,021 0,9398 0,037 1,3208 0,052 1,7272 0,068
0,1524 0,006 0,5588 0,022 0,9652 0,038 1,3462 0,053 1,7526 0,069 0 +32
0,1778 0,007 0,5842 0,023 0,9906 0,039 1,3716 0,054 1,7780 0,070 +10 50
0,2032 0,008 0,6069 0,024 1,0000 0,0394 1,3970 0,055 1,8034 0,071 +20 68
0,2286 0,009 0,6350 0,025 1,0160 0,040 1,4224 0,056 1,8288 0,072 30 86
0,2540 0,010 0,6604 0,026 1,0414 0,041 1,4478 0,057 1,8542 0,073 40 104
0,2794 0,011 0,6858 0,027 1,0668 0,042 1,4732 0,058 1,8796 0,074 50 122
0,3048 0,012 0,7112 0,028 1,0922 0,043 1,4986 0,059 1,9050 0,075 60 140
0,3302 0,013 0,7366 0,029 1,1176 0,044 1,5240 0,060 1,9304 0,076 70 158
0,3556 0,014 0,7620 0,030 1,1430 0,045 1,5494 0,061 1,9558 0,077
80 176
0,3810 0,015 0,7874 0,031 1,1634 0,046 1,5748 0,062 1,9812 0,078
90 194
0,4064 0,016 0,8128 0,032 1,1938 0,047 1,6002 0,063 2,0000 0,0787
100 212
110 230
120 248
conversion of length measurements inches mm 130 266
1/64 0,0156 0,397 140 284
1 mm = 0,0394 pollici 150 302
1/32 0,0312 0,794
1 cm = 10 mm = 0,3937 pollici 200 392
1/16 0,0625 1,588
1 inches = 25,40 mm 1/8 0,1250 3,175 300 572
3/16 0,1875 4,763 400 752
1/4 0,2500 6,350 500 932
5/16 0,3125 7,938 600 1112
3/8 0,3750 9,525 700 1292
1/2 0,5000 12,700
800 1472
5/8 0,6250 15,875
900 1652
3/4 0,7500 19,050
1000 832
1 1,0000 25,400
2000 3632
O RTHODONTIC BRUSH
Bushes
Brand: Foradent
Characteristics : 300 personalised brushes. Assorted colours:
Green, red, blue, yellow and clear. Personalised text printed directly The Profile of the Round non-abrasive fila-
curved filaments ments clean the brackets
onto the brush Especially designed cleans the the efficiently without scrat-
for Orthodontic brackets ching the enamel surface
Ref. L0994 300 brushes appliances thoroughly nor damaging the gums.
I NTERDE NTAL BRUS H E S P E R S ON A L IS A B L E
Ref. L0991
Ref. L0990
Ref. L0993
Ref. L0992
CONICAL MEDIUM FINE EXTRA-FINE
personalisable products
Brand: Foradent
Characteristics : 200 packs of 4 interdental brushes.
Ref. L0990 Extra-fine
Ref. L0991 Fine
Ref. L0992 Medium
Ref. L0993 Conical
Mark the ref erence with a x Invoice name:

Extra-fine interdental brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L0990 Address:
Fine interdental brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L0991 Phone: Fax:
Medium interdental brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L0992
C.P.: Town / City:
Conical interdental brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L0993
Province/
Country
The delivery time for this items will be

approximately 30 days from the receipt of
the order on the Dontic website. Please
complete the table and scan this document
to be able to send to the e-mail address:
info@dontic.com
Indicating the number of the order and the
billing name.
PRODUCT
INDEX
new Archwires - Europa II (Stainless Steel)........................ 24,28 Band Lok (Band Adhesive Reliance)............................... 273
Archwires - Extraoral...................................................... 157 Band Lok Ultra (Band Adhesive Reliance)...................... 273
Archwires - Facial............................................................ 157 Band Lok Ultra (Reliance Adhesive)............................... 273
A Archwires - G4 (G&H)........................12-13, 16, 18-19, 23
Archwires - Initialloy (Sentalloy type).............................. 23
Bands Equivalence Table.................................................. 108
Bands - Plain............................................................. 105, 107
Archwires - Labial........................................................... 156 Band Removing Pliers....................................................... 215
1st & Final (Prophy Pomez)............................................. 260 Archwires - Lingual Prescription................................. 22-23 Bands with Buccal Tube............................................104-106
A+ Plastic- Essix............................................................... 182 Archwires - Linguals..................................................... 22-23 Begg (Pliers)...............................................................199-200
A1-A3 Myobrace.............................................................. 170 Archwires - Low Force................................................ 18-21 Begg with central cutter............................................199-200
Abzil (Brackets).................................................................. 59 Archwires - Nickel Titanium........................................ 10-23 Bend a Brush.................................................................... 276
Accentuator - Essix.......................................................... 189 Archwires - NiTi........................................................... 10-23 Beta BT3 Titanium TMA Type- TitanMoly................. 22, 33
Ace Plastic - Essix............................................................. 182 Archwires - Ni-Ti Aesthetics................................11, 16, 19 Biostar............................................................................... 186
Acetate tracing paper....................................................... 251 Archwires - NiTi with Pretorque 20º.............................. 12 Biostarter - Archwires (Forestadent)............................... 18
Acrylic............................................................................... 280 Archwires - Ni-Ti with Stops...................................... 18-19 Biostarter/Biotorque (Archwires).................................... 18
Adams (Pliers) .......................................................... 199,201 Archwires - Ni-Torque with Spee Curve.................. 13, 19 Bird beak (pliers).......................................................199-201
Aderer (Pliers)...........................................................204-205 Archwires - Posted............................................................ 24 Bite Bumper ..................................................................... 148
Adhesive - Fluid................................................................ 275 Archwires - Reverse Curve Ni-Ti.............................. 13, 19 Bite Plane.......................................................................... 163
Adhesives...................................................................260-278 Archwires - Sentalloy Type (Initialloy)............................. 23 Bite Ramp......................................................................... 148
Adjustable Facemask........................................................ 159 Archwires - Stainless Steel........................................... 24-30 Bite Strip........................................................................... 177
Agile (Brackets).................................................................. 59 Archwires - Stainless Steel Aesthetics...................26,28-29 Bite Turbo......................................................................... 148
AJ Wilcock - Wire................................................30, 35 y 40 Archwires - Step............................................................... 22 Black background for photo............................................ 249
Alastik........................................................................112-116 Archwires - Thermal........................................ 15-18, 20-22 Bond Aligner..................................................................... 276
Alexander (Brackets).................................................... 59-60 Archwires - Thermomemory........................................... 18 Bond-A-Braid (Reliance)............................................ 34, 143
Alginate Container........................................................... 193 Archwires - TMA (BT3 BETA Ti- Tintanmoly)......... 22, 33 Bracket Sapphire Bestdent................................................. 84
Alginate - Ortodontic...................................................... 279 Archwires - Trifecta.......................................................... 21 Bracket Sapphire Ghiaccio................................................. 82
Alignate Flavours.............................................................. 281 Archwires - Trueform (Ni-Ti)........................10, 11, 15, 17 Brackets - Aesthetic........................................ 46, 48, 70-87
Aligners - Aesthetic button.............................................. 181 Archwires - with Crimpable stops.............................. 18-19 Brackets - Carriere (Self-Ligating)............................... 46-55
Aligners - Pliers..........................................................212-213 Archwires - with Dimple.................................................. 12 Brackets - Ceramic ...................... 46, 48, 55, 70-73, 76-81
Aligner Bond..................................................................... 266 Archwires - with 'Loops'................................................... 36 Brackets - Ceramic with silver slot.................................. 76
Aluminium oxide.............................................................. 280 Archwires - with Stops (Ni-Ti and Thermal)............. 18-19 Brackets - Clarity - 3M Unitek.................................... 78-79
Angle (Pliers).............................................................199-201 Archwires - with T-loop / Bull / Keyhole....................... 36 Brackets - Experience (Tipo InOvation).......................... 46
Angle with cutter (Pliers)..........................................199-201 Archwires - with V............................................................ 12 Brackets - GC Orthodontics............................................ 46
Angled mirrors................................................................. 249 Articulator for occlusion contruction............................. 251 Brackets - Glam (Forestadent)......................................... 77
APC - Brackets Clarity 3M Unitek..........................48,78-79 Assure (Universal Resin).................................................. 264 Brackets - Image................................................................ 87
Aqua (Ceramic Brackets) - Leone................................... 71 Atkinson (Pliers)............................................................... 206 Brackets - Legend Mini..................................................... 57
Aqualizer........................................................................... 184 Australian Wire......................................................30, 35, 40 Brackets - Logic Line - Leone........................................... 55
Archwires - 20º Pretorque............................................... 12 Australian Wire Combination - archwires.................. 30, 35 Brackets - Lotus Plus......................................................... 51
Archwires - Aesthetics (Ni-Ti)............................ 11,16 y 19 Brackets - Metal.....................................................40, 43-62
Archwires - Aesthetics (Stainless Steel).................26,28-29 Brackets - Metal Biocompatible (nickel-free).58, 67, 71-77,
Archwires - Australian Wire Combination...................... 30 80-87
Archwires - Beta BT3 Titanium- TitanMoly................ 22,33 Brackets - Metal Proclinic Brand...........................56-58, 71
Archwires - BioStarter and BioTorque............................ 18 Brackets - MiniPrevail................................................... 62-63
Archwires - Braided...................................................... 31-32 Brackets - nickel-free...........................58, 67, 71-77, 80-87
Archwires - Copper Niti............................................. 20-21
Archwires - Copper Niti with Stops........................... 20-21
B Brackets - Self-Ligating................................................. 46-55
Brackets - Self-Ligating Carriere.................................. 49-50
Archwires - Cu Niti...................................................... 20-21 Brackets - Self-Ligating Easy K 3G.................................... 52
Archwires - Cu Niti with Stops................................... 20-21 B1- Lingual Myobrace....................................................... 164 Brackets - Self-Ligating Experience................................... 46
Archwires - Curva Spee Ni-Ti.................................. 13 y 19 B1 Myobrace.................................................................... 164 Brackets - Self-Ligating InOvation Type........................... 46
Archwires - Damon* (NiTi)......................................... 10-21 B3 Myobrace.................................................................... 164 Brackets - Smartclip - 3M Unitek..................................... 48
Archwires - Damon* (Stainless Steel).............................. 28 Bambino Ties ................................................................... 113 Brackets - Vapor.......................................................... 80-81
Archwires - Europa I............................... 13,16-17,24,29-30 Band Adapter................................................................... 214 Brackets - Vertical Slot...................................................... 63
Archwires - Europa II (Ni-Ti).............. 10-12, 15-16, 18-19 Band Adhesive...........................................................273-274 Brackets - Victory - 3M Unitek........................................ 59
Brackets Abzil..................................................................... 59 Copper Niti (Cu-NiTi).................................................. 20-21 Emoji - Retainer Box Cover............................................ 253
Brackets Aqua - Leone...................................................... 71 Copper Niti (Cu-NiTi) - Archwires with stops........... 20-21 Enforce - fiberglass retainer............................................. 141
Brackets Removing Pliers..........................................217-219 Corrector- Class II Forsus (3M Unitek).......................... 151 Essix........................................................................... 182,184
Brackets Tray/Box............................................................. 88 Crimping pliers.......................................................... 136,212 Essix bur............................................................................ 187
Braided Wire ................................................................ 31-32 Cu-NiTI (Copper Niti Archwires)............................... 20-21 Essix - Plastics................................................................... 182
Brass separating Wire Spool........................................... 126 Cu-NiTI (Copper Niti with Stops Archwires)............. 20-21 Essix Plus (Plastic)............................................................. 182
Bruxism (anti bruxism device)......................................... 163 Cutter - Distal End....................................................192-193 Etching............................................................................... 264
Buccal obturator............................................................... 162 Cutter - Hard Wire (Pliers)......................................197-198 Europa I (Archwires)................................ 13,16-17,24,29-30
Buccal Tube Tweezer....................................................... 217 Cutter for Plaster Models................................................ 282 Europa II (Ni-Ti) Archwires.................. 10-12, 15-16, 18-19
Burs for composite removal............................ 187, 230-231 Europa II (Stainless Steel) Archwires............................ 24,28
Button - Aesthetic for aligners........................................ 184 Eva System - Mechanical Stripping...........................243-249
Button - Ceramic - FREDDY........................................... 138 Everstick (Retenedor de Fibra de Vidrio)....................... 267
Button - Lingual................................................................ 139 Excel Adhesivo - Reliance................................................ 286
Button- self-ligating - SPIN............................................... 140 Extrusion hook................................................................. 146
D
Damon - Archwires.................... 10-12, 15-16, 18-21,24,28
De La Rosa (Plier)............................................................ 203
C Delaire Facemask............................................................. 158
Dental Caliper.................................................................. 223
F
Detailing (Pliers)............................................................... 211
C+ Plastic - Essix.............................................................. 182 Dimple (Niti archwires)..................................................... 12 F1000 (Self-Ligating Brackets)............................................ 52
Carraca para Mini Implantes.............................................. 96 Dinamometer............................................................224-251 Facemask...................................................................158-159
Carriere (Brackets Autoligados)................................... 49-50 Dispenser - Archwires.................................................. 33-34 Fiberglass (Retainer)......................................................... 141
Carriere Distalizer.............................................................. 49 Dispenser - Chains........................................................... 124 First and Final (Prophy Pomez) - Reliance...................... 260
Cassette - Sterilization..................................................... 230 Dispenser - Elastic Ligatures............................................ 113 Flexible Ruler.................................................................... 158
Cerámicos (Brackets)..................... 46, 48, 55, 70-73, 76-81 Dispenser - Marker archwires........................................... 41 Flextech Ortho - Retainer (Reliance)........................ 35, 143
Cervical strap................................................................... 222 Dispenser - Waxes........................................................... 256 Flow Tain - Adhesive (Reliance)...................................... 275
Chains - Dyna-Link........................................................... 123 Distal Benders...........................................................209-210 Forsus - Corrector de Class II (3M Unitek)................... 151
Chains - Elastic..........................................................122-125 Distal End Cutters.....................................................192-193 Freddy- Ceramic button.................................................. 138
Cheek retractor........................................................240-248 Distalizer Carriere.............................................................. 49 Fuji Ortho - Bands Paste.................................................. 274
Chewies for Aligners........................................................ 184 Dog - Phantom................................................................... 88 Fuji Ortho (Adhesive)........................................269,272,274
Chin cap............................................................................ 156 Dosifying Bottle................................................................ 186 Functional Appliances...............................................151-174
Chinrest............................................................................ 156 Dummy - Orthodontic.............................................175-176
Chromaties - Two colours ligatures................................ 115 Duraseps (elastic spacer)................................................. 125
Cinching (Pliers)........................................................208-209
Clarity (Ceramic Brackets) - 3M Unitek................48, 78-79
Clarity SL (Self-Ligating Brackets)...................................... 48
Cocodrile - Phantom......................................................... 88
Coil Spring.................................................................131-134
Coil Spring - Niti.......................................................131-133
G
Coils Spring - Stainless Steel............................................ 132
Colboloy (Wire'Elgiloy Type')........................................... 39
E G4 (Archwires)................................. 12- 13, 16,18-19,22-23
Cold pencil for archwires............................................ 38,214 Gauge - Brackets.............................................................. 222
Combistrip - Mechanical Stripping.................................. 236 Edge Polisher.................................................................... 189 Gauge - Dental Caliper.................................................... 223
Concise (Orthodontic Adhesiv)...................................... 271 Elastic Thread................................................................... 121 Gauge - Stripping.......................................................236-237
Conditioner (Aesthetics Brackets)...........................262-263 Elastics - Intra and Extraoral....................................127-130 GC Ortho Connect......................................................... 270
Conditioner (Plastic Brackets)......................................... 262 Elastomeric products................................112-116, 121-130 Ghiaccio Sapphire bracket................................................. 82
Contrast for photos......................................................... 249 Elgiloy ( 'Type Elgiloy' wire)............................................... 39 Gishy Goo - Silicone for Brackets................................... 255
Coon (Pliers).................................................................... 228 Embrace (Lip Protector).................................................. 254 Gloss for plaster models.................................................. 281
Goshgarian........................................................................ 135 Lingual Placer.................................................................... 142

Goshgarian Bar......................................................... 109, 135
GoTo Adhesive................................................................ 268
J Lingual Prescription - Archwires................................... 22-23
Lingual sheath................................................................... 136
Guides - Ligatures.....................................................224-228 Lingual sheath welded to molar bands.....................104-106
J1 - J3 Myobrace............................................................... 167 Lingual sheaths for welding.............................................. 136
Jarabak (Pliers).................................................................. 203 Lip Bumper....................................................................... 144
Lip ring.............................................................................. 248
Lip stimulator.................................................................... 162
Logic Line - Brackets Leone.............................................. 55
Lotus Plus (Self-Ligating Brackets)........................................5
H
Habit control.................................................................... 278
Handle for mirror............................................................. 248
K
Heliosit (Adhesive)........................................................... 269
Hilgers Wire - Bond-A-Braid................................... 34 y 143 K1 - K3 Myobrace............................................................ 164
Hooks - Ball...................................................................... 283
Hooks - Crimpable...................................................144-145
Kim (Pliers)....................................................................... 206
Kissable Covers................................................................ 254
M
Hooks - Crimpable - Aesthetic....................................... 144 Kobayashi (Ligaduras)...................................................... 117
Hooks - Extrusion............................................................ 146 Koby Ties.......................................................................... 117 Markers - Archwires.......................................................... 41
Hooks - Lingual for direct bonding.......................... 107,146 Kukuxumusu- Holster mouthguard................................. 253 Mathieu Pliers............................................................226-227
Hooks - Surgical............................................................... 144 Maximum Cure................................................................. 263
Hooks for archwires.................................................144-145 Mayo Scissors................................................................... 188
How (Pliers)..............................................................215-216 McLaughlin-Bennett-Trevisi (Brackets).................................
Hyrax Palatal Expander.................................................... 151 46,48-51,54,57-59,63,71,76,78-81,83-84
Mershon (Adapter).......................................................... 214
MFS (MultiFunction System).....................................162-163
L Mini Implants - Orthodontic......................................... 94-97

Mini Implants IMTEC (3M Unitek).................................... 97
Mini Molds for adhesive.....................................140,277-278
LCR (Reliance) Adhesive ................................................ 275 MiniPrevail Brackets...................................................... 62-63
LED Pro Seal..................................................................... 260 MiniSprint (Brackets Forestadent)..................................... 67
I Legend - Brackets Mini....................................................... 57
Leocryl.............................................................................. 280
MIP (Transbond Adhesive).............................................. 262
Mirrors.......................................................................249-250
Ligature (Spool - 450gr.).................................................. 118 Model - Demonstration Class I......................................... 88
I-3N Myobrace................................................................. 164 Ligature cutter...........................................................193-197 Model storage box.................................................... 252,254
ILHH y ILS (Lubricant for pliers)..................................... 213 Ligature Wire - Spool...................................................... 118 Molar uprighting spring.................................................... 149
Image (Aesthetic Brackets).............................................. 227 Ligatures - Elastics.....................................................102-116 Molds .................................................................140,277-278
Implants - Orthodontics............................................... 94-97 Ligatures - Kobayashi....................................................... 117 Mouthguard - Opro Self Fit............................................. 192
Impression Trays.............................................................. 279 Ligatures - Metal Preformed............................................ 117 Mouthguard - ShockDoctor............................................ 192
Imtec (Mini Implants 3M Unitek)....................................... 97 Ligatures - Versa............................................................... 114 Mouthguard material Essix............................................... 182
Infant Trainer (Myofunctional)......................................... 165 Ligatures Guide.........................................................119-120 MultiCure - Bands adhesives........................................... 274
Initialloy (Sentalloy Type archwires).................................. 23 Ligatures Low Friction 'Slide'........................................... 116 MultiFunction System (MFS).....................................162-163
InOvation Type brackets .................................................. 46 Ligatures Two colours - Chromaties............................... 115 Muscle Relaxant................................................................ 163
Instruments................................................................191-215 Light Bond (Adhesive - Reliance).................................... 269 Myobrace...................................................................164-174
IPR..............................................................................231-239 Lightning strips...........................................................231-239 Myoclean........................................................................... 174
IPS (Pentrating Oil for pliers)........................................... 213 Lingua................................................................................ 172 Myofunctional Trainers.............................................164-174
Lingual - Archwires........................................................ 22-23 Myosa appliances.......................................................173-174
Lingual cleat - band welded....................................................
Lingual cleat for direct bonding................................ 107,146
Lingual hook - band welded.....................................105-106
Palatal Expander............................................................... 151 Resin - Orthodontic......................................................... 280

N Paste Pak (Bands Adhesive)............................................. 274
Perfect A Smile................................................................. 266
Resorte Enderezador de Molares................................... 149
Retainer - Ball................................................................... 283
Petit (Facemask)............................................................... 159 Retainer Box Cover......................................................... 253
Nance (Pliers)................................................................... 202 Petit Facemask.................................................................. 159 Retainer - Lingual Retainer.......................................141-143
Natura (Brackets)............................................................... 86 Phantom - Plush................................................................. 88 Retainer boxes...........................................................242-244
NiTi - Archwires............................................................ 10-23 Phase II Adhesive (Reliance Orthodontics).................... 271 Retainer boxes - Holster................................................. 243
Ni-Ti (Coil springs)...................................................131-134 Pigeon (Retractor)........................................................... 244 Retainer Brite................................................................... 185
Nasal stimulator............................................................... 162 Pinza Twister para Ligaduras Metálicas........................... 238 Retainer Everstick - Fiberglass......................................... 257
Niti Wire- Spool................................................................. 23 Plain Bands................................................................ 105, 107 Retainer Wire................................................................ 33-35
Ni-Torque with Reverse Curve......................................... 19 Plastic Articulator............................................................. 282 Retainium - Nickel free Retainer............................... 34, 143
NOLA - Retractor .......................................................... 244 Plastic Conditioner Reliance............................................ 262 Retainium - Retainer.................................................. 34, 143
Plastics - Essix............................................................ 182,184 Retractor....................................................................240-248
Pliers...........................................................................192-228 Retractor - NOLA........................................................... 244
Plush Phantom.................................................................... 88 Retractor - Smile Radar................................................... 241
Polar Bear (Thermal Instrument).............................. 38, 214 Ricketts (Ruler )............................................................... 251
Polish brushes................................................................... 189 Roll up cover for instruments.......................................... 230
Poly soft - Mechanical Stripping....................................... 246 Rotation wedges............................................................... 127
O Positioning gauge.............................................................. 222
Primer (Aesthetic bracket)....................................... 260,264
Roth (Aesthetic Bracket).............................. 46,48,55,71-87
Roth (Metal Bracket).......................... 46,49-51,54-59,62-71
Pro Seal - Sealant (Reliance)..................................... 260,263 Ruler - Flexible ................................................................ 158
O'Brien (Pliers)................................................................. 200 Prolign - Mechanical Stripping ........................................ 235 Ruler - Ricketts ................................................................ 251
Occipital Helmet.............................................................. 155 Protractor ........................................................................ 251 Spring - Warren................................................................ 134
Oil - Plier penetrating ..................................................... 213 Pure (Sapphire Brackets)................................................... 83
Omega Loop Forming Pliers............................................ 211
Opalpix - Gishy Goo........................................................ 265
Open Bite......................................................................... 163
Opro Self Fit - Protector Bucal....................................... 192
Optical (Alicate)............................................................... 213
Oral Screens..............................................................175-176 S
Organizer - Archwires.................................................. 38-39
Organizer - Ligatures and Chains............................. 113,124
Q
Ortho Conditioner Fuji.................................................... 270 Safety Traction.................................................................. 154
Ortho Connect (GC)...................................................... 270 QH.............................................................................134-135 Sapphire (Bestdent Brackets)............................................ 84
Ortho File - Mechanical Stripping.................................... 234 Quad - Hélix..............................................................134-135 Sapphire (Pure Brackets)................................................... 83
Ortho Flextech - Retainer (Reliance)...................... 35, 143 Quick 2.0 (Self- Ligating Brackets).................................... 54 Saw blades........................................................................ 282
Ortho Organizers (Brackets Elite).................................... 68 Scissors - Mayo................................................................. 188
Ortho Strip (for Eva System).......................................... 243 Screwdriver for mini implants...................................... 95-96
Orthofile - Stripping Mecánico........................................ 244 Sealant Pro Seal (Reliance)....................................... 260,263
Ortoguix........................................................................... 291 Self Etching Primer .......................................................... 260
O'Strippers - Mechanical Stripping.................................... 23 Self Ligating (Brackets).................................................. 46-55
R Sentalloy Type Archwires (Initialloy)................................. 23
SEP (Reliance)................................................................... 276
Silicone for Brackets......................................................... 255
Raintree Essix............................................. 189,191,193-196 Silver Solder...................................................................... 282
Rapid Expanders............................................................... 151 Slide (Low Friction Elastic Ligatures)............................... 116
Reliance (Adhesives).................................. 264-273,275-276 Smartclip - Brackets 3M Unitek......................................... 48
P Rely A Bond (Adhesive - Reliance)................................. 272
Renew Finishing System (Reliance)................................. 187
Smile Radar Retractor...................................................... 251
Snow White Plaster......................................................... 291
Resilience (Bands)............................................................ 255 Sondhi Indirect - Adhesive............................................. 276
Pad-Lock (Reliance Orthodontics).................................. 270 Resilience (Brackets)........................................................ 274 Sonic cleaner.................................................................... 178
Palatal Bars................................................................ 109, 135 Resilience (Lingual Retainers).......................................... 256 Spacers - Neet.................................................................. 126
Spacers- Elastic..........................................................125-126 Tracing paper.................................................................... 251 Victory - Metal Brackets 3M Unitek.................................. 59

Spider (Screw).................................................................. 151 Trainer (Functional Appliances)................................164-174 Viper - Tubes...................................................................... 98
Spin - Self-Ligating Button................................................ 140 Transbond IDB (Adhesive).............................................. 276 V-Stop (Pliers).................................................................. 201
Spray - Trim Rite Release Agent..................................... 186 Transbond LR (Adhesive)................................................ 275
Springs........................................................................131-134 Transbond TM.................................................................. 260
Spring - Warren................................................................ 134 Transbond XT (Adhesive)............................................... 267
Sprint (Brackets Forestadent)....................................... 66-67 Tray Rite........................................................................... 186
Stainless Steel Archwires................................................... 24 Trays - Impression............................................................ 279
Stainless Steel Coil Springs............................................... 132 Treasure chest for teeth.................................................. 251
Stainless Steel Wire............................................................ 40
Steiner (Plier).................................................................... 228
Trenflex.......................................................................... 28-29
Trifecta (Archwires)........................................................... 21
W
Stop for archwires.....................................................144-145 Trim Rite........................................................................... 193
Stops - Crimpable.....................................................144-145 Tube - Elastic.................................................................... 121 Warren Spring.................................................................. 134
Stops - Crimpable - Aesthetic......................................... 144 Tube - for Lip Bumper..................................................... 121 Wax............................................................................254-256
Stripping.....................................................................231-239 Tube - Lingual................................................................... 136 Wax - white...............................................................254-256
Stripping - Manual................................231-232,236,238-239 Tube - Lingual band welded......................................104-106 Weingart (Pliers).......................................................207-208
Stripping - Mechanical...............................................233-239 Tubes - Vertical............................................................... 145 Wilcock - Wire......................................................... 30,35,40
Stripping wedges.............................................................. 239 Tubes - Direct Bond Buccal Tubes......................98-100,103
Sunset Strip- Stripping System......................................... 239 Tubes - Viper...................................................................... 98
Tubes - Weldable Buccal Tubes...............................101-102
Tubos - Crimpable................................................... 144,148
Turbo Bite......................................................................... 148
Turret to form archwires................................................... 41
Tweed (pliers)...........................................................210-211
Tweed Omegas (Pliers)................................................... 200
Y
T Tweezers - Brackets............................................. 91,216,222
Tweezers - Buccal tubes.................................................. 217 Young (Pliers)................................................................... 200
Twister - For Metal Ligatures.......................................... 228
T1 - T4 Myobrace........................................................... 169 Typodont Teeth................................................................ 261
T1 BWS Myobrace........................................................... 167
Tastes - Alignate............................................................... 281
Temporal Helmet............................................................. 155
TG Myosa Bruxogard....................................................... 173
TGH Myosa Bruxogard.................................................... 173
The hole punch - - Aligner pliers..................................... 212
Z
The horizontal - Aligner pliers......................................... 213
The tear drop - Pliers for Aligners.................................. 223
U Zand Gauges (With graphite)......................................... 223
The vertical - Aligner pliers............................................ 212
Thermal (Archwires)......................................... 15-18, 20-22 Unite Adhesive................................................................. 262
Thermoforming Material..........................................182-184 Ultra Band Lok (Adhesive - Reliance)............................. 273
Thermoforming Plastic - Leone....................................... 183 Ultrasoft - Stripping Mechanical...................................... 245
Thermomemory (Archwires)........................... 15-18, 20-22
Tip-Edge (Brackets)............................................................ 70
Tip-Edge (Direct bond tubes)......................................... 103
Titanium Wire.................................................................... 34
TitanMoly-Archwires..................................................... 22,33
TMA - Archwires.......................................................... 22,33
TMD Myosa Hard (ATM Appliance).............................. 173
TMJ Myosa (ATM Appliance).......................................... 173
V
Tongue Tamer.................................................................. 149
Toothbrushes- Orthodontic............................................ 285 Vapor - Ceramic Brackets ........................................... 80-81
Torque (Pliers).................................................................. 202 Vapor - Brackets............................................................ 80-81

Orthodontics PDF

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Orthodontics PDF

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

ORTHODONTICS

The widest range of orthodontic products

Dontic.com | Dontic.co.uk | Dontic.de | Dontic.fr | Dontic.it | Dontic.be | Dontic.at

Free deliveries on orders over 300€ (+VAT)

Dontic.com | Dontic.co.uk | Dontic.de | Dontic.fr | Dontic.be | Dontic.at

Simply follow these steps:

Then just 3 easy steps:

2. Confirm the delivery and invoicing addresses.

3. Process the payment

You will receive your order within 2 to 3 business days.

More than 50 Top Orthodontic Brands.

How the best perform

3M UNITEK A.J WILCOCK BESTDENT DENTRONIX DR. HINZ HU-FRIEDY

LANCER ORTHODONTICS LEONE MULTIFUNCTION MYOFUNCTIONAL OPRO

MARTIN PIERRE ROLAND POLYDENTIA PROTECHNO THM/RIBBOND UP TO DENT ZHERMACK

The LARGEST RANGE and THE LOWEST PRICES.

LOWER PACKAGE QUANTITIES. Stainless Steel Archwires.

Technical information about our Archwires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

Stainless Steel Antiallergic without Nickel OrthoAesthetics Aesthetic Brackets

STANDARD SHAPE OVOIDE TRUEFORM SHAPE

EUROPA II SHAPE EUROPA I SHAPE

LINGUAL ARCHWIRES Characteristics:

Technical information about our Archwires

The Proclinic Expert private label

The requisites of effective NiTi archwires are:

These requisites are tested along a series of forces.

Recovery average value: 138,75gr

Force Value Graphs for Proclinic-G&H Archwires

NI-TI SUPERELASTIC NI-TI SUPERELASTIC

Upper Lower Upper Lower

Archwires & Other Wires

OVOID SHAPE TRUEFORM

OVOID SHAPE EUROPA II

Upper Lower ROUND RECTANGULAR

N I TI G4™ ARCHWIR E S WITH P R E TORQUE 2 0 °

Brand: G&H Wire

N I -TI E UROPA II ARCH WIR E S WITH UP P E R D IM PL E NI T I G 4 ™ A RC H W I R ES EU RO PE II SH AP E D

OVOID SHAPE EUROPA II

.013 L0885 L0886 .018x.018 L1058 L1059

RECTANGULAR .014 L0893 L0894 .018x.025 L0890 L0891

The forces that detach these

upper lower .016 L0895 L0896 .019x.025 L1060 L1061

archwires are perfect for use with self-

N I TI G4™ ARCHWIR E S E UROP E I S H A P E D NI T I G 4 ™ A RC H W I R ES T RU E FO RM

Archwires & Other Wires

Pack of 25 units. Pack of 25 units. Pack of 25 units.

NI TI ARCHWIRE FL E XA RC H archwire NI-TI

Recovery force of the Thermal Ni-Ti archwires

OVOID SHAPE TRUEFORM

Archwires & Other Wires

Thermal Pack of 10 units. Pack of 10 units.

TOOTH - C OLOR E D G 4 ™ A RCH WI R ES S H A PE EU RO PA I

Brand: G&H Wire OrthoAesthetics

A RCH WIRE S NIT I T H E R MA L SH A P E E UROPA I A RC H W I R ES NI T I T H ERMAL SH AP E E U RO PA I I

Brand: G&H Wire Brand: G&H Wire

* arcos disponibles bajo

Pack of 25 units. Pack of 25 units. Thermal

Archwires & Other Wires

5,000 100% satisfaction or your money back.

Check all PRICES and SPECIAL OFFERS

Brands Dontic.com, Dontic.co.uk,

Up to 30% CHEAPER than other Ortho Depots.

THERMOME MORIA A RC H WIR E S B I O S TA RT ER A ND B I O F O R M - T H E I NT EL L I G ENT WI RE